Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
www.waubonsee.edu
College 2009
Catalog 2010
www.wa u b o n s e e.e d u
Directory of Information
Campuses
Sugar Grove Campus Route 47 at Waubonsee Drive | Sugar Grove, IL 60554-9454 | (630) 466-7900
Aurora Campus 5 E. Galena Blvd. | Aurora, IL 60506-4178 | (630) 801-7900
Copley Campus 2060 Ogden Ave. | Aurora, IL 60504-7222 | (630) 585-7900
Adult Education Division Aurora 201 4119 GED Testing Program Aurora 111 4185
part of the 2020 College Master Plan. For
Adult Education Learning Center Aurora 310 4128 Graduate/Credentials Analyst STC 275 2371
more information visit www.waubonsee. Adult Education Special Programs Aurora 203 4176 Health and Life Sciences Division SCI 214 2350
edu/2020vision. Adult Literacy Project Aurora 210 4106 Health Care Programs WGL 234 2322
Athletics ERK 1st floor 2527 Honors Program SCI 122 2945
Bookstore DKN 1st floor 2908 Humanities, Fine Arts and BDE 136 2921
Aurora 174 4174 Languages Division
Bursar STC 2nd floor 2920, 5705 Instruction A 123 2378
Business and Information APC 242 2263 Learning Enhancement Center COL 144 5706
Systems Division and Division Aurora 326 4227
Career and Technical Education A 117 2963 Library COL 2nd floor 2400
Career Services Center STC 103 2368 Aurora 303 4125
Magnet Place Preschool A 130 2275
Center for Learning Assessment STC 230/Aurora 110 5700/4182
Marketing & Communications VON 209 2411
Child Care A 150 2560
Aurora 024 4100 or 4148 President’s Office DKN 2nd floor 2903
Children’s Programs Auditorium 108 2360 Public Safety DKN 1st floor 2552
Communications and BDE 136 2852 Aurora 1st floor 4142
Library Services Registration & Records STC 249 2370
Community Education Auditorium 108 2360 Small Business Development Center Aurora 130, 132 4143
Computing Center HCC/Aurora 303 5723/4124 Social Science and Education Division APC 244 5734
Counseling Center STC 262 2361 Student Activities STC 126 2317
Aurora 102 4183
Copley by appt. 2800 Student Development STC 134 2941
Dean for Enrollment Management STC 241 5730 Student Newspaper (Insight) VON 230 2555
and Student Life
Student Support Services STC 262 5767
Distance Learning COL 145 2402
Technology/Math and Physical Sciences AKL 228 2319
Educational Affairs COL 132 2352 Division
English as a Second Language (ESL) Aurora 202 4105 Tutoring COL 157 2576
Financial Aid STC 234 5774 Workforce Development Aurora 136 4152
Aurora by appt.
Campus Closed
Official campus hours are hours the campuses are open to the public year-round.
www.waubonsee.edu The college is closed and services are not available on:
Saturday, July 4, 2009 Monday, September 7, 2009
Wednesday, November 25 - Sunday, November 29, 2009 4:30 p.m. Wednesday, December 23, 2009 - Sunday, January 3, 2010
Illinois Community College District 516 Sunday, April 4, 2010 Monday, May 31, 2010 and Sunday, July 4, 2010
Circulation: The Waubonsee Community College Catalog is published annually by the Marketing and Communications department. For additional
Disclaimer: Information contained in the 2009-2010 edition of the catalog was, to the best knowledge of the Waubonsee Community College staff, considered correct and
copies of this or other publications, call us. We welcome comments and suggestions. This catalog is provided to you compliments of the college. complete when submitted to the publisher. Waubonsee Community College reserves the right to change all or part of this catalog without prior notice. This catalog should not
be considered a contract between Waubonsee Community College and any student.
1
WAU B O N S E E
our programs and services
College Catalog
2009-2010
www.waubonsee.edu
2 Vision and Mission
www.waubonsee.edu
4 Board of Trustees
Richard “Shorty”
W. Dickson James E. Pilmer
Bristol Aurora
Chair, Board member Board member 1993-2011
1972-1987, 1989-2013 Higher Education Administrator
Retired Insurance Executive
2009/2010
President’s Message 5
ach academic year brings changes in the form of new students, new programs
E and new opportunities. The 2009-2010 academic year offers students a new and
different campus experience as it marks the first fall semester for the new
Student Center located on the Sugar Grove Campus. Opened in January 2009, the
building is designed to centralize all student services, providing students with a
convenient “one-stop shop.” Also, with more students choosing to attend Waubonsee
full-time and spending more hours on campus, this building includes much-needed
lounge, study, dining and activity spaces, all of which help provide a richer college
experience.
While the Student Center gives students a chance to connect and grow outside of the
classroom, our academic buildings give students the opportunity to learn and explore
in state-of-the-art classrooms. Opened in 2006 and 2007 respectively, as part of the
2020 College Master Plan, the Science Building and the Academic and Professional
Center (APC) give science, business, and social science students the opportunity to
utilize the latest equipment and cutting-edge technology.
Technology will be prominently featured in the other two building projects
Waubonsee currently has underway — a new downtown Aurora Campus and a Plano
Campus on U.S. Route 34. Both of these campuses will be comprehensive, meaning
that students can earn an entire associate degree at that specific location. These Christine J. Sobek, Ed.D.
campuses will increase access to education for residents of Waubonsee’s district. President
No matter where or how students access it, a Waubonsee education is defined by a
high level of personalized instruction and support that allows students to achieve
more than they ever thought possible. Playing a pivotal role in delivering this type of
student experience are our faculty and staff. They are committed to putting students
first by listening, helping to identify educational goals and dreams, and working
together to build better futures.
Building better futures for students would not be possible without the strong support
of the community and the knowledgeable guidance of the board of trustees. Our
elected trustees direct their energies toward focusing our college mission and vision
on institutional goals that demonstrate accessibility, service, value, quality and
innovation.
During the coming academic year, I encourage you to take advantage of the numerous
programs and services we have in place to help you achieve academic success. You
will be able to discover more details in this college catalog. I hope you will also have an
opportunity to visit each of our campuses. They are located in Sugar Grove, in
downtown Aurora, and on the Rush-Copley Medical Center campus in far-east
Aurora.
Many resources and services can also be accessed online at www.waubonsee.edu.
Enrolled students can access all their important Waubonsee information by logging
into the new mywcc portal at mywcc.waubonsee.edu. This system allows students to
view e-mail, register for courses, check their account/financial aid information, and
receive their final grades. It also will give you an opportunity to connect with
classmates and instructors, as well as learn the latest Waubonsee news.
Thank you for allowing Waubonsee Community College to be a part of your future
and best wishes for educational success during the 2009-2010 academic year.
Sincerely,
www.waubonsee.edu
6 Curriculum at a Glance
Waubonsee Community College offers students the opportunity to take classes in a wide variety of areas. Course work in credit classes
can be designed for very general or very specific educational goals. Requirements and suggested course work for each degree are
explained in the appropriate catalog section. Degrees and certificates offered include:
GENERAL EDUCATION
Associate in General Studies Degree (AGS)
General Studies Certificate
See degree requirements page 60.
The Disciplines listed below indicate the varied areas of study offered at Waubonsee, although students are not limited to these
options. Refer to each listing of degrees, certificates and areas of concentration later in this catalog.
DISCIPLINES
Course descriptions begin on page 171.
Accounting English Mass Communication
Administrative Office Systems Entrepreneurship Mathematics
Allied Health Film Studies Medical Assistant
Anthropology Finance and Banking Microcomputer Systems
APICS Fire Science Military Science
Art Foreign Languages Music
Astronomy Chinese, French, German, Nurse Assistant
Auto Body Repair Japanese, Spanish Nursing
AutomotiveTechnology Geography Personal Development
Aviation Pilot Geology Philosophy
Biology Graphic Design Phlebotomy
Business Administration Health Care Interpreting Physical Education
Chemistry Health Education Physics
Communications Heating, Ventilation and Political Science
Air Conditioning
Computer-Aided Design Psychology
and Drafting History
Reading
Computer Information Systems Human Services
Real Estate
Construction Management Humanities
Sign Language
Technology Independent Study (also see InterpreterTraining)
Criminal Justice IndustrialTechnology Social Science
Disability Studies Information and Communication Sociology
Early Childhood Education Technology
SurgicalTechnology
Earth Science Intensive English—Basic
Sustainability
Economics Intensive English Institute
Theatre
Education Interdisciplinary Studies
Therapeutic Massage
ElectronicsTechnology InterpreterTraining
Tourism,Travel and Event Planning
(also see Sign Language)
Emergency MedicalTechnician Translation
Library and Information Studies
Emergency Preparedness Welding
Management Management
World Wide Web/Internet
Engineering Marketing
2009/2010
Curriculum at a Glance 7
This catalog documents guidelines for transfer degree areas of concentration and specific curriculum for career education degrees and
certificates. Listed below are example transfer degree areas of concentration and career education curricular areas. Look in the
appropriate section for more specific details.
Art Accounting
Aviation Pilot Administrative Office Systems
Biology Auto Body Repair
AutomotiveTechnology
Business
Business Careers
Accounting/Management/Finance/
Business Communications
Marketing/Operations Management
Entrepreneurship
Chemistry
Management
Clinical Laboratory Science
Marketing
Computer Science
Materials Management/APICS
Criminal Justice
Computer Careers
Early Childhood Education
Computer-Aided Design and Drafting
Economics
Computer Information Systems
Education
Microcomputer Systems
Elementary, Secondary or Special Education
World Wide Web/Internet
English
Construction ManagementTechnology
Fitness Leadership
Criminal Justice
General Science Early Childhood Education
Graphic Art ElectronicsTechnology
History Facility ServiceTechnology
Liberal Arts Fire Science
Mass Communication Geographic Information Systems
Mathematics Graphic Design
Music Health Care Interpreting
Nursing Health Careers
Organizational Communication Emergency MedicalTechnician
Philosophy Exercise Science
Physical Education Medical Assistant
Physics Nurse Assistant
Political Science Perioperative Nursing
Psychology PhlebotomyTechnician
Social Work Registered Nursing
Sociology SurgicalTechnology
Theatre Therapeutic Massage
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
Human Services
Don’t see your major? WCC associate degrees trans- IndustrialTechnology
fer to several additional majors as well. Check with InterpreterTraining/Sign Language
counseling for details. Library and Information Studies
Mass Communication
Paraprofessional Educator
Photography
Real Estate
Translation
Welding
www.waubonsee.edu
8 Academic Calendar
November
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
The college is closed on the following dates. Otherwise, the college is open and services are
29 30
available during the standard hours of operation.
December
Independence Day: ..................................................................Saturday, July 4, 2009 S M T W T F S
Labor Day:.......................................................................Monday, September 7, 2009 1 2 3 4 5
Thanksgiving Holiday: .......................................Wednesday, November 25 through 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
........................................................................................Sunday, November 29, 2009 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Winter Holiday: .......................4:30 p.m., Wednesday, December 23, 2009 through
29 30 31
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
...............................................................................................Sunday, January 3, 2010 27 28
Easter: ........................................................................................Sunday, April 4, 2010
Memorial Day: .........................................................................Monday, May 31, 2010
Independence Day:.....................................................................Sunday, July 4, 2010
2010
January
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24
/31 25 26 27 28 29 30
2009/2010
Academic Calendar 9
February SPRING SEMESTER 2010
S M T W T F S Late registration begins.........................................................................................January 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 Last day to enroll in a course is prior to the first class meeting.
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Orientation week for faculty and staff .............................................................January 13-15
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 First day of classes (Tuesday) ...............................................................................January 19
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Students withdrawn for nonpayment after this date
28 must petition to re-enroll ....................................................................................January 19
Weekend classes begin (Friday, 5:00 p.m. through Sunday) ...............................Jan. 22-24
March End of ALL refunds for 16-week courses..............................................................January 29
S M T W T F S Withdrawals after this date (from 16-week courses) will appear on
1 2 3 4 5 6 student transcripts ...............................................................................................January 29
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Last day to claim honor student status designation in a 16-week course .......February 15
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Summer semester registration begins at 8:00 a.m. ................................................March 1
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Mid-semester (last day to change audit enrollment status) ..................................March 10
28 29 30 31 Last day to enroll in a spring semester telecourse ................................................March 10
(Summer telecourse registration begins March 1.)
April Spring break - Monday through Saturday (classes will not meet) ..................March 15-20
S M T W T F S Easter Sunday (classes will not meet) .........................................................................April 4
1 2 3 Last day to enroll in a spring semester independent study or internship ................April 5
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Last day to withdraw from spring semester courses ...............................................April 26
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Fall semester registration begins at 8:00 a.m. ............................................................May 3
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Semester ends ..............................................................................................................May 14
25 26 27 28 29 30 Grades due - noon, Monday .......................................................................................May 17
Graduation ....................................................................................................................May 20
May
Please note that the above dates apply, in general, to traditional 16-week credit courses. See Registration
S M T W T F S and Records for details concerning weekend courses, TBA courses or courses shorter than 14 weeks in
1 duration.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 SUMMER SEMESTER 2010
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 First day of summer classes (check individual course), Monday ..........................May 17
23
/30 24
/31 25 26 27 28 29 Last day to enroll in a course .....................................................prior to 1st class meeting
Weekend classes begin (Friday, 5:00 p.m. through Sunday) ............................May 21-23
June Memorial Day break - Saturday through Monday (classes will not meet).......May 29-31
S M T W T F S (Weekend classes, 5 pm and later, will not meet Friday, May 28.)
1 2 3 4 5 First day of regular summer session .........................................................................June 7
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 First day of summer high school program,Tuesday .............................................June 22
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Last day to enroll in a summer semester telecourse .............................................June 23
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 (Fall telecourse registration begins May 3.)
27 28 29 30 Independence Day break (weekend classes will not meet) ...................................July 2-4
(Friday 5 p.m. through Sunday)
July
Last day to enroll in a summer independent study or internship ...........................July 5
S M T W T F S Last day to withdraw from summer semester courses ..........................................July 19
1 2 3 End of session .........................................................................................................August 1
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Grades due - noon, Monday...................................................................................August 2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Midterm....................................................determined by length (weeks) of course
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Refunds ................................determined by course beginning date and duration
............................................................................(See the Bursar Office for details.)
August
Grades due ....................................immediately upon completion of each course
S M T W T F S
Please note that the above dates apply, in general, to traditional credit courses. Summer courses are
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
offered with a variety of beginning and ending dates. Please refer to each individual course within the
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
schedule for the correct beginning and ending dates.
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
www.waubonsee.edu
10 Getting Started
New students who have never attended Waubonsee before are required to complete the
New Student Information Form found at the back of this catalog.
Please refer to the following steps to complete enrollment.
New Noncredit Students
Students interested in Community Education or Workforce Development courses should com-
plete the Noncredit Registration Form, which can be found in each semester’s noncredit schedule
and online at www.waubonsee.edu/register.
New Credit Students (full-time and/or degree-seeking)
Complete these steps if you STEP 1 Complete the New Student Information Form at the end of this Catalog, or online at
want to do any of the www.waubonsee.edu. Once this form is processed by Admissions, you will be issued a student
following: ID/X number that you will use throughout your Waubonsee career.
Enroll as a full-time student STEP 2 Obtain proper course placement in English and math based on your ACT scores, place-
(12 credit hours or more) ment testing results or previous coursework**. For details, visit www.waubonsee.edu/placement
Earn a degree or certificate or contact Assessment. You must have an X number to take Waubonsee’s placement tests.
Receive financial aid STEP 3 Schedule your Registration and Planning (RAP) session, where you’ll learn how to use
Transfer credit earned at the college catalog, credit schedule and your test scores to select and register for courses.
another college toWCC* RAP can be scheduled online at www.waubonsee.edu/rap or through Admissions.
STEP 4 Attend RAP and pay for your classes at the time of registration (full or partial payment).
STEP 5 Attend New Student Orientation.
Returning/Continuing Students
Complete the following steps if you have been enrolled at Waubonsee during a previous semester.
STEP 1 Meet with a counselor prior to registering (highly recommended).
STEP 2 Register for courses in person, by mail, by fax, or by using the online registration system.
Full or partial payment is due at the time of registration.
* For information on financial aid application procedures, visit our Web site at
Questions? Call (630) 466-7900. www.waubonsee.edu/financialaid or call the Financial Aid Office. Once your
Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ext. 5756 financial aid application is completed, processing can take three weeks or more.
Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ext. 5700 ** Students wishing to transfer credits to Waubonsee need to submit official
transcripts and fill out a Transcript Evaluation Request Form at the Counseling
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ext. 2361
Center before receiving course placement or completing Registration and
Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ext. 5774 Planning (RAP). e Transcript Evaluation Request Form can be found on the
Counseling Web page.
2009/2010
11
WAU B O N S E E
what you can learn
Educational
Options
www.waubonsee.edu
12 Educational Options
2009/2010
Educational Options 13
Adult Literacy Project placement and registration services are provided by appointment,
The Adult Literacy Project trains and places volunteers to and general college tuition rates apply. Call the ESL office (see
provide English language tutoring to adults who want to improve directory).
their reading and writing skills or learn English. Volunteer tutors
instruct on an individual basis or assist classroom instructors in Outreach and Retention
adult basic education (ABE), General Educational Development Free outreach and retention services are offered to help GED and
(GED), and English as a Second Language (ESL) classes. Training ESL graduates transition into college-level courses in pursuit of a
sessions are scheduled throughout the year to teach new degree or certificate. Assistance includes referrals to appropriate
volunteers the necessary skills to facilitate positive learning services (i.e. academic counseling and financial aid), coordination
experiences. The mission of the Adult Literacy Project is to of appointments with different departments and assistance in
empower adults to be responsible citizens and parents through exploring specific vocational careers. For more information or to
the process of improved literacy skills. Family literacy, register, contact Adult Education (see directory).
conversation groups and writing groups are offered. The
program is an accredited ProLiteracy WorldWide affiliate. For
more information, call Adult Literacy (see directory). Community Education
Community Education designs, develops and implements a wide
English as a Second Language array of noncredit classes, trips, tours and special events that
The English as a Second Language (ESL) program offers non- enrich the lives of all ages, including youth and mature adults.
native adults, 16 years of age and older, the opportunity to learn Program coordinators develop partnerships with area
the English language while also learning about American culture. organizations and instructors to ensure the delivery of both new
Students develop reading, writing, listening and speaking skills and innovative offerings, as well as traditional classes and
necessary for success in the workplace, community and further lectures. These offerings are designed to reach the diverse
course work. Grammar, writing and conversation classes are also population of Waubonsee’s rural/suburban community college
available throughout the year. Morning and evening classes are district. More specific information about the High School
offered at the Aurora Campus and other selected sites in the Summer Program, Trips and Tours, fitness/wellness, mature
community. There is no charge for this program. For more adult programming, and Programs for Youth can be found by
information about testing and placement into classes, call the viewing the individual listings in the noncredit schedule or by
ESL office (see directory). calling Community Education (see directory).
www.waubonsee.edu
14 Educational Options
2009/2010
Educational Options 15
Waubonsee is also a participant in Illinois Community Colleges
Online (ILCCO), a consortia of Illinois community colleges
Fast Track
The Fast Track program is an accelerated scheduling option that
sharing online courses and programs. Waubonsee is accredited
enables students to earn a degree in half the time. Students
by The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central
pursuing the Fast Track daytime option on a full-time basis can
Association of Colleges and Schools (NCA) 30 North LaSalle
earn a degree in one year. Fast Track’s evening option allows
Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602, (800) 621-7440 to offer
part-time students to earn a degree in two years.
distance learning degrees.
Courses required to complete the majority of general education
Two-Way Interactive Television requirements and additional college requirements for the
Two-way interactive television courses use microwave and Associate in Arts (AA) and Associate in Science (AS) degrees
telephone technology to create synchronous videoconference are in the Fast Track scheduling format. The mathematics
environments. Waubonsee has eight interactive video class- requirement and elective requirements must be completed in
rooms. Students may participate at the home site where the other scheduling formats or via distance learning.
teacher is or at any receive site that is closer to home or work.
Waubonsee offers nearly 50 interactive television classes each Fast Track courses are scheduled in 11 terms during a 12-month
semester. Area sites include Waubonsee’s Sugar Grove, Aurora period. During the fall and spring semesters, four Fast Track
and Copley Campuses. terms, each four weeks long, are offered. During the summer,
three Fast Track terms, each three or four weeks long, are
Telecourses offered.
Telecourses are professionally-produced classes that include
videos, workbooks and textbooks. Students work independently Many students choose to mix and match Fast Track courses with
and can finish early. An instructor is assigned to each course to other courses because of the flexibility and various entry points
guide students through the material and testing. Students take this scheduling provides. For a schedule of Fast Track courses,
tests at Waubonsee’s Center for Learning Assessment. call the Counseling Center (see directory) or visit Waubonsee’s
Waubonsee offers approximately 20 telecourses each semester. Web site at www.waubonsee.edu.
Depending on the course, telecourse videos are available through
online viewing or as DVDs. Students check these sets out at the
Distance Learning office in Collins Hall. Telecourses are listed in
Internship Program
each semester credit course schedule. For more information, call An internship allows students to acquire professional experience
the Distance Learning office (see directory). through working at a business or organization closely related to
their academic field of interest. Currently, both for-credit and
non-credit opportunities are available and ideal for career
Cable to the Home exploration. For more information, please contact the Career
Each semester, selected two-way interactive television classes are Services Center at careerservices@waubonsee.edu or the dean for
also sent out over Comcast Cable Channel 99, which services the appropriate instructional division.
area residents in Aurora, Batavia, Bristol, Montgomery, North
Aurora, Oswego, Plano, Sandwich and Yorkville; Comcast Cable
Channel 17 for residents in Geneva; and MediaCom Channel 15,
which services residents in Sugar Grove, Elburn, Prestbury, Big
Rock, Hinckley, Leland, Somonauk and parts of Kaneville.
Students registered for these classes can watch the class at home.
Interaction is achieved by phoning in and participating in a class
audio conference. Students take tests at Waubonsee’s Center for
Learning Assessment. Homework assignments are sent by mail
or e-mail. For a list of Cable to the Home classes, check each
semester credit course schedule.
www.waubonsee.edu
16 Educational Options
Programs for High School Students Worldwide Youth in Science and Engineering
Waubonsee offers a variety of credit and noncredit courses for (WYSE) Competition
area high school students, as well as special programs, Each February, area high school students compete at Waubonsee
competitions and ACT testing services. in the Worldwide Youth in Science and Engineering (WYSE)
Academic Challenge Competition in English, math, chemistry,
ACT Preparation Classes and Testing physics, biology, engineering graphics and computer fundamentals.
More information is available by calling the Technology,
ACT preparation classes are offered at various times of the year.
Mathematics and Physical Sciences division (see directory).
Dates and locations can be obtained by searching the noncredit
course schedules at www.waubonsee.edu/schedules. More
information is available through the Community Education
department (see directory). ACT testing is offered several times a
ROTC Transfer Option
Students who intend to transfer to a four-year school that offers
year through Waubonsee’s Center for Learning Assessment.
a Reserve Officers’ Training Corps (ROTC) program may
accomplish the basic course work in their first two years at
Articulated Credit Waubonsee. The ROTC Transfer Option is described in more
For articulated credit information, see page 162. detail in the “Career Connections” section, and the Military
Science (MSC) curriculum is detailed in the “Course
Business Competition Day Descriptions” section. For more information, contact the
In April, high school students compete in accounting, computer Dean for Social Science and Education (see directory).
and network concepts, economics/personal finance, general
business, keyboarding/formatting, office integration and office
procedures. Top award winners are eligible for Waubonsee
Study Abroad
scholarships. More information is available by calling the Waubonsee is a member of the Illinois Consortium for
Business and Information Systems division (see directory). International Studies and Programs (ICISP). Study abroad
programs can take Waubonsee students to England, Austria,
Costa Rica, Japan, Germany, Australia and more for full semester
Dual Credit programs offering a comprehensive mix of study and
With permission from their high school, students 16 years of cultural/social activities. For example, students might spend a
age and older can enroll in a WCC credit course for which they summer session in the Spanish immersion program in Costa Rica
have met the prerequisites. At the discretion of the high school, or a full fall or spring semester on campus in Canterbury,
students may receive both college and high school credit, England, or Salzburg, Austria. For more information about the
known as dual credit. College credit earned may be applied program requirements, contact the Dean for Counseling and
toward a degree or certificate at Waubonsee or may be Student Support (see directory). Interested students should
transferred to another college. Contact Registration and Records inquire and apply early (at least six months in advance of
for more information (see directory). program offerings).
2009/2010
Educational Options 17
Workforce Development Illinois Small Business Development Center
The Workforce Development department provides educational Waubonsee Community College offers special services to
services and training solutions for area businesses, organizations entrepreneurs and small and minority businesses in the college
and individuals. district. Small Business Development Center (SBDC) counseling
is available at no charge to people wishing to start, develop and
expand their business. SBDC staff can help clients to develop a
Professional Development business plan, procure financing, increase cash flow, manage
The department develops and delivers a regular schedule of growth and strengthen their business. The SBDC also offers a
courses, seminars and workshops to meet the training, variety of classes and workshops designed to meet the needs of
certification and recertification needs of individuals in many small business owners.
professions. Courses are offered in a variety of areas, including
computers, health care, supervisory skills, manufacturing, safety
and transportation. Driver Safety Program
Workforce Development offers defensive driving instruction in
Courses are brief and focused to address specific needs, giving partnership with the National Safety Council with the goal of
participants skills they can use at work tomorrow. Classes are helping participants understand the consequences of the choices
conveniently scheduled to meet at various dates, times, and they make on the road. These courses provide practical strategies
locations throughout a semester, and some courses are offered for businesses and private citizens of all ages to reduce collision-
online. related injuries, fatalities and cost. The courses address the
importance of attitude in preventing accidents and reinforce the
The Workforce Development department’s course offerings are good driving skills of participants. These are the same courses
published each semester in the college’s noncredit schedule. Call approved by the Kane County 16th Judicial Circuit Court for use
the department to request a copy (see directory). The schedule in their court supervision program.
can also be found online at www.waubonsee.edu/schedules.
Customized Training
Business and industry can have customized training delivered to
employees at their business or at one of our campus locations,
24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Topics include computer skills,
supervision, quality and safety. Services include seminars and
workshops, licensing and certification, consulting, and
assessments.
www.waubonsee.edu
18
WAU B O N S E E
your first step
Transfer Degrees
Program
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees Program 19
Purpose of the Transfer Degree Illinois Articulation Initiative
Curriculum Waubonsee Community College participates in the Illinois
Articulation Initiative (IAI), a major, statewide, cooperative
The Associate in Arts (AA), Associate in Science (AS), Associate
agreement among participating Illinois colleges and universities
in Engineering Science (AES), Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) and
to facilitate successful transfer of course credits from one
Associate of Arts in Teaching (AAT) degrees are intended for
participating institution to another, effective beginning summer
students planning to transfer to a senior college or university
1998. The IAI defines a general education core curriculum, and
for a baccalaureate degree.
Waubonsee’s transfer curriculum for the Associate in Arts (AA)
and Associate in Science (AS) degrees conforms to it. Students
These associate degrees are designed to transfer to a four-year
who follow the prescribed curriculum can be assured that the
institution; however, since requirements can vary from one
credits satisfy general education requirements at participating
university to another, it is recommended that all students create
Illinois colleges and universities. See the “Course Descriptions”
an educational plan with a Waubonsee counselor. Courses taken
section of this catalog for a list of Waubonsee’s IAI general
at other colleges and/or universities are evaluated upon request.
education and major courses approved to date.
The courses students take at Waubonsee Community College
are those normally taken during the first two years of the Transfer Guarantee
baccalaureate degree. Various college and university catalogs are
The Transfer Guarantee formally assures students that certain
available in the Counseling Center. Students can complete
courses transfer to in-state colleges and universities; the college
Waubonsee’s degree requirements and be in a favorable position
backs up the guarantee with a tuition refund if the course does
to transfer to the senior college or university of their choice. Most
not transfer. Students should be aware that because baccalaureate
universities and senior colleges award junior standing to students
degree completion requirements change over time, transfer
with an Associate in Arts, Science, Engineering Science, Fine
agreements may expire and/or students may be expected to
Arts or Teaching degree.
complete additional course work by the transfer institution.
Students should contact an advisor/counselor for determining
Transfer Degrees the transferability of courses to their chosen four-year institution.
To make a claim, students must notify Waubonsee’s Executive
Program Guidelines Vice President of Educational Affairs/Chief Learning Officer, in
The transfer degrees program guidelines listed in the next section writing, within 60 days of learning that course credit has been
of this catalog illustrate what a student might take if interested in declined or refused by the receiving university. The letter should
a particular area of study. The guidelines are based on the format state the reasons, if any, given for the action and the name,
used to show degree requirements, and they assist the student position, address and telephone number of the person who
in completing the general education requirements of a four-year processed the application for credit transfer or acceptance.
degree, as well as taking introductory courses in a major field Copies of any correspondence, transfer evaluation or other
of study. While the guidelines are helpful, students should documentation provided to or received from the transfer
work with a counselor to develop individual plans. institution regarding the student’s transfer application must
accompany the notice.
www.waubonsee.edu
20 Transfer Degrees Program
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees Program 21
Assessment of Student General education requirements for the AA and AS transfer
degrees listed in the following section are outlined in
Learning Outcomes: conformance with the Illinois Articulation Initiative (see earlier
explanation of IAI)
The Outcomes Program (TOP)
The Outcomes Program (TOP) is responsible for providing
resources, support and information about assessing student Purpose of Area of Concentration
learning at the college. Waubonsee’s TOP MEASURE is a
faculty-driven, holistic outcomes model, used to align transfer, and Elective Requirements
occupational and developmental course outcomes for improved The purpose of the area of concentration and elective
student success. This model, which is unique to Waubonsee, requirements in Waubonsee transfer degrees is to prepare the
reflects the skills, abilities and knowledge that the college strives student for a major course of study at a transfer institution.
to develop in all of its students. Students who have decided upon a major course of study to
pursue at a transfer institution should see a Waubonsee
The outcomes in the TOP MEASURE prepare students for counselor to choose elective courses that provide the foundation
challenges of the 21st century. Each course and program has for that major. The Transfer Degree Guidelines show
unique focus and specific goals and objectives, but they all share recommended programs of study for certain areas of
the general student outcomes as defined in the TOP MEASURE. concentration; however, other individual programs can be
College courses provide evidence to support the measurement of devised to meet both Waubonsee’s graduation requirements
the general student outcomes listed in the TOP MEASURE. and those of the chosen transfer institution.
Waubonsee’s TOP MEASURE Students who have not decided on a major course of study to
Waubonsee Community College is committed to placing learning pursue at a transfer institution or who do not intend to transfer
first in every facet of the college experience. Students build a firm may explore a combination of any of the electives listed under
foundation during their time here. This foundation will provide the degrees.
our students with the following abilities:
Students intending to transfer should narrow their choice of a
• Managing Human Interaction: the ability to make and major at a transfer institution as soon as possible. Counseling
navigate relationships offers students additional guidance for this process. Courses
• Teamwork taken at other colleges and/or universities are evaluated upon
• Understanding Multicultural Differences request.
• Expanding Knowledge: the ability to build on one’s own See the list under “Degree Requirements” for area of
knowledge base concentration and elective choices.
• Intellectual Curiosity
• Content
• Adapting Concepts: the ability to build upon a concept
• Critical Thinking
• Oral and Written Communication
• Visual Literacy
• Shaping the Future: the ability to use knowledge for change
• Historical Consciousness
• Social Responsibility
• Wellness
• Motivation
• Utilizing Facts: the ability to apply a fact to a new situation
• Quantitive and Qualitative Problem-Solving
• Job Skills
• Technological Competence
• Information and Communication Technologies (ICT)
Literacy
• Reflecting: the ability to think about one’s own thinking
and learning
• Aesthetic Appreciation
• Confidence
• Ethics
• Exploring: the ability to search for the purpose of discovery
• Scientific Awareness
• Life-Long Learning
www.waubonsee.edu
22 Transfer Degrees Program
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees Program 23
III. Additional College Requirements Chemistry: CHM 100, 101 (1-L), 102, 103 (1-L), 106 (4-L),
When selecting courses for the Additional College Require- 121 (4-L), 122 (4-L), 231 (5-L), 232 (5-L)
ments, consult with a counselor/advisor (see directory); Earth Science: ESC 100, 101 (1-L), 120 (4-L), 130, 220
different baccalaureate schools have different requirements. Geography: GEO 121 (4-L)
Associate in Arts (AA).............................................................8-9 sem hrs Geology: GLG 100, 101 (1-L), 103
Associate in Science (AS)......................................................8-9 sem hrs Physics: PHY 103, 104 (1-L), 111 (4-L), 112 (4-L),115 (4-L),
116 (4-L), 221 (5-L), 222 (5-L)
A. Wellness
AA/AS .............................................................2-3 sem hrs E. World Cultures
Health Education: HED 100 One course satisfying degree requirements must have a
Physical Education activity courses: world culture emphasis. These courses are highlighted in
PED 100-149 (0.5-1) General Education Requirements Social and Behavioral
Sustainability: SUS 101 Sciences (item II.B.) and Humanities and Fine Arts (item
(Students who served in the Armed Services may be II.E.). This is not an additional credit hour requirement.
granted credit for the wellness requirement. See page Check early with your counselor for course
252 for details.) recommendations appropriate to your particular program.
C. Mathematics
AA .....................................additional hours not required
AS.....................................................3 additional sem hrs
Select any course from the following list not used to fulfill
the general education Mathematics requirement (item
II.D.). Consult with a counselor to determine the
appropriate choice based on your major and the four-year
institution to which you intend to transfer.
Mathematics: MTH 101, 107, 111 (4), 112, 131 (4), 132 (4),
141, 201, 202, 210, 211, 233 (4), 236 (4), 240
www.waubonsee.edu
24
MTH 050
2009/2010
Basic Mathematical Skills
or placement by assessment
MTH 101 MTH 107 MTH 111 MTH 112 MTH 201
College Mathematics Basic Statistics Math for Elementary Teachers I
Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 070 Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 070
College Algebra Plane Trigonometry
Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 070
Transfer Degrees Program
and MTH 075*; or placement by and MTH 075*; or placement by Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 070 Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 070
and MTH 075*; or placement by and MTH 075*; or placement by and MTH 075*; or placement by
assessment or ACT assessment or ACT
assessment or ACT assessment or ACT assessment or ACT
IAI: M1 901 IAI: M1 902
MTH 202
MTH 141 MTH 211 MTH 210 MTH 131
Math for Elementary Teachers II
Scientific Programming Calculus for Bus. and Soc. Sci. Finite Mathematics Calculus with Analytic Geometry I Prereq; “C” or better in MTH 201
Prereq: MTH 131 or MTH 211 Prereq: "C": or better in MTH 111; Prereq: "C" or better in MTH 111; Prereq: "C" or better in MTH 111 IAI: M1 903
or placement by or placement by and MTH 112; or placement by
assessment or ACT assessment or ACT assessment or ACT
IAI: M1 900-B IAI: M1 906 IAI: M1 900-1
MTH 132
MTH 141
Calculus with Analytic Geometry II
Scientific Programing
Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 131
Prereq: MTH 131 or MTH 211
IAI: M1 900-2
MTH 233
Calculus with Analytic Geometry III
Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 132
IAI: M1 900-3
D. Mathematics
AES...................................................................12 sem hrs
Math: MTH 131 (4), 132 (4), 233 (4)
www.waubonsee.edu
26 Transfer Degrees Program
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees Program 27
Degree Requirements II. General Education Requirements
Since completion of the Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) degree
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) does not fulfill the requirements of the Illinois General
Art Education Core Curriculum, students must complete the
(AFA1) major code general education requirements of the institution to which
they transfer. Courses listed in section II are included on
Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2009.
Art Education (Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
(AFA2) major code Associate in Fine Arts (AFA)
The following sections list program requirements to achieve an Emphasis in Art ......................................................................... 31 sem hrs
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) transfer degree with an emphasis in Emphasis in Art Education.......................................................40 sem hrs
art or art education at Waubonsee. This degree is designed to
provide students a smooth transition to a four-year baccalaureate A. Communications
art program. Transfer institutions may require art majors to AFA/all emphases.............................................9 sem hrs
submit a portfolio for review. Because of teacher certification Communications: COM 100
requirements, transfer school requirements and WCC graduation English: ENG 101* and 102*
requirements, art education students must meet with a counselor
as soon as they declare this program as their intended major. B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
Emphasis in Art.................................................6 sem hrs
I. College Requirements Select courses from two different disciplines from the
A. Semester Hours following list. See also item III.B. World Cultures. (Courses
A total of 63 semester hours (Art) or 64 semester hours in bold satisfy World Cultures; N indicates non-Western;
(Art Education) as specified in the following sections. D indicates diversity.)
B. Grade-Points Anthropology: ANT 100 (N), 101 (N), 102, 110
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 Economics: ECN 100, 110, 121, 122
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student Geography: GEO 220 (N), 230 (N), 235 (N)
status and in good standing. History**: HIS 101 (N), 102 (N), 121, 122, 205 (N),
C. Academic Residency 215 (N), 225 (N), 235 (N)
Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260 (N)
a minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have Psychology: PSY 100, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235
been achieved at Waubonsee, excluding CLEP and Sociology: SOC 100, 120 (D), 130, 210, 230 (D)
proficiency credits.
Emphasis in Art Education...............................9 sem hrs
Required: HIS 121 or 122, PSC 100 and PSY 100
www.waubonsee.edu
28 Transfer Degrees Program
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees Program 29
Degree Requirements A. Communications
AFA/all emphases.............................................9 sem hrs
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) Communications: COM 100
Music Performance English: ENG 101* and 102*
(AFA3) major code
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
Emphasis in Music Performance .....................3 sem hrs
Music Education Select course from the following list. See also item III.B.
(AFA4) major code World Cultures. (Courses in bold satisfy World Cultures;
The following sections list program requirements to achieve an N indicates non-Western; D indicates diversity.)
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) transfer degree with an emphasis in Anthropology: ANT 100 (N), 101 (N), 102, 110
music performance or music education at Waubonsee. This Economics: ECN 100, 110, 121, 122
degree is designed to provide students a smooth transition to a Geography: GEO 220 (N), 230 (N), 235 (N)
four-year baccalaureate music degree program. Music majors History**: HIS 101 (N), 102 (N), 121, 122, 205 (N),
may be required to demonstrate skill level through audition and 215 (N), 225 (N), 235 (N)
placement testing at the transfer institution. Because of teacher Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260 (N)
certification requirements, transfer school requirements and Psychology: PSY 100, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235
WCC graduation requirements, music education students must Sociology: SOC 100, 120 (D), 130, 210, 230 (D)
meet with a counselor as soon as they declare this program as
their intended major. Emphasis in Music Education .........................6 sem hrs
Required: PSC 100 and HIS 121 or HIS 122
I. College Requirements NOTE: Teacher certification may require additional hours;
A. Semester Hours some hours may need to be completed at the transfer
A total of 65 semester hours (Music Performance) or 66 institution. See your counselor.
semester hours (Music Education) as specified in the
following sections. C. Physical and Life Sciences
B. Grade-Points AFA/all emphases.............................................7 sem hrs
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 Select at least one course from Physical Sciences and one
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student course from Life Sciences. Select at least one lab course.
status and in good standing. NOTE: Teacher certification may require additional hours;
C. Academic Residency some hours may need to be completed at the transfer
Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: a institution. See your counselor. (L indicates a lab course.)
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have Physical Sciences
been achieved at Waubonsee, excluding CLEP and Astronomy: AST 100, 105 (4-L), 110 (4-L)
proficiency credits. Chemistry: CHM 100, 101 (1-L), 102, 103 (1-L), 106 (4-L),
121 (4-L)
II. General Education Requirements Earth Science: ESC 100, 101 (1-L), 130, 220
Since completion of the Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) degree Geography: GEO 121 (4-L)
does not fulfill the requirements of the Illinois General Geology: GLG 100, 101 (1-L), 103
Education Core Curriculum, students must complete the Physics: PHY 103, 104 (1-L), 111 (4-L), 221 (5-L)
general education requirements of the institution to which
they transfer. Courses listed in section II are included on Life Sciences
Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2009. Biology: BIO 100, 101 (1-L), 102, 110,
(Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.) 111 (1-L), 120 (4-L), 126 (4-L), 200, 244 (4-L), 250 (4-L),
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) 254, 270 (4-L)
Emphasis in Music Performance ...............................28 sem hrs
D. Mathematics
Emphasis in Music Education.................................... 28 sem hrs
AFA/all emphases.............................................3 sem hrs
Mathematics: MTH 101, 107, 131 (4), 132 (4), 202, 210,
211, 233 (4)
www.waubonsee.edu
30 Transfer Degrees Program
A. Wellness
Emphasis in Music Performance ..................2-3 sem hrs
Health Education: HED 100
Physical Education activity courses:
PED 100-149 (0.5-1)
Sustainability: SUS 101
(Students who served in the Armed Services may be
granted credit for the wellness requirement. See page
252 for details.)
Emphasis in Music Education......................... 3 sem hrs
Required: HED 100
B. World Cultures
One course satisfying degree requirements must have a
world culture emphasis. These courses are highlighted in
General Education Requirements Social and Behavioral
Sciences (item II.B.) and Humanities (item II.E.). This is not
an additional credit hour requirement.
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees Program 31
Degree Requirements II. General Education Requirements
Waubonsee’s requirements conform to IAI General Education
Associate of Arts in Teaching (AAT) Core Curriculum guidelines. Courses listed in section II match
Secondary Mathematics Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2009.
(AAT1) major code (Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
The Associate of Arts in Teaching - Secondary Mathematics Associate in Teaching (AAT)
degree allows students who are interested in teaching Secondary Mathematics .....................................39 sem hrs
mathematics at the secondary level the opportunity to complete
the first two years of their college course work at the community A. Communications
college in preparation for transferring to a college or university. AAT.....................................................................9 sem hrs
Students who earn the AAT-Secondary Mathematics degree will Communications: COM 100
have completed their general education core courses, developed a English: ENG 101* and 102*
basic understanding of the essential qualifications required of
educators, mastered the fundamental mathematics concepts that B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
serve as a basis for advanced study in the discipline, and achieved AAT.....................................................................9 sem hrs
a satisfactory score on the Illinois Basic Skills Test required for Select three courses from at least two disciplines. See
entry into teacher certification programs at colleges and also item III.B. WorldCultures.
universities. Because of teacher certification requirements, (Courses in bold satisfy World Cultures; N indicates non-
transfer school requirements and WCC graduation requirements, Western; D indicates diversity.)
students must meet with a counselor as soon as they declare this History: HIS 121, 122
program as their intended major. Completion of these courses Political Science: PSC 100
does not guarantee admission to a baccalaureate program. Psychology: PSY 100
Sociology: SOC 120 (D)
I. College Requirements
A. Semester Hours C. Physical and Life Sciences
A total of 64 semester hours as specified in the following AAT.....................................................................8 sem hrs
sections. Select one course and a lab course from Physical
B. Grade-Points Sciences and one course and a lab course from Life
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 Sciences.
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student Physical Sciences
status and in good standing. Earth Science: ESC 100 and 101 (1)
C. Academic Residency Geography: GEO 121 (4)
Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: a Physics: PHY 111 (4), 112 (4)
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have Life Sciences
been achieved at Waubonsee, excluding CLEP and Biology: BIO 100 and 101 (1); 110 and 111 (1); 120 (4)
proficiency credits.
D. Mathematics
AAT.....................................................................4 sem hrs
Degree Requirements Footnotes Mathematics: MTH 131 (4)
* IAI General Education requires a C or better in these courses.
** Interdisciplinary humanities courses that encompass both E. Humanities and Fine Arts
humanities and fine arts may be used for either humanities or AAT.....................................................................9 sem hrs
fine arts credit. Select at least one course from Humanities and one
course from Fine Arts. See also item III.B. World Cultures.
(Courses in bold satisfy World Cultures; N indicates non-
Western; D indicates diversity.)
Humanities
Humanities**: HUM 102 (N)
Philosophy: PHL 100, 105
Fine Arts
Art: ART 100
Humanities**: HUM 101
Music: MUS 101 (N)
www.waubonsee.edu
32 Transfer Degrees Program
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees Program 33
II. General Education Requirements III. Additional College Requirements
Waubonsee’s requirements conform to IAI General Education AAT .........................................................................3 sem hrs
Core Curriculum guidelines. Courses listed in section II match
Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2009. (Courses are A. Mathematics
3 sem hrs unless indicated.) AAT.....................................................................3 sem hrs
Associate in Teaching (AAT) Mathematics: MTH 201
Special Education ................................................40 sem hrs
B. World Cultures
A. Communications One course satisfying degree requirements must have a
AAT ....................................................................9 sem hrs World Culture emphasis. These courses are highlighted in
Communications: COM 100 General Education Requirements Social and Behavioral
English: ENG 101* and 102* Sciences (item II.B.) and Humanities and Fine Arts (item
II.E.). This is not an additional credit hour requirement.
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
AAT ....................................................................9 sem hrs IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements
Select three courses from at least two disciplines. See AAT...................................................................21 sem hrs
also item III.B. World Cultures. (Courses in bold satisfy
World Cultures; N indicates non-Western; D indicates Early Childhood Education: ECE115
diversity.) Education: EDU200, 202, 205, 210, 220; 215 or 225
History: HIS 121, 122
Political Science: PSC 100 (recommended)
Psychology: PSY 100 (recommended)
Degree Requirements Footnotes
C. Physical and Life Sciences * IAI General Education requires a C or better in these courses.
AAT.....................................................................7 sem hrs
Select one course from Physical Sciences and one course Note: Students planning to major in special education at
from Life Sciences. Select at least one lab course. Northern Illinois University need to contact the university’s
(L indicates a lab course.) special education undergraduate advisor no later than one
Physical Sciences year prior to their admission to ensure clinical placement.
Astronomy: AST100, 105 (4-L), 110 (4-L) Failure to do so may result in a delay of registration for the
Earth Science: ESC 100 and 101 (1-L) initial block sequence of courses needed for the degree.
Geography: GEO 121 (4-L)
Life Sciences
Biology: BIO 100 and 101 (1-L); 110 and 111 (1-L); 120 (4-L)
D. Mathematics
AAT ....................................................................6 sem hrs
Mathematics: MTH 101, 202
Humanities
Humanities: HUM 101, 102 (N)
Philosophy: PHL 100, 105
Fine Arts
Art: ART 100
Music: MUS 101 (N)
www.waubonsee.edu
34
WAU B O N S E E
how you’ll prepare
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 35
Transfer Degrees Division of Health and Life Sciences
Area of Concentration: Biology (AS)
Program Guidelines Area of Concentration: Clinical Laboratory Science (AS)
The following guidelines help students plan their individual Area of Concentration: Nursing Transfer for BSN (AS)
transfer program. Course lists are patterned after the “Degree Area of Concentration: General Science (AS)
Requirements” in the previous section. Many different
programs can be devised to meet the requirements of either
an Associate in Arts or Associate in Science degree and to Division of Humanities, Fine Arts and Languages
earn credit to transfer to a four-year school. Use the Area of Concentration: Art (AA)
guidelines as a starting point. Counselors and students, Area of Concentration: Graphic Art (AA)
working together with the transfer institution, can build a Fine Arts (see “Degree Requirements: AFA”)
transfer degree program appropriate for each individual. Area of Concentration: Philosophy (AA)
Area of Concentration: Music (AA)
These course lists are ONLY guidelines. If you intend to
transfer, check early with your transfer school and Division of Social Science and Education
Waubonsee’s Counseling Center to ensure you’re meeting
Area of Concentration: Physical Education (AS)
ALL requirements. Area of Concentration: Fitness Leadership (AS)
Area of Concentration: Early Childhood Education (AS)
Program guidelines are included for the following: Area of Concentration: Elementary Education (AS)
Area of Concentration: Secondary Education (AS)
Division of Business and Information Systems Area of Concentration: Special Education (AS)
Area of Concentration: Business (AS) Area of Concentration: History (AA)
Area of Concentration: Economics (AA) Area of Concentration: Political Science (AA)
Area of Concentration: Computer Science (AS) Area of Concentration: Psychology (AA)
Area of Concentration: Sociology (AA)
Division of Communications and Library Services Area of Concentration: Social Work (AS)
Area of Concentration: Organizational Communication Area of Concentration: Criminal Justice (AS)
(AA)
Area of Concentration: Mass Communication (AA)
Area of Concentration: English (AA) Division of Technology, Mathematics and
Area of Concentration: Liberal Arts (AA) Physical Sciences
Area of Concentration: Theatre (AA)
Area of Concentration: Aviation Pilot (AS)
Area of Concentration: Chemistry (AS)
Engineering Science (see “Degree Requirements: AES”)
Area of Concentration: Math (AS)
Area of Concentration: Physics (AS)
In order to help students prepare for a variety of popular college majors, certain areas of concentration have been developed,
complete with a recommended curriculum. However, Waubonsee students should feel free to develop their own personalized
course of study with the help of a counselor.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
36 Program Guidelines
How to Schedule Your Classes • Summer session (even with limited class selection) allows
students to take classes they can’t fit in otherwise.
To successfully complete an associate degree as a full-time or
part-time student, students should work with a counselor to plan • When choosing courses, students should consult degree
their courses each semester. Counseling has Student Academic requirements, read program guidelines and course
Plan sheets that can be used as shown in the following example. descriptions, fill out a Student Academic Plan worksheet, get
Keep in mind these considerations: information from their intended transfer school, and work
with a counselor or advisor. Many different programs are
• A minimum of 12 semester hours is considered full time. To
possible, not just the ones proposed in the guidelines.
complete an associate degree in two years, students must take
15-18 hours per semester. • Students should make early contact with Counseling to get
help determining their intended transfer school and
• Check course prerequisites. Some courses must be taken in a
coordinating their courses with the school’s requirements.
sequence or concurrently.
• Be sure to meet Waubonsee graduation requirements,
• Courses may only be offered certain semesters. Work with
including completing a petition to graduate. (Students need to
Counseling to plan your course work each semester.
do this early in the semester before they intend to complete
• Register early. Classes close when they fill up or can be requirements.)
canceled for insufficient enrollment.
Visit the Counseling Center for help in completing your own academic plan (see directory).
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 37
mp l e
S a
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
38 Program Guidelines
mp l e
S a
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
39
Division of Business and Information Systems
TRANSFER DEGREES PROGRAM GUIDELINES
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Computer Science (Major code AS60)
p le
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
40 Program Guidelines
e
Recommended Electives: MCM 221
Basic News Editing ........................................3
l
BUS 100 Introduction to Business................................3 Transfer Electives ........................................3-4
p
COM 115 Online Communication ..................................3 TOTAL ....................................................18-19
COM 135 Intro. to Advertising Communication .............3 Recommended Electives:
COM 200 Advanced Speech Communication ................3 COM 110 Voice and Diction ...........................................3
m
MCM 130 Intro. to Mass Communication ......................3 MCM 205 Basic Broadcast Announcing .........................3
a
PSY 245 Industrial/Organizational Psychology..............3 MCM 240 Television Production II - Live Studio .............3
MCM 245 Mass Media Ethics and Law .........................3
S
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
✔ Assessment required.
Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
not listed here, consult with Counseling or see course choices
listed on pages 22-23.
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
41
Division of Communications and Library Services
TRANSFER DEGREES PROGRAM GUIDELINES
AA Degree – Area of Concentration: English (Major code AA15)
AA Degree – Area of Concentration: Liberal Arts (Major code AA35)
e
ENG 211 American Literature to 1865 ..........................3
l
ENG 212 American Literature from 1865......................3 E. World Cultures
p
ENG 220 Multicultural Literatures of the U.S................3 IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
ENG 221 British Literature to 1800 ...............................3 Requirements .................................................18-19
ENG 222 British Literature From 1800 ..........................3 Recommended Electives:
m
ENG 229 Introduction to Literature ...............................3 ANT 101 Cultural Anthropology ....................................3
a
ENG 235 Introduction to Fiction....................................3 ENG 212 American Literature from 1865......................3
ENG 220 Multicultural Literatures of the U.S................3
S
PHL 100 Introduction to Philosophy .............................3
✔ Assessment required. PHL 105 Introduction to Ethics.....................................3
PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology .....................................3
+ For English and Liberal Arts majors, 12 hours of foreign SOC 120 Racial/Ethnic Relations...................................3
language is recommended. Spanish is highly recommended.
Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
not listed here, consult with Counseling or see course choices
listed on pages 22-23.
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
42 Program Guidelines
mp l e
S a
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
43
Division of Health and Life Sciences
TRANSFER DEGREES PROGRAM GUIDELINES
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Biology (Major code AS12)
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Clinical Laboratory Science (Major code AS24)
e
BIO 254 Introduction to Genetics ................................3
l
CHM 231 Organic Chemistry I.......................................5
CHM 231 Organic Chemistry I.......................................5
CHM 232 Organic Chemistry II......................................5
p
✔ Assessment required.
✔ Assessment required.
m
Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
a
not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
not listed here, consult with Counseling or see course choices
course choices listed on pages 22-23.
S
listed on pages 22-23.
NOTE: The sequence of courses outlined in the biology,
chemistry, and general science emphases is considered a
general guide for the student who plans to go on to a
baccalaureate program majoring in natural sciences and/or
preparatory to applying to a school of medicine, dentistry,
nursing, veterinary science or related fields. See also the This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
Nursing Transfer Guidelines. with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
44 Program Guidelines
l e
BIO 200 Nutrition .........................................................3 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
p
E. World Cultures
S am
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 45
Division of Health and Life Sciences
TRANSFER DEGREES PROGRAM GUIDELINES
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: General Science (Major code AS48)
p l e
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
46 Program Guidelines
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9
ANT 101 Cultural Anthropology .....................................3 C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology .............................3
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7 E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 Recommended Fine Arts courses:
ART 101 History of Western Art-
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ...........................................9 Ancient to Medieval .......................................3
Recommended Fine Arts courses: ART 102 History of Western Art-
ART 101 History of Western Art-Ancient to Medieval ...3 Renaissance to Modern Art
ART 102 History of Western Art-Renaissance to or
Modern Art ART 103 History of Non-Western Art ..........................3
or HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities ..............................3
ART 103 History of Non-Western Art ...........................3
HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities ..............................3
III. Additional College Requirements ....................8-9
e
Transfer Electives.................................... 6-7
ART 120
Basic Drawing I ..............................................3
l
ART 121
Basic Drawing II .............................................3 TOTAL ....................................................18-19
Recommended Electives:
p
Transfer Electives.................................... 6-7
ART 111 Design II.........................................................3
TOTAL ....................................................18-19 ART 120 Basic Drawing I ..............................................3
Recommended Electives:
m
ART 140 Photography I.................................................3
ART 104 History of Photography ..................................3
a
ART 140 Photography I.................................................3 ✔ Assessment required.
ART 130 Ceramics I ......................................................3
S
ART 222 Life Drawing...................................................3 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
ART 260 Painting I ........................................................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling or see course choices
ART 290 Studio Art .......................................................3 listed on pages 22-23.
GRD 173 Graphic Design I ............................................3
mp l e
S a
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
48 Program Guidelines
l e
with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
S amp
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
49
Division of Social Science and Education
TRANSFER DEGREES PROGRAM GUIDELINES
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Physical Education (Major code AS76)
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Fitness Leadership (Major code AS44)
e
EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education ..................3 TOTAL ....................................................18-19
l
PED 200 Introduction to Physical Education.................2 Recommended Electives:
Transfer Electives....................................... 3-4 Choose from PED 101 - PED 238.
p
TOTAL ....................................................18-19
Recommended Electives: ✔ Assessment required.
m
Choose from PED 101 - PED 238.
* Students planning to attend Aurora University should
a
substitute ECN 121 and ECN 122.
NOTE: Because of teacher certification requirements,
S
transfer school requirements and WCC graduation ** Students planning to attend Aurora University or Northern
Illinois University should also take the CHM 101 lab course.
requirements, students should meet with a counselor as soon
as they declare education their intended major. Please note: • Aurora University requires students to minor in Business
Administration. For electives students should take ACC 120,
• Students must successfully complete the ICTS Basic Skills ACC 121, BUS 100 and BUS 210.
Test before being admitted into most schools of education in
Illinois. • Students should complete the BIO 270 and 272 sequence at
Waubonsee prior to transfer.
• Students should complete the BIO 270 and BIO 272 sequence Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
at Waubonsee prior to transfer. not listed here, consult with Counseling or see course choices
listed on pages 22-23.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
50 Program Guidelines
l e
E. World Cultures
S amp
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
51
Division of Social Science and Education
TRANSFER DEGREES PROGRAM GUIDELINES
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Elementary Education (Major code AS40)
Recommended Electives:
ECE 115 Child Growth and Development.....................3
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: EDU 210 Educational Psychology..................................3
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education ..................3
MUS 210 Music for the Elementary Teacher .................3
I. College Requirements
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 ✔ Assessment required.
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 * Students planning to attend Northern Illinois University
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 should omit PSC 100 and take HIS 121 and HIS 122.
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 ** Students planning to attend Aurora University or Illinois State
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences....................................9 University should also complete the accompanying laboratory
HIS 121 American History to 1865 course — ESC 101.
or
HIS 122 American History Since 1865* ......................3 *** Illinois State University requires 12 credit hours of Physical
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 and Life Sciences courses. Students planning to attend ISU
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government* ........3 should also complete the accompanying laboratory course.
C. Physical and Life Sciences*** ......................................7 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
BIO 100 Introduction to Biology...................................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling or see course choices
BIO 101 Introduction to Biology Laboratory ................1
listed on pages 22-23.
ESC 100 Survey of Earth Science** ...........................3
D. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................................3 NOTE: Because of teacher certification requirements,
MTH 202 Math for Elementary Teachers II ...................3 transfer school requirements and WCC graduation
E. Humanities and Fine Arts .............................................9 requirements, meet with a counselor as soon as you declare
ART 100 Art Appreciation .............................................3 education as your intended major. Note the following:
MUS 100 Music: The Art of Listening............................3
PHL 120 Introduction to World Religions......................3 • Students are advised to investigate whether or not their
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 transfer institution requires a subject area concentration.
l e
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
Requirements .................................................18-19
p
EDU 200 Introduction to Education...............................3
EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education ....................3
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
m
EDU 205 Introduction to Technology in Education ........3
Transfer Electives .....................................9-10 with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
a
TOTAL ....................................................18-19 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
S
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
52 Program Guidelines
A. Communications ✔........................................................9
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 ✔ Assessment required.
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3
* Secondary education students concentrate electives in the
subject they plan to teach.
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences....................................9
HIS 121 American History to 1865 ** Students planning to attend Aurora University should also
or complete the accompanying lab course.
HIS 122 American History Since 1865 ........................3
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government ..........3
Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling or see course choices
listed on pages 22-23.
C. Physical and Life Sciences ............................................7
BIO 110 Environmental Biology ...................................3
BIO 111 Environmental Biology Laboratory.................1 NOTE: Because of teacher certification requirements,
CHM 100 Introduction to Chemistry** transfer school requirements and WCC graduation
or requirements, meet with a counselor as soon as you declare
ESC 100 Survey of Earth Science** ...........................3 education as your intended major. Note the following:
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 • Many transfer institutions require attendance at an
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9 informational meeting prior to enrollment in a school of
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 education.
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 • Students must successfully complete the ICTS Basic Skills
Test before being admitted into most schools of education in
B. Second Language .......................................not required
Illinois.
C. Mathematics ✔ .............................................add. hrs. 3
D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3
E. World Cultures
S a
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
53
Division of Social Science and Education
TRANSFER DEGREES PROGRAM GUIDELINES
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Special Education (Major code AS40)
✔ Assessment required.
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: * Students planning to attend Northern Illinois University
SPECIAL EDUCATION should take HIS 121, HIS 122, PSC 100 and PSY 100.
I. College Requirements Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
not listed here, consult with Counseling or see course choices
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 listed on pages 22-23.
A. Communications ✔........................................................9
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 NOTE: Because of teacher certification requirements,
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 transfer school requirements and WCC graduation
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3
requirements, meet with a counselor as soon as you declare
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences* ..................................9 education as your intended major. Note the following:
HIS 121 American History to 1865
or • Many transfer institutions require attendance at an
HIS 122 American History Since 1865 ........................3 informational meeting prior to enrollment in a school of
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government ..........3 education.
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3
• Students must successfully complete the ICTS Basic Skills
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7
BIO 100 Introduction to Biology...................................3
Test before being admitted into most schools of education in
BIO 101 Introduction to Biology Laboratory ................1 Illinois.
D. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................................3 • Some transfer institutions require documentation of previous
MTH 202 Math for Elementary Teachers II ....................3 work with special populations.
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9 • Students planning to major in special education at Northern
Illinois University need to contact the university’s special
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 education undergraduate advisor no later than one year prior to
their admission to ensure clinical placement. Failure to do so may
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 result in a delay of registration for the initial block sequence of
B. Second Language .......................................not required courses needed for the degree.
C. Mathematics ✔ .............................................add. hrs. 3
MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers I .....................3
D. Physical and Life Sciences ............................add. hrs. 3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
E. World Cultures with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
l e
Requirements .................................................18-19
ECE 115
Child Growth and Development.....................3
p
EDU 200
Introduction to Education...............................3
EDU 202
Clinical Experience in Education ....................3
am
EDU 205
Introduction to Technology in Education ........3
EDU 220
Introduction to Special Education ..................3
Transfer Electives ........................................3-4
S
TOTAL ....................................................18-19
Recommended Electives:
EDU 210 Educational Psychology..................................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
54 Program Guidelines
l e
HIS 102 World History Since 1500 ..............................3
HIS 125 American Culture: Colonial Period ✔ Assessment required.
p
to the Present ................................................3 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
HIS 205 History of the Middle East.............................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling or see course choices
am
HIS 215 History of China and Japan............................3 listed on pages 22-23.
HIS 225 History of Africa .............................................3
HIS 235 Latin American History ..................................3
S
* No more than two history courses can be used to fulfill general This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
education requirements. with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
55
Division of Social Science and Education
TRANSFER DEGREES PROGRAM GUIDELINES
AA Degree – Area of Concentration: Psychology (Major code AA65)
AA Degree – Area of Concentration: Sociology (Major code AA75)
e
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
l
D. Physical and Life Sciences.........add. hrs. not required
B Second Language .........................................................6
p
E. World Cultures
C. Mathematics ..............................add. hrs. not required
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
m
Requirements .................................................18-19 D. Physical and Life Sciences.........add. hrs. not required
Recommended Electives*:
a
E. World Cultures
PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology
S
or IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging Requirements .................................................18-19
or Recommended Electives:
PSY 220 Child Psychology PSY 235 Social Psychology...........................................3
or SOC 120 Racial and Ethnic Relations............................3
PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology ..................................3 SOC 130 Marriage and the Family ................................3
PSY 235 Social Psychology...........................................3 SOC 210 Social Problems .............................................3
PSY 240 Abnormal Psychology.....................................3 SOC 215 Introduction to Social Work............................3
PSY 245 Industrial/Organizational SOC 230 Sociology of Sex and Gender ........................3
Psychology .....................................................3 SOC 240 Sociology of Deviance ...................................3
PSY 250 Theories of Personality ..................................3
Transfer Electives ........................................3-4
✔ Assessment required.
* Northern Illinois University and Illinois State University
accept only two psychology elective courses.
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting not listed here, consult with Counseling or see course choices
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements. listed on pages 22-23.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
56 Program Guidelines
e
CRJ 100
Introduction to Criminal Justice ....................3
l
CRJ 107
Juvenile Justice..............................................3
E. World Cultures
Transfer Electives ....................................12-13
p
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective TOTAL ....................................................18-19
Requirements .................................................18-19 Recommended Electives:
m
PSY 220
Child Psychology ...........................................3 CIS 110 Business Information Systems* ....................3
SOC 215
Introduction to Social Work............................3 CRJ 101 Introduction to Corrections ............................3
a
Transfer Electives ....................................12-13 CRJ 120 The American Court System..........................3
S
TOTAL ....................................................18-19 CRJ 200 Criminal Investigation.....................................3
Recommended Electives: CRJ 220 Criminal Law ..................................................3
PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology .....................................3 CRJ 226 Criminal Evidence ..........................................3
PSY 235 Social Psychology...........................................3 CRJ 230 Criminology ....................................................3
PSY 240 Abnormal Psychology.....................................3
SOC 120 Racial and Ethnic Relations............................3 * Some transfer schools will require criminal justice students to
SOC 130 Marriage and the Family ................................3 demonstrate knowledge of computer systems and proficiency in
SOC 210 Social Problems .............................................3 the use of office software and the Internet.
✔ Assessment required.
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are not listed with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
here, consult with Counseling or see course choices listed on pages 22-23.
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
57
Division of Technology, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
TRANSFER DEGREES PROGRAM GUIDELINES
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Aviation Pilot (Major code AS08)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: AVIATION PILOT The student completes all aviation pilot training at any FAA-
approved flight school or equivalent military flight-training
program and receives 18 semester hours of credit for AVP 100,
I. College Requirements AVP 110, AVP 120 and AVP 130 at Waubonsee. This credit
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 is officially awarded when the student completes 15 hours of
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 credit at Waubonsee. Credit may be awarded as each level of pilot
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 training is completed or all at once. See the Dean for Technology,
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 Mathematics and Physical Sciences. The required academic
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 work to complete the Associate in Science degree is completed
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 at Waubonsee.
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7
PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I ................................4 ✔ Assessment required.
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
not listed here, consult with Counseling or see course choices
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9 listed on pages 22-23.
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
B. Second Language .......................................not required
C. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................add. hrs. 3
MTH 111 College Algebra .............................................4
D. Physical and Life Sciences ............................add. hrs. 3
ESC 100 Survey of Earth Science ...............................3
E. World Cultures
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
Requirements .................................................18-19
AST 110 Planetary Science ..........................................4
AVP 100 Private Pilot Certificate...................................5
AVP 110 Professional Instrument Rating......................5
AVP 120 Professional Commercial Pilot .......................5
AVP 130 Professional Multiengine Rating ....................3
MTH 112 Plane Trigonometry ........................................3
l e
NOTE: Students who complete the Associate in Science degree
p
and follow the aviation pilot suggested program can transfer to This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
a university offering aviation management as a junior-level with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
student. See a counselor for specific information about the
m
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
transfer status of this program.
S a
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
58 Program Guidelines
p l e
S am
2009/2010
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
59
Division of Technology, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
TRANSFER DEGREES PROGRAM GUIDELINES
AS Degree - Area of Concentration: Math (Major code AS68)
AS Degree - Area of Concentration: Physics (Major code AS80)
e
Recommended Electives:
l
MTH 141 Scientific Programming..................................3
p
MTH 236 Introduction to Linear Algebra .......................4
MTH 240 Differential Equations.....................................3
m
✔ Assessment required.
a
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
S
with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting not listed here, consult with Counseling or see course choices
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements. listed on pages 22-23.
www.waubonsee.edu
60
WAU B O N S E E
the value of variety
General Studies
Program
2009/2010
General Studies Program 61
www.waubonsee.edu
62 General Studies Program
2009/2010
63
WAU B O N S E E
yourself in a job you enjoy
Career Education
Program
www.waubonsee.edu
64 Career Education Program
Purpose of the Career Education 4. The employer must verify in writing, within 90 days of the
graduate’s initial employment, that the graduate lacks
Curriculum competency in specific technical skills as represented by the
Career education programs are designed for students seeking degree information printed in the college catalog.
specialized training in preparation for employment after leaving 5. The retraining is limited to courses regularly offered by the
Waubonsee Community College. Both the Associate in Applied college.
Science degree (AAS — two-year program) and certificates 6. A written retraining plan must be developed by the employer,
(usually one year or less) are offered in many technical areas. the graduate and the appropriate instructional administrator
Although these programs are not primarily designed to transfer specifying the courses needed for retraining and the
to four-year colleges and universities, Waubonsee has established competencies to be mastered.
articulation agreements with a number of colleges and 7. Prerequisites and other admission requirements for retraining
universities, and many of the Associate in Applied Science courses must be met and are not included in the courses
degrees may transfer. See Counseling for more details. covered by this guarantee.
8. A maximum of 15 credit hours of occupational course work is
provided free of tuition under the terms of this guarantee. Lab
Occupational Program Guarantee fees and other course costs are not included.
Waubonsee Community College, as an expression 9. All retraining must be completed within two calendar years
of confidence in its faculty, staff and educational programs, after the claim is filed.
guarantees the skills of all occupational AAS degree and
certificate graduates subject to the following conditions: For further information concerning this program, contact the
Executive Vice President of Educational Affairs/Chief Learning
1. All course work for the degree or certificate must have been Officer (see directory).
completed at Waubonsee Community College.
2. The student must have graduated within four years of initial
enrollment.
3. The student must be employed in a job directly related to
his/her program of study within two years after graduation
from a Waubonsee Community College Associate in Applied Many of Waubonsee’s occupational programs support
Science degree or certificate program. student participation in SkillsUSA activities. See an advisor
or instructor for details.
2009/2010
Career Education Program 65
Degree Requirements II. General Education Requirements
Associate in Applied Science
Associate in Applied Science (AAS) AAS ..................................................................................18 sem hrs
The college recommends that all students create an educational (Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
plan with a counselor. Courses numbered 100-299 may be
counted toward this degree. This degree is not intended for A. Communications ...............................................6 sem hrs
transfer, and general education requirements do not meet IAI Unless particular courses are specified in the curriculum,
General Education Core Curriculum guidelines. For information students choose two of these courses:
about courses in the curriculum that transfer, or about a transfer- English: ENG 101, 102, 151, 152, 153
oriented program, see a counselor.
B. Social and Behavioral
I. College Requirements Sciences .............................................................3 sem hrs
Unless a particular course is specified in the curriculum,
A. Semester Hours students choose a course from below.
A minimum of 64 semester hours or more completed as Anthropology: ANT 100, 101, 102, 110, 120
specified in the following sections. Economics: ECN 100, 105, 110, 121, 122
Geography: GEO 220, 230, 235
B. Grade-Points History: HIS 101, 102, 121, 122, 205, 215, 225, 235, 245,
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 290
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260, 280
status and in good standing. An “m” denotes major Psychology: PSY 100, 200, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235, 240,
courses in which a minimum grade of C must be 245, 250
achieved. Sociology: SOC 100, 120, 130, 210, 215, 230, 240
www.waubonsee.edu
66 Career Education Program
2009/2010
Career Education Program 67
Occupational Program Business Careers ..............................................................83
Business Communications
Descriptions Organizational Communication Certificate
Each occupational program offered at the college is described in Organizational Communication for the
the following sections. These programs are designed as career Business Professional Certificate
education and are not intended to transfer. The curriculum
Entrepreneurship (AAS)
required to achieve either the Associate in Applied Science
Entrepreneurship (AAS)
degree (AAS) or the Certificate of Achievement for each
particular area is described in detail. Entrepreneurship Certificate
Management (AAS)
Although most AAS degrees can be accomplished in two years Human Resources Management (AAS)
of full-time study, some may require additional time because of Management Certificate
class scheduling criteria or because of required practicums or MBA Preparation Certificate
additional course work. For example, the Interpreter Training Marketing (AAS)
program specifically requires an additional session following Marketing Certificate
the standard program. Students should work closely with their Materials Management/APICS
counselors to anticipate required course work in each individual Materials Management (AAS)
program they start.
Materials Management Certificate
The list below shows all Associate in Applied Science (AAS) Computer Careers............................................................93
degrees and Certificates of Achievement offered at Waubonsee Computer-Aided Design and Drafting (AAS)
Community College and explained in the following sections. Computer-Aided Mechanical Drafting Certificate
3-D Modeling Certificate
For additional AAS degree and certificate curricula offered in
Architectural Drafting Certificate
cooperation with other community colleges, see “Cooperative
Computer Information Systems
Agreements” in the Career Connections section of this catalog.
Computer Software Development (AAS)
Accounting (AAS) ............................................................70 Computer Software Development Certificate
Accounting Certificate Computer Technology Essentials (A+) Certificate
Accounting Clerk Certificate Network Administration and Security (AAS)
Accounting Payroll Clerk Certificate Network Administration Certificate
CPA Preparation Certificate Digital Network Technology (CISCO) Certificate
CMA Preparation Certificate Computer Gaming Certificate
Microcomputer Systems
Administrative Office Systems ......................................73 Computer Support (AAS)
Office Support (AAS) Computer Support Analyst Certificate
Administrative Assistant (AAS) Microcomputer Applications Certificate
Office Essentials Certificate Help Desk Specialist, Level I Support Certificate
Office Skills Certificate World Wide Web/Internet
Office Software Specialist Certificate Web Site Design and Development (AAS)
Medical Office Certificate Web Server Programming Certificate
Medical Transcription Certificate Web Page Design Certificate
Health Care Coding Certificate Web Authoring and Design Certificate
Word Processing Certificate
IC3 Internet and Computing Core Construction Management Technology (AAS) ..........103
Certification Certificate Criminal Justice (AAS)..................................................104
Auto Body Repair ............................................................78 Commercial Security Operations Certificate
Auto Body Repair Business Operations (AAS) Early Childhood Education (AAS) ..............................106
Advanced Auto Body Repair Certificate Child Care Worker Certificate
Basic Auto Body Repair Certificate Early Childhood Aide Certificate
Automotive Technology (AAS)........................................80 Infant and Toddler Care Certificate
Automotive Brake and Suspension Certificate Before and After School-Age Care Certificate
Automotive Electrical/Electronics Certificate
Automotive Maintenance Certificate
Automotive Transmission and Driveline Certificate
Engine Performance Certificate
www.waubonsee.edu
68 Career Education Program
2009/2010
69
WAU B O N S E E
the skills employers want
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
70 Degrees and Certificates
Accounting
JobTitles
• Accountant
Accounting
• Accounting Clerk Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Auditor
• Billing Clerk (010A) major code
• Bookkeeper This program prepares the student for entry-level positions or to be a junior member
• Payroll Clerk of the accounting staff of a private business, industrial enterprise, public accounting
• Tax Preparer firm or governmental agency. Emphasis is on the financial record keeping aspects of
About the Occupation accounting and the preparation and analysis of reports as a basis for managerial
decisions.
Accountants generally work in one of four
major areas. Public accountants are General Education Requirements
employed primarily in auditing, taxation
COM 100 or 121 or 201 Communications ............................3
or consulting businesses. Management
accountants provide financial guidance ENG 101 or 151 English .......................................................3
and planning for a company. Government ENG 102 or 152 or 153 English ...........................................3
accountants maintain and examine the ECN 100 or 110 Economics..................................................3
records of government agencies and audit MTH 104 Business Mathematics..........................................3
private businesses that are subject to General Education elective • .................................3
government regulations. Internal auditors TOTAL.............................................................18
review their company’s operations.
Accounting Major Program Requirements
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m ACC 120* Financial Accounting..............................................3
Program m ACC 121 Managerial Accounting ..........................................3
• Earn college credit and gain hands-on m ACC 130 Payroll Accounting .................................................2
experience preparing taxes for low to m ACC 201 Individual Tax Accounting.......................................3
moderate-income families in the m ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I .....................................3
Volunteer Income Tax Assistance
(VITA) program. Waubonsee has m ACC 230 Microcomputer Accounting Applications...............3
participated since 2005. m ACC 240 Cost Accounting ....................................................3
• Waubonsee Community College is TOTAL.............................................................20
accredited by Alpha Beta Gamma
International Business Honor Society
Additional Program Requirements
to initiate members into the honor BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
society for business and related BUS 211 or 210 Business Law.............................................3
professional disciplines. For additional CIS 110 or AOS 110 Computers .........................................3
information about the society, refer to MCS 141 Comprehensive Electronic Spreadsheet ...............3
http://www.abg.org. MGT 200 Principles of Management ....................................3
Professional Certification TOTAL.............................................................15
Opportunities: Accounting Electives
• Certified Public Accountant (CPA)—To Accounting electives may be taken in Accounting, Business,
sit for the CPA examination in Illinois, Economics, Entrepreneurship, Finance, Management, or Marketing.
the candidate must have 150 hours of Accounting Internship recommended.
acceptable college level education,
including at least a bachelor’s degree. TOTAL.............................................................11
Twenty-four semester hours must be in
accounting (see page 72); an additional TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ................................................. 64
24 hours in business courses are • See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
required (business law is included
here). * Students with a grade point average below a B should consider taking ACC 115
• Certified Management Accountant Fundamentals of Accounting or MTH 104 Business Math before taking ACC 120.
(CMA)—The CMA is a national Students who choose ACC 115 may apply it as an elective in this program.
program with no state affiliates. The
candidate must have senior standing at m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
an accredited college or university, hold
a baccalaureate degree in any field, or
have passed a state CPA examination.
Anyone who has passed a state CPA
exam is given credit for part two of the
CMA exam.
2009/2010
Career Education
Accounting Degrees and Certificates
71
Accounting Clerk
Certificate of Achievement
(014A) major code
This certificate prepares the student for entry-level jobs as
accounts receivable clerk, accounts payable clerk or general
accounting clerk.
Course Requirements
m ACC 115 Fundamentals of Accounting ................................3
m ACC 230 Microcomputer Accounting Applications...............3
CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3
MCS 120 Introduction to Windows .......................................1
MTH 104 Business Mathematics..........................................3
MCS 141 Comprehensive Electronic Spreadsheet ...............3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................16
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
72 Degrees and Certificates
Accounting
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
73
2009/2010
Career Education
Administrative Office Systems Degrees and Certificates
75
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
76 Degrees and Certificates
Administrative Office Systems
2009/2010
Career Education
Administrative Office Systems Degrees and Certificates
77
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
78 Degrees and Certificates
2009/2010
Career Education
Auto Body Repair Degrees and Certificates
79
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
80 Degrees and Certificates
Automotive Technology
Job Titles Automotive Technology
• Automotive Technician
• Automotive Lab Technician Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Automotive Service Manager
• Automotive Parts/Equipment (710A) major code
Salesperson The Associate in Applied Science degree (AAS) provides students a background in the
• Automotive Technical Instructor various phases of automotive technology. It gives students the necessary background to
• Automotive Technical Writer
seek employment in areas indicated in the automotive Certificates of Achievement. In
About the Occupations addition, it provides the background necessary to work as a lab technician. The degree
As automotive technology becomes is accepted, in full, at four-year schools that also offer an automotive degree leading
increasingly sophisticated, the knowledge to jobs in sales, service, research and development and education. This degree and
and skills required by automotive the following certificates prepare the student to take certain ASE certification tests
technicians is constantly changing. sponsored by the National Institute for Automotive Service Excellence. Our program
Today’s automotive technicians must is a master ASE certified training program and a master NATEF certified program.
possess a strong mechanical aptitude and
a sound understanding of automotive First Semester
electronics and computer controls. They
must be skilled problem solvers who are m AUT 100 Fundamentals of Automotive Technology..............2
often called upon to quickly and m AUT 110 Engine Service I ....................................................3
accurately diagnose and repair the most m AUT 111 Automotive Power Trains .......................................3
hard-to-find problems. m AUT 112 Automotive Brake Systems ...................................3
m AUT 113 Automotive Electricity/Electronics Systems..........3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s Program
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
• Waubonsee’s automotive technology TOTAL.............................................................17
program is currently ranked first in the
nation, having won the national Award Second Semester
of Excellence from the Automotive m AUT 120 Engine Service II ...................................................3
Industry Planning Council (AIPC) in m AUT 122 Automotive Suspension and Wheel Alignment.....3
2007. In 2006, the auto program had m AUT 123 Automotive Ignition Systems ................................3
been ranked fourth in the nation by the m AUT 124 Automotive Fuel and Emission Systems...............3
AIPC.
ENG 153 or 102 English .......................................................3
• Waubonsee has been ranked the TOTAL.............................................................15
number one automotive school in the
state of Illinois seven of the past 11 Third Semester
years by SkillsUSA. WCC students m AUT 231 Automotive Transmissions/Transaxles ...................3
have received more than 70 awards at m AUT 232 Advanced Brakes and Suspension Systems .........3
SkillsUSA competitions over the years. m AUT 233 Applied Automotive Fuels and Electricity ..............3
• The program is structured around COM 121 or 100 Communications........................................3
standards established by the MTH 103 Elementary Technical Mathematics .......................3
Automotive Service Excellence (ASE)
TOTAL.............................................................15
Foundation.
• Waubonsee Community College’s Fourth Semester
automotive program has received m AUT 240 Service Shop Operations.......................................3
Master Automotive Service m AUT 243 Advanced Engine Control Systems .......................3
certification by the National m AUT 245 Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning .............3
Automotive Technicians Education m AUT 246 Automotive Accessories and Diagnostics .............3
Foundation.
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
Professional Certification General Education elective • .................................3
Opportunities TOTAL.............................................................18
Waubonsee’s program prepares students TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE..............................................65
to pass a variety of Automotive Service
Excellence (ASE) Foundation • See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
certifications.
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
NOTE: All students enrolled in the automotive technology or auto body programs are required to
provide their own hand tools, safety glasses, protective clothing and safety shoes. A list of specific
requirements for the program is available from the automotive parts store in Akerlow Hall and is
distributed to students the first week of classes.
2009/2010
Career Education
Automotive Technology Degrees and Certificates
81
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
82 Degrees and Certificates
Automotive Technology
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
83
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
84 Degrees and Certificates
Highlights of Waubonsee’s
Program Electives (Select 6 hours)
• As in all of Waubonsee’s business BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
programs, entrepreneurship students COM 110 Voice and Diction...................................................3
are encouraged to complete an COM 120 Interpersonal Communication ...............................3
internship to gain both college credit COM 122 Group Communication ..........................................3
and valuable on-the-job experience. COM 135 Introduction to Advertising Communication..........3
• Waubonsee’s Aurora Campus houses COM 201 Business and Professional Presentations .............3
an Illinois Small Business Development ENG 152 or 102 or 153 English ...........................................3
Center (SBDC), which provides free MCM 140 Television Production I...........................................3
assistance and advice to budding MCM 235 Publications Production .........................................3
business owners. MCS 175 Electronic Presentations for Business...................2
• Waubonsee Community College is MCS 170 Beginning Presentation Graphics ..........................1
accredited by Alpha Beta Gamma MGT 200 Principles of Management ....................................3
International Business Honor Society MKT 200 Principles of Marketing..........................................3
to initiate members into the honor MKT 210 Principles of Selling ...............................................3
society for business and related PSY 245 Indust./Organiz. Psychology ..................................3
professional disciplines. For additional TOU 205 Introduction to Meeting and
information about the society, refer to Convention Planning..............................................3
http://www.abg.org. WEB 110 Web Development with HTML/XHTML ................3
WEB 210 Internet Technologies.............................................1
2009/2010
Career Education
Entrepreneurship Degrees and Certificates
85
Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship
Associate in Applied Science Certificate of Achievement
Degree (096A) major code
This program offers individuals who currently are operating a
(095A) major code
small business or plan to operate a small business some training
This degree aids, students who wish to major in business with a in basic small business/entrepreneurial practices. Emphasis is
special emphasis on small business operation; and students who placed on real-world operations and problems unique to the
have or wish to have a technology background and are interested small business environment.
in starting their own small business. Technology areas include:
automotive; electronics; auto body; construction management; Course Requirements
industrial maintenance; machine tool; heating, ventilation and air ACC 230
Microcomputer Accounting Applications...............3
conditioning; and real estate. m ETR 140
Introduction to Entrepreneurship ..........................3
m ETR 150
Business Plan Development .................................3
General Education Requirements
m ETR 160
Entrepreneurial Finance.........................................3
COM 121 or 100 or 201 Communications ............................3 m ETR 250
Advanced Business Planning ................................3
ECN 100 or 110 Economics..................................................3 Select 3 hours from Business electives................3
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3 PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................18
ENG 152 or 102 or 153 English ...........................................3
MTH 104 Business Mathematics..........................................3
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 Business Electives
TOTAL.............................................................18 Electives may be taken from the areas of: Accounting,
Business, Construction Management Technology,
Entrepreneurship Major Program Requirements
Management, Marketing, Microcomputer Systems, Tourism,
m ACC 120 or 115 Accounting ................................................3 and World Wide Web.
m ACC 121 or 230 Accounting or MCS 141
Comprehensive Spreadsheet ................................3 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
m BUS 211 or 210 Business Law ............................................3
m BUS 220 Leadership in Business .........................................3
m CIS 110 or AOS 110 Computers .........................................3
m MGT 200 Principles of Management ....................................3
m MKT 200 Principles of Marketing..........................................3
m ETR 140 Introduction to Entrepreneurship ..........................3
m ETR 150 Business Plan Development .................................3
m ETR 160 Entrepreneurial Finance.........................................3
m ETR 250 Advance Business Planning ..................................3
TOTAL.............................................................36
Entrepreneurship Management Electives
Electives may be taken from the areas of Accounting,
Administrative Office
Systems, Business, Computer Information Systems,
Economics, Finance,
Management, Marketing, Microcomputer Systems, PSY 245,
Real Estate or Tourism. Business Internship recommended.
TOTAL.............................................................10
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
86 Degrees and Certificates
2009/2010
Career Education
Management Degrees and Certificates
87
Management Emphases:
Electives........................................................................19
TOTAL .....................................................................19
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
88 Degrees and Certificates
Management
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
89
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
90 Degrees and Certificates
Marketing
Emphases: Marketing
Sales Emphasis Certificate of Achievement
MKT 210 Principles of Selling ...............................................3
MKT 215 Principles of Advertising ........................................3
(153A) major code
MKT 235 Industrial Sales ......................................................3 This certificate is specifically designed for individuals who
are already employed in the marketing field or are seeking
Marketing Communications Emphasis employment in the industry. The emphasis of this program is
COM 201 Business and Professional Presentations .............3 on sales and retailing leading to a sales-related position in the
COM 135 or MKT 215 Principles of Advertising....................3 marketing industry.
Entrepreneurship Emphasis Course Requirements
ETR 140 Introduction to Entrepreneurship ..........................3 ACC 120
or 115 Accounting ................................................3
ETR 150 Business Plan Development .................................3 AOS 110
or CIS 110 Computers...........................................3
BUS 215 Business Ethics .....................................................3 BUS 100
Introduction to Business .......................................3
m MKT 200
Principles of Marketing..........................................3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m MKT 205
Retailing.................................................................3
m MKT 210
Principles of Selling
or 101 Fashion Merchandising ..............................3
MTH 104 Business Mathematics..........................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................21
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
91
* Business electives may be taken in Accounting, Administrative Office Systems, Highlights of Waubonsee’s
Business, Economics and Information Systems. Business Internship Program
recommended. Students who lack work experience in production and inventory • All courses are taught by an APICS-
control should consider, prior to enrolling in APC 125-145 courses, electing one or certified instructor.
more of the following courses as business electives. • As in all of Waubonsee’s business
programs, materials management
APC 100 Principles of Inventory Control
students are encouraged to complete
APC 110 Principles of Planning
an internship to gain both college
APC 115 Principles of Manufacturing Control
credit and valuable on-the-job
APC 120 Principles of Operations Management
experience.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
92 Degrees and Certificates
Materials Management/APICS
Materials Management
Certificate of Achievement
(062A) major code
This certificate program is specifically designed for individuals
who are either already employed in a materials management
position or are seeking employment in this field. The program
is taught in cooperation with the American Production and
Inventory Control Society (APICS).
Course Requirements
m APC 125 Basics of Supply Chain Management .................1.5
m APC 130 Master Planning of Resources............................1.5
m APC 135 Detailed Scheduling and Planning.......................1.5
m APC 140 Execution and Control of Operations..................1.5
m APC 145 Strategic Management of Resources .................1.5
m CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .........................................................10.5
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
93
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
94 Degrees and Certificates
CAD
2009/2010
Career Education
CAD Degrees and Certificates
95
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
96 Degrees and Certificates
2009/2010
Career Education
Computer Information Systems Degrees and Certificates
97
Language options Network Administration
Complete a first and second semester of two languages from the
options listed. Certificate of Achievement
Visual BASIC Language (231A) major code
m CIS 120 Visual BASIC Programming ...................................3 This certificate is designed for individuals interested in
m CIS 220 Adv. Visual BASIC Programming............................3 installation and management of network environments.
Graduates are able to install and maintain both Novell and
C++ Programming Language Windows NT networks.
m CIS 130 C++ Programming.................................................3
Course Requirements
m CIS 230 Adv. Topics in C++ Programming ..........................3
m CIS 110
Business Information Systems..............................3
Java Language m CIS 170
Networking Essentials...........................................3
m CIS 150 Introduction to Java ...............................................3 m CIS 171
Novell Network Administration..............................3
m CIS 250 Advanced Java.......................................................3 m CIS 175
Windows Professional Administration
or
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m CIS 176 Windows Server Administration............................3
m CIS 180 UNIX Operating System ........................................3
Computer Software m
m
CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials ........................................3
MCS 200 Advanced Windows...............................................2
Development m WEB 210 Internet Technologies.............................................1
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................21
Certificate of Achievement
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
(228B) major code
This certificate allows students to select a programming option
based on interest, need and employment demand. Computer Gaming
Course Requirements Certificate of Achievement
m CIS 110
Business Information Systems..............................3
(239A) major code
m CIS 115
Introduction to Programming ................................3
m CIS 116
Structured Program Design ...................................3 This certificate is designed for students who have an interest in
1 Language - 1st and 2nd semester the field of computer game design and development. Graduates
(see options list) ....................................................6 will be able to develop web-based and computer-based games.
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................15 Course Requirements
m CIS 115 Introduction to Programming ................................3
Language options m CIS 185 Game Design.........................................................3
Complete a first and second semester of one language from m CIS 186 Game Development ..............................................3
options listed. m WEB 110 Web Development with HTML/XHTML ................3
m WEB 231 Web Authoring/Animation with Flash....................3
Visual BASIC Language
m WEB 235 Flash ActionScript..................................................3
m CIS 120 Visual BASIC Programming ...................................3 m GRD 170 Digital Image .........................................................3
m CIS 220 Adv. Visual BASIC Programming............................3 PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................21
C++ Programming Language m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m CIS 130 C++ Programming.................................................3
m CIS 230 Adv. Topics in C++ Programming ..........................3
Java Language
m CIS 150 Introduction to Java ...............................................3
m CIS 250 Advanced Java.......................................................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
98 Degrees and Certificates
Computer Information Systems
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
99
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
100 Degrees and Certificates Microcomputer Systems
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
101
Electives
Electives may be taken in Computer Information Systems,
Graphic Design and World Wide Web/Internet.
Electives .........................................................12
TOTAL.............................................................12
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
102 Degrees and Certificates World Wide Web/Internet
There are several Web development certificates and degrees offered by both the Graphic Design and Computer
Careers-World Wide Web/Internet curriculums. The certificate and degree titles in both areas may sound similar, but
there are distinct differences between the two. Your own specific background and interest will determine which
certificate or degree is best for you. If you are interested in the artistic design of Web pages through the use of
design software, design layout techniques, advanced use of multimedia, animation, sound and video, the Graphic
Design certificates and programs are appropriate for study. If you are interested in the construction, maintenance
and support of Web pages through the use of computer programming and limited Web design software, the
Computer Careers-World Wide Web/Internet certificates and degrees are appropriate. In short, the Graphic Design
certificates and degree focus on the design of Web pages, while the Computer Careers-World Wide Web/Internet
certificates and degrees primarily focus on the maintenance and support of Web sites. Please contact Counseling
(see directory) for more specific descriptions of these certificates and degrees and to discuss which one may be most
appropriate for you.
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
103
Technical Electives
CMT 225 Construction Project Management........................3
CMT 240 Construction Surveying .........................................3
CMT 297 Construction Industry Internship ...........................1
CMT 298 Construction Industry Internship ...........................2
CMT 299 Construction Industry Internship ...........................3
MTH 104 Business Mathematics..........................................3
REL 120 Advanced Real Estate Principles/2000 ..................1
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
104 Degrees and Certificates
Criminal Justice
Job Titles Criminal Justice
• Police Officer
• Police Detective Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Corrections Officer (550B) major code
• Sheriff ’s Deputy
The criminal justice degree is designed to meet the needs of individuals seeking
• Private Policing
employment in the field of law enforcement, corrections and security. The courses are
both practical and theoretical and are supported by courses in the social sciences,
natural sciences and humanities. The design of this degree, while not a transfer degree,
About the Occupation can allow for transfer to a four-year institution with the advice of criminal justice
Police officers, detectives, guards and faculty and/or counselors.
correction officers are employed to
General Education Requirements
safeguard lives and property. They enforce
the laws and regulations that protect the COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech Communication.............3
safety and constitutional rights of citizens. ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3
PHL 110 Introduction to Critical Thinking .............................3
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology.......................................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s Mathematics or Science elective • .......................3
Program TOTAL.............................................................18
• Many Waubonsee graduates have gone
on to distinguished careers in criminal Criminal Justice Major Program Requirements
justice, including current Oswego m CRJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice.............................3
police chief Dwight Baird, Aurora m CRJ 101 Introduction to Corrections....................................3
police chief Greg Thomas, and m CRJ 103 Criminal Justice Report Writing .............................3
Associate Judge Tim McCann of the m CRJ 105 Patrol Operations...................................................3
16th Circuit Court. m CRJ 107 Juvenile Justice .....................................................3
m CRJ 120 The American Court System .................................3
m CRJ 200 Criminal Investigation ............................................3
m CRJ 220 Criminal Law..........................................................3
m CRJ 230 Criminology............................................................3
m CRJ 235 Multicultural Law Enforcement .............................3
m CRJ 250 Issues in Justice....................................................3
TOTAL.............................................................33
Additional Program Requirements
CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3
PED 136 or 140 Physical Fitness* .......................................1
TOTAL...............................................................4
Electives
Select 9 hours from list on next page ...................9
TOTAL...............................................................9
2009/2010
Career Education
Criminal Justice Degrees and Certificates
105
Electives (select 9 hours)
m CRJ 102 Criminal Justice Career Exploration.......................2
Commercial Security
m CRJ 115 Accident Investigation ...........................................3 Operations
m CRJ 145 Commercial Security Operations ..........................3
m CRJ 201 Crime Scene Investigation Laboratory ..................3 Certificate of Achievement
m CRJ 202 Drug Enforcement Investigation............................3 (554B) major code
m CRJ 207 Juvenile Delinquency.............................................3 Students pursuing a certificate in commercial security operations
m CRJ 226 Criminal Evidence..................................................3 study the responsibilities, techniques and methods of commercial
m CRJ 296 Special Topics/Criminal Justice ...........................1-3 security. Topics include safety, loss reduction, screening of
DIS 101 Disability in Society ...............................................3 employees, alarm systems, physical plant security, post-disaster
HSV 210 Psychopharmacology and the Addictive Process ..3 operations and retail security. Firearms liability, safety and policy
PED 118* Personal Defense ..................................................1 are studied, and live firing on a pistol range is required.
PED 141* Jogging and Calisthenics.......................................1
PED 142* Weight Training ......................................................1 Course Requirements
PED 148* Conditioning...........................................................1 m CRJ 145 Commercial Security Operations ..........................3
PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology..........................................3 PROGRAM TOTAL ..............................................................3
SSC 297 Social Studies Internship .......................................1
SSC 298 Social Studies Internship .......................................2 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
SSC 299 Social Studies Internship .......................................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
106 Degrees and Certificates
2009/2010
Career Education
Early Childhood Education Degrees and Certificates
107
Teacher Emphasis Director Emphasis
Early Childhood Education Electives Early Childhood Education Director
(select 19 hours) Credential Requirements (19 hours)
Students who plan to teach in Early Childhood Education set- Students who are pursuing the Illinois Director Credential,
tings should complete their degree by choosing electives from Level I, are required to complete the specialized courses
the courses listed below. listed below, as well as such additional requirements as the
m ECE 102 Career Explorations in Early Childhood .................3 fulfillment of professional contributions.
m ECE 107 Development and Guidance m ECE 125 Child, Family and Community ...............................3
of the School Age Child.........................................3 m ECE 230 Early Childhood Center Administration..................3
m ECE 110 Infant and Toddler Care..........................................3 m ECE 299 Early Childhood Education
m ECE 125 Child, Family and Community ...............................3 Administration Internship ......................................3
m ECE 140 Inclusion in Early Childhood: BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
Birth Through Age 8...............................................3 EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education..........................3
m ECE 145 Multiculturalism in Early Childhood .......................3 PDV 110 Leadership Studies ................................................3
m ECE 150 Foundations of Early Childhood Elective ..................................................................1
Education...............................................................3
m ECE 207 School-Age Programming ......................................3 TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE..............................................64
m ECE 211 HeadsUp! Reading ................................................1
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m ECE 225 Play and Creative Expression for
the Young Child......................................................3
m ECE 230 Early Childhood Center Administration..................3
EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education..........................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
108 Degrees and Certificates Early Childhood Education
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
109
Electronics Technology
Electronics Technology Job Titles
• Electronics Technician
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Electronic Equipment Repairer
(750A) major code • Computer Service Technician
• Electronics Inspector
The electronics technology program prepares the graduate for entry into the
• Technical Managers
occupation of servicing digital and microprocessor controlled systems. Graduates
• Technical Sales Representatives
also have knowledge of linear circuits and radio frequency circuits.
• PC Support Technicians (A+)
General Education Requirements
COM 121 or 100 Communications........................................3
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3 About the Occupation
ENG 153 or 102 English .......................................................3 Electronics technicians work in business,
MTH 113 Technical Mathematics ..........................................5 industry and the government sector
PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I assembling and servicing electronic
or equipment and systems. They apply
PHY 115 Technical Physics I.................................................4 scientific, engineering and mathematical
Social and Behavioral Sciences elective •.............3 principles, and may become involved
TOTAL.............................................................21 with design work, experimentation,
Major Program Requirements fabrication of production prototypes,
quality assurance, equipment
m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
maintenance and much more.
m ELT 111 Circuit Analysis I (DC) ............................................4
Manufacturers of all types employ
m ELT 112 Circuit Analysis II (AC) ...........................................4
electronics technicians, with electrical
m ELT 121 Linear Devices I.....................................................4
equipment and machinery manufacturers
m ELT 221 Linear Devices II....................................................4
accounting for more than one-third of
m ELT 131 Digital Electronics I................................................3
all jobs. Electronic technicians also find
m ELT 203 Advanced Mathematical
employment doing scientific research
Methods for Electronics Technology......................4
and as computer technicians.
m ELT 229 Digital Electronics II...............................................3
m ELT 231 Microprocessor Theory..........................................4
TOTAL.............................................................34
Highlights of Waubonsee’s
Program Electives Program
Technical Electives (see below and next page) ..............9 • Waubonsee’s electronics technology
program covers a broad spectrum of
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE..............................................64 the electronics technology field. There
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66. are courses in AC and DC circuits,
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. linear devices, digital electronics,
telecommunications, PC hardware,
Guided Technical Electives for microprocessor theory, industrial
Options within the Electronics Technology AAS degree control systems and more.
Option: General Electronics Emphasis
Choose electives from any ELT, CIS or IDT prefix course or see the dean
for appropriate substitutions.
Option: Computer Industry Emphasis
Choose electives from the following:
• CIS 170 Networking Essentials (3)
• CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials (3)
• CIS 191 PC Repair Essentials (1)
• CIS 195 Network Technology I (3)
• CIS 196 Network Technology II (3)
• CIS 197 Network Technology III (3)
• CIS 198 Network Technology IV (3)
• ELT 232 Advanced Microprocessor Theory (3)
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
110 Degrees and Certificates Electronics Technology
Certificate of Achievement
(754B) major code
Microcomputer Maintenance
Completion of the electronics technology certificate indicates Certificate of Achievement
that the student has a basic knowledge of electronics. (761A) major code
Students completing this certificate are trained for entry-level
Course Requirements technician work on microcomputer-based equipment.
m ELT 101
Introductory Electronics ........................................4
m * Electronic technical electives...............................13 Course Requirements
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................17 CIS 170 Networking Essentials...........................................3
m CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials ........................................3
* Students may choose any ELT prefix course. m CIS 191 PC Repair Essentials .............................................1
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
m ELT 131 Digital Electronics I................................................3
m ELT 229 Digital Electronics II...............................................3
Advanced Electronics m
m
ELT 231 Microprocessor Theory..........................................4
ELT 232 Advanced Microprocessor Theory .........................3
Technology PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................24
Certificate of Achievement m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
(756A) major code
Completion of the advanced electronics technology certificate Telecommunication
indicates that the student has a solid foundation in solid state and
digital electronics. The student is prepared to enter or advance
Technician
within the production, quality, design, research or marketing Certificate of Achievement
fields of electronics. (765A) major code
Course Requirements Telecommunication is the transfer of information between two or
more points. This program introduces the student to the basics of
m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4 modern electronic communication methods and equipment. The
m ELT 111 Circuit Analysis I (DC) ............................................4 certificate prepares the student for an entry-level position or for
m ELT 112 Circuit Analysis II (AC) ...........................................4 more extensive training and education in telecommunications.
m ELT 121 Linear Devices I.....................................................4
m ELT 131 Digital Electronics I................................................3 Course Requirements
m ELT 221 Linear Devices II....................................................4 m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
m ELT 229 Digital Electronics II...............................................3 m ELT 111 Circuit Analysis I (DC) ............................................4
m ELT 231 Microprocessor Theory..........................................4 m ELT 112 Circuit Analysis II (AC) ...........................................4
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................30 m ELT 121 Linear Devices I.....................................................4
m ELT 131 Digital Electronics I................................................3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m ELT 161 Introductory Telecommunications..........................3
m ELT 229 Digital Electronics II...............................................3
m ELT 261 Intermediate Telecommunications.........................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................28
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
111
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
112 Degrees and Certificates
Fire Science
Job Titles Fire Science Technology
• Firefighter
• Fire Inspector Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Fire Chief (610A) major code
• Fire Engineer
This degree is designed for individuals seeking a career in fire science. The program
• Fire Officer
includes course work toward State Fire Marshal certifications as a Fire Fighter II, III,
• Fire Instructor
Instructor I, Hazardous Materials First Responder, Emergency Rescue Specialist, Fire
Apparatus Engineer and Officer I. Students may also acquire Department of Public
Health certification as an Emergency Medical Technician Assistant. All fire science
About the Occupation courses at Waubonsee are approved by the Illinois State Fire Marshal’s Office.
Firefighting is a dangerous and complex
profession. From entry-level firefighter General Education Requirements
through fire chief, they work in teams to COM 100 or 121 Communications........................................3
save lives, extinguish fires and respond to ENG 101 or 151 English ......................................................3
a variety of emergency situations. They ENG 102 or 153 English ......................................................3
also help prevent fires through public MTH 101 College Mathematics ...........................................3
education and building inspections. PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
Firefighters participate in training and General Education elective • .................................3
practice drills throughout their careers. TOTAL.............................................................18
Fire Science Technology Major
Program Requirements
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m FSC 100 Fire Science I ........................................................4
Program m FSC 110 Fire Science II .......................................................4
• The Waubonsee fire science program is m FSC 140 Fire Apparatus Engineer .......................................4
certified by the Office of the Illinois m FSC 200 Fire Science III ......................................................4
State Fire Marshal. m FSC 210 Fire Science IV.......................................................4
• Completion of Waubonsee’s associate m FSC 231 Fire Science Administration I.................................3
degree in fire science technology m FSC 160 Tactics and Strategy I ...........................................3
prepares a student to transfer to a m FSC 170 Fire Science Instructor I .......................................3
university and pursue a bachelor’s m FSC 232 Fire Science Administration II ...............................3
degree. m FSC 120 Hazardous Materials Operations ...........................3
m FSC 220 Fire Inspection and Prevention .............................3
TOTAL.............................................................38
Professional Certification Additional Requirements
Opportunities EMT 120 Emergency Medical Technician-Basic ....................6
• Fire Fighter II and III
• Fire Apparatus Engineer
Program Electives
• Hazardous Materials First Responder m Fire Science elective
• Rescue Specialist - Roadway (select from list).....................................................3
Extrication
• Fire Instructor I and II TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ......................................65
• Fire Officer I and II
Fire Science Electives
FSC 150 Vehicle and Machinery Operations........................3
FSC 233 Fire Science Administration III...............................3
FSC 234 Fire Science Administration IV ..............................3
FSC 260 Tactics and Strategy II ...........................................3
FSC 270 Fire Science Instructor II .......................................3
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2009/2010
Career Education
Fire Science Degrees and Certificates
113
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
114 Degrees and Certificates
2009/2010
Career Education
Geographic Information Systems Degrees and Certificates
115
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
116 Degrees and Certificates
Graphic Design
Job Titles Graphic Design
• Graphic Designer
• Web Designer Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Animator/Illustrator (930B) major code
• Desktop Publishing Specialist
This program combines design theory and principles of visual communication to
• Production Artist
create computerized graphic design solutions. Emphasis is placed on utilizing visual
technology software/hardware to solve electronic output problems. This course of
study prepares students to develop a professional portfolio for an immediate graphic
About the Occupation design position.
Creating a design that is appropriate for a
Although the intent of the graphic design AAS degree program is occupational, many
given product and its audience is the main
courses within the program are individually articulated with four-year colleges offering
concern for a successful designer. The job
graphic design programs to facilitate continued study at a four-year institution.
need for fields specializing in desktop
Courses are aligned with IAI courses when possible.
design is expected to increase tremen-
dously in the next decade. Designers need General Education Requirements
to continually redefine their field, and ENG 101 or 151 English .......................................................3
knowledge of current events and attitudes ENG 102 or 152 or 153 English ...........................................3
will help the designer create designs that COM 100 or 120 or 121 or 135 Communications ................3
reflect and affect society. With an ART 102 History of Western Art –
expected 100 million people online in the Renaissance to Modern Art...................................3
U.S. by the middle of the next decade, and Social and Behavioral Sciences elective• ..............3
the increased use of visual messages Math or Physical and Life Sciences elective• .......3
through television and film, the need for TOTAL.............................................................18
designers to shape the messages that
society reads will increase dramatically. Graphic Design Major Program Requirements
m ART 110 Design I .................................................................3
m ART 120 Basic Drawing I .....................................................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m GRD 105 History of Graphic Design .....................................3
Program m GRD 135 Desktop Publishing................................................3
m GRD 160 Computer Illustration.............................................3
• At Waubonsee, students develop a
m GRD 165 Typography ............................................................3
professional portfolio that can help
m GRD 170 Digital Image .........................................................3
them land a job after graduation.
m GRD 173 Graphic Design I ....................................................3
m GRD 190 Print Production .....................................................3
m GRD 265 Graphic Design for the World Wide Web ..............3
m GRD 273 Graphic Design II ...................................................3
m GRD 275 Digital Photography ...............................................3
m GRD 280 2-D Animation and Multimedia..............................3
m GRD 285 3-D Animation and Multimedia..............................3
m GRD 292 Graphic Design Portfolio........................................1
m WEB 110 Web Development with HTML/XHTML ................3
TOTAL.............................................................46
2009/2010
Career Education
Graphic Design Degrees and Certificates
117
There are several Web development certificates and degrees offered by both the Graphic Design and Computer
Careers-World Wide Web/Internet curriculums. The certificate and degree titles in both areas may sound similar, but
there are distinct differences between the two. Your own specific background and interest will determine which
certificate or degree is best for you. If you are interested in the artistic design of Web pages through the use of
design software, design layout techniques, advanced use of multimedia, animation, sound and video, the Graphic
Design certificates and programs are appropriate for study. If you are interested in the construction, maintenance
and support of Web pages through the use of computer programming and limited Web design software, the
Computer Careers-World Wide Web/Internet certificates and degrees are appropriate. In short, the Graphic Design
certificates and degree focus on the design of Web pages, while the Computer Careers-World Wide Web/Internet
certificates and degrees primarily focus on the maintenance and support of Web sites. Please contact Counseling
(see directory) for more specific descriptions of these certificates and degrees and to discuss which one may be most
appropriate for you.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
118 Degrees and Certificates Graphic Design
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
119
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
120 Degrees and Certificates Health Care Interpreting
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
121
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
122 Degrees and Certificates Emergency Medical Technician
Program Electives for EMT-Paramedic (10 hours needed) Procedure for Entering the Emergency Medical
AOS 100 Keyboarding...........................................................1 Technician Program
CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3 Students seeking admission to the Emergency Medical
COM 125 Communication Strategies for Technician program are required to contact the Center for
Health Care Careers ..............................................2 Learning Assessment (see directory) to make an appointment for
COM 201 Business and Professional Presentations .............3 required assessment testing. Acceptance into the program is
CRJ 103 Criminal Justice Report Writing .............................3 based on assessment results, with documentation of reading skills
EPM 120 Emergency Management......................................3 at the 8th grade level.
EPM 200 Disaster Response Operations and Mngt. ............3
MGT 210 Supervisory Management .....................................3 Program Costs
MGT 215 Human Resource Management ............................3 In addition to tuition and regular fees, the Emergency Medical
SPN 110 Survival Spanish I ..................................................3 Technician student has the following minimum fees and
expenses:
Textbook ...................................................................................$60
CPR/BLS Certification...............................................................$45
Emergency Medical IDPH Examination Fee .............................................................$20
Stethoscope .............................................................................$15
Technician-Basic Immunizations/TB Testing ........................per health care provider
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
123
Exercise Science
Certificate of Achievement
(442A) major code
This certificate will prepare the graduate to deliver a variety
of exercise assessment, training, risk factor identification and
lifestyle management services to individuals with or at risk for
cardiovascular, metabolic or pulmonary diseases.
Course Requirements
m BIO 200
Nutrition.................................................................3
m BIO 260
Human Structure and Function..............................4
m HED 100
Personal Wellness .................................................3
m PED 136
or 145 Fitness Training ..........................................1
m PED 211
First Aid and Emergency Care...............................3
m PED 234
Cardiovascular Fitness...........................................2
m PED 236
Exercise for Special Populations............................3
m PED 237
Principles of Resistance Training ...........................3
m PED 238
Fitness Assessment and
Exercise Programming ..........................................3
m PED 297 or 298 Exercise Science Internship ................1.5-2
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
ETR 150 Business Plan Development .................................3
TOTAL PROGRAM HOURS ...........................................32.5
(Take the Certified Personal Trainer exam through the
American College of Sports Medicine after completion of
PED234, PED236, PED237 and PED238.)
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
125
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
126 Degrees and Certificates Medical Assistant
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
127
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
128 Degrees and Certificates Nurse Assistant
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the nurse assistant student
has the following minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks .................................................................................$64
Uniform/shoes..........................................................................$43
Name Badge ..............................................................................$4
Supplies (e.g. gait belt) ..............................................................$9
Immunizations, TB testing........................per health care provider
Total Estimated Costs
(excluding medical requirements): .............................................$120
In addition, students are responsible for personal transportation
to required clinical experiences.
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
subject to change without prior notice to the student.
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
129
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
130 Degrees and Certificates Perioperative Nursing
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
131
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
132 Degrees and Certificates
2009/2010
Career Education
Registered Nursing Degrees and Certificates
133
Procedure for Entering the Nursing Program 9. Once accepted into the program, the student must:
Students seeking admission to the nursing program are • attend the mandatory new student orientation to the
required to: nursing program;
1. Submit a completed New Student Information Form to • submit documentation of a physical and dental
Admissions. examination, current immunizations, and a 2-step
2. Meet with Counseling to establish a schedule for taking tuberculosis (TB) test - none of which should be over
prerequisite courses. one year old at the time of entry;
3. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the • follow the program sequence for all NUR courses;
Health Care Programs Office (see directory). • attain a 2.0 (C) or better GPA in each of the nursing
4. Take the required Nurse Entrance Test (NET) and Nelson- courses.
Denny (ND) assessment test. Recommended testing time is 10. Official written notification of acceptance into the program
when the student is in his/her last required nursing will be received via certified mail. Students not accepted
prerequisite course. must reapply.
• Contact the Center for Learning Assessment (see 11. In compliance with the Illinois Community College Act,
directory) to make an appointment for testing. in-district applicants will be given preference over out-of-
• Acceptance into the program is based on assessment district applicants. Proof of residency may be required.
results, with documentation of reading skills of 51% Contact Registration and Records for information regarding
for the NET, math skills of 53% for the NET, and residency. Having paid in-district tuition rates in the past
reading skills at the 12th grade level for the ND. does not necessarily qualify an individual as an in-district
• A student has two (2) opportunities to successfully resident.
meet assessment requirements. Eights weeks must Advanced Placement
elapse between testing sessions.
• Guidance is provided by the Learning Enhancement Licensed Practical Nurses (LPNs) may be eligible for advanced
Center and the Center for Learning Assessment for placement into the program, as well as students transferring from
students who do not meet these entry requirements. another nursing program. Applications will be reviewed on an
• Note: Test scores are only valid for 24 months. individual basis. Contact the Health Care Programs Office (see
5. Complete and submit the nursing application required for directory).
entry into the program, along with a program application fee Recomendation for Learning and Enhancement
of $10 (check or money order made out to Waubonsee Applicants who lack basic, beginning keyboarding and Windows
Community College). The nursing program application form navigation skills are encouraged to take an introductory
is available from the offices of Registration and Records, computer course before starting the nursing course sequence. To
Counseling, and Health Care Programs, or on the Internet at maximize success, students may take NUR 100 prior to entry into
www.waubonsee.edu/healthcareers. Application to the the program.
program must be made prior to the deadline for the semester
the student desires to enter: Program Costs
• March 15 for fall enrollment (August/October) In addition to tuition and regular fees, the registered nursing
• September 15 for spring enrollment (January/March) student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
Enrollment is limited in the nursing (NUR) courses in order Textbooks for NUR classes (excludes general
to provide the best possible educational experience for education courses) ..................................................................$850
students. (Note: Selection for admission into the program for either BLS certification ......................................................................$45
August/October or January/March will be determined by the Uniform/shoes ......................................................................$105
Admissions Committee. Applicants should anticipate acceptance for Nursing supplies (e.g. watch, stethoscope) ..........................$175
either start date for fall or spring semesters.) NCLEX-RN licensure exam fee..............................................$264
6. Attain a cumulative GPA of 2.7 or higher for prerequisite State of Illinois criminal background check fee ......................$50
courses. Physical examination, immunizations,
7. Complete science courses within five years of application TB testing ............................................per health care provider
filing deadline. Science courses taken more than five years
before the application deadline must be retaken. There are Total Estimated Costs
no exceptions. (excluding medical requirements): ............................................$1490
8. Understand that all of the following documentation must be
submitted in order to be considered for acceptance into the In addition, students are responsible for personal transportation
program: to required clinical experiences.
• New Student Information Form; NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
• nursing program application (including $10 subject to change without prior notice to the student.
application fee);
• successful completion of prerequisite courses or test
results from any proficiency examinations (CLEP);
• nursing assessment entrance testing;
• transcripts from other colleges/universities.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
134 Degrees and Certificates
Professional Certification
Opportunities
• Certified Surgical Technologist (CST) —
Graduates are eligible to take this
national certification exam offered by
the Liaison Council on Certification
for the Surgical Technologist.
2009/2010
Career Education
Surgical Technology Degrees and Certificates
135
Procedure for Entering the Surgical Technology Program Costs
Program In addition to tuition and regular fees, the surgical technology
The surgical technology program is offered in a full-time (three student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
semester) sequence. Students seeking admission to the surgical
Textbooks for SUR classes (excludes general
technology program are required to:
education courses)..............................................................$245
1. Meet with Counseling (see directory) to establish a schedule
White shoes, lab coat, patch....................................................$75
for taking program courses.
Stethoscope .............................................................................$15
2. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the Dean
Supplies....................................................................................$20
for Health and Life Sciences (see directory).
Physical exam, immunizations,
3. Complete the special application required for entry into the
Hepatitis-B series, TB testing ...............per health care provider
program, which is available from the office of Health Care
Programs, Counseling, or on the Internet at Total Estimated Costs
www.waubonsee.edu/healthcareers. Enrollment is limited in (excluding medical requirements) ...............................................$355
the surgical technology (SUR) courses in order to provide the
best possible educational experience for students. Students NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
desiring to take courses with the SUR prefix in the fall must subject to change without prior notice to the student.
make application by June 1.
4. Complete required Nurse Entrance Test (NET) and Nelson
Denny (ND) assessment test. NOTE: Acceptance into the
program is based on assessment results, with documentation
of reading and math skills of 46% for the NET, and reading
skills at the 10th grade level for the ND. A Student has two
opportunities to successfully meet assessment requirements.
Eight weeks must elapse between testing sessions. Guidance is
provided by the Learning Enhancement Center and the Center
for Learning Assessment for students who do not meet these
entry requirements. Test scores are only valid for 24 months.
5. Understand that the surgical technology application, previous
transcripts, and program assessment testing in math and
reading are required for admission to the program. Students
are notified via mail approximately four weeks after the
application deadline date as to selection status.
6. Provide documentation of current American Heart
Association BLS for Healthcare Providers (CPR) certification.
This certification must remain current for the entire length of
the program.
7. Follow the program sequence once a student is accepted into
the program. The student is expected to follow the program
sequence for all SUR courses. Students may opt to complete
any or all of the AOS, BIO, or COM courses prior to
submitting an application to the surgical technology program.
For continuation in the surgical technology program, a 2.0 or
better GPA must be received in each of the major courses.
NOTE: SUR courses are offered on a limited basis during the
year. Please contact the office of Health and Life Sciences for
specific course information.
8. Submit documentation of a physical examination,
immunization, Hepatitis-B series, and 2-step tuberculosis
(TB) test upon acceptance into the program.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
136 Degrees and Certificates
2009/2010
Career Education
Therapeutic Massage Degrees and Certificates
137
Additional Therapeutic Massage Spring Semester
Major Program Requirements m BIO 264 Kinesiology and Pathology.....................................3
m TMS 210 Ethical, Legal and Professional m TMS 130 Massage Techniques III +......................................4
Issues in Therapeutic Massage +..........................2 m TMS 146 Massage Clinical II + .............................................2
m TMS 220 Outcome Based Massage I + ...............................4 m TMS 150 Business Practices for Massage
m TMS 225 Outcome Based Massage II + ..............................4 Therapists +...........................................................3
m TMS 240 Massage Clinical III +..........................................1.5 TOTAL..........................................................11.5
m TMS 245 Massage Clinical IV + .........................................1.5
m TMS 297 Therapeutic Massage Internship + .....................1.5 PROGRAM TOTAL .........................................................30.5
m TMS electives (select from list).............................2
* BIO 260 must be taken in a face-to-face course format.
TOTAL..........................................................16.5
Online courses and other distance learning formats
will not be accepted.
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ......................................67
+ Program admission required for enrollment.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
138 Degrees and Certificates Therapeutic Massage
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the therapeutic massage
student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks for TMS classes-certificate
(excludes general education courses).................................$190
Textbooks for TMS classes-degree
(excludes general education courses) ....................................$350
Uniform/shoes..........................................................................$80
Massage table........................................................................$430
Massage supplies...................................................................$100
Student liability insurance ........................................................$49
Four professional massages...................................................$240
National Certification Examination for
Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork ..................................$225
Physical exam, immunizations,
TB testing..............................................per health care provider
Total Estimated Costs
(excluding medical requirements) .....................................$1314-1474
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
subject to change without prior notice to the student.
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
139
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
140 Degrees and Certificates
HVAC
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
141
Human Services
Human Services Job Titles
• Certified Addictions Counselor
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Community Outreach Worker
(650A) major code • Family Support Worker
• Group Home Worker
This program prepares paraprofessionals for employment in a variety of social service
• Mental Health Worker
organizations. The alcohol or other drug abuse (AODA) counseling program is
• Residential Counselor
accredited at the advanced level by the Illinois Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse
• Social Services Aide
Professional Certification Association (IAODAPCA).
• Youth Worker
General Education Requirements
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication ..........................3
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3 About the Occupation
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3 Projected to be among the future’s fastest
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 growing occupations, human services
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology.......................................3 workers are employed in a wide variety of
Mathematics or Physical and Life settings under many different job titles
Sciences elective •................................................3 that are all characterized by a single
TOTAL.............................................................18 unifying feature — their primary job
Human Services Course Requirements function is helping people cope with
their problems.
m HSV 105 Survey of Human Services....................................3
m HSV 110 Group Dynamics....................................................3
m HSV 115 Crisis Intervention .................................................3
m HSV 120 Introduction to Substance Abuse..........................3 Highlights of Waubonsee’s
m HSV 140 Assessment and Treatment of the Program
Dual-Disordered Client .........................................3 • Because of its advanced accreditation
m HSV 230 Human Services Seminar from the Illinois Alcohol and Other
and Field Experience I (5) Drug Abuse Professional Certification
or Association (IAODAPCA), graduates
m HSV 235 Human Services Seminar of Waubonsee’s human services AAS
and Field Experience II (5) degree program can become Certified
(for Addictions emphasis) ......................................5 Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse
TOTAL.............................................................20 Counselors (CADC) and enter the
workforce more quickly.
Related Course Requirements
• Visits to and field experiences at local
AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office.........................3
human services agencies allow students
PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging .............................................3
to see what career areas are a good fit
SPN 110 Survival Spanish I ..................................................3
for them.
TOTAL...............................................................9
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
142 Degrees and Certificates
Human Services
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
143
Industrial Technology
Industrial Maintenance Job Titles
• Industrial Maintenance Mechanic
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Industrial Machine Repairer
(810C) major code • Maintenance Mechanic Helper
The industrial maintenance program prepares the graduate for entry into and • Fluid Power Technician
advancement within the field of industrial maintenance. The graduate has thorough
knowledge of the installation and repair of electrical and mechanical systems, including
electrical circuits, motor controls, PLCs, hydraulic and pneumatic systems, and various About the Occupation
other types of mechanical systems and machinery.
Industrial maintenance mechanics,
General Education Requirements machinery repairers, fluid power
COM 100 or 121 Communications ........................................3 technicians and others work in industrial
ECN 100 or 110 Economics..................................................3 settings where almost all of our nation’s
ENG 101 or 151 English .......................................................3 goods are produced. They install,
ENG 102 or 152 English .......................................................3 maintain and repair machinery of all
MTH 103 Elementary Technical Math ..................................3 types. Some also care for buildings and
General Education elective work on electrical, heating/cooling,
(recommend PHY 103) ..........................................3 hydraulic and pneumatic systems. Many
TOTAL.............................................................18 of these individuals make use of strong
mechanical and welding skills. While they
Industrial Maintenance Major Program Requirements spend much of their time doing preventive
m CMT 250 Commercial and Residential Wiring.......................3 maintenance, when equipment fails they
m HVA 100 Basic Electricity for HVAC must diagnose and repair it, often under
or tight time constraints.
m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics .....................................3-4
m IDT 110 Introduction to Industrial Technology.....................3
m IDT 115 Motor Controls I ....................................................3 Highlights of Waubonsee’s
m IDT 120 Hydraulics ..............................................................3 Program
m IDT 125 Machine Repair......................................................3
• Students learn in a hands-on
m IDT 150 Building Mechanical Systems................................3
environment that includes actual
m IDT 215 Motor Controls II ...................................................3
equipment as well as sophisticated
m IDT 220 Pneumatics............................................................3
training simulators.
m IDT 230 Commercial Power Distribution and Lighting ........3
m IDT 240 Programmable Controllers.....................................3
TOTAL .......................................................33-34
Additional Requirements
m WLD 100 or WLD 120 Welding .............................................3
TOTAL...............................................................3
Industrial Maintenance Technical Electives
Electives may be taken from the areas of Industrial Technology, Electronics, Welding,
Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning, and Computer-Aided Design and Drafting.
TOTAL..............................................................9-10
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
144 Degrees and Certificates
Industrial Technology
2009/2010
Career Education
Industrial Technology Degrees and Certificates
145
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
146 Degrees and Certificates
Interpreter Training
Job Titles Interpreter Training
• Interpreter for the Deaf
• Sign Language Interpreter Associate in Applied Science Degree
(660A) major code
Interpreter training is an Associate in Applied Science degree and trains people to be
About the Occupation sign language interpreters for the Deaf. Interpreter training was the first program of its
Sign language interpreters facilitate kind established in Illinois in 1975 and is currently one of six programs within the state.
communication between individuals who Waubonsee’s program provides students with the opportunity to become proficient in
are deaf or hard of hearing and those who American Sign Language and gain knowledge of Deaf culture.
can hear. The interpreter is considered to
First Semester
be a bilingual/ bicultural mediator in the
communication exchange. Those engaged ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3
in conversation rely heavily on the skill, PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
fluency, professionalism and ethical m SGN 100 Orientation to Deafness ........................................3
behavior of the interpreter. The m SGN 101 American Sign Language I ....................................3
interpreter is an integral part of the m SGN 104 Signs of Everyday Use ..........................................3
communication exchange. m SGN 105 Linguistics of ASL I................................................3
TOTAL.............................................................18
Second Semester
Highlights of Waubonsee’s ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3
Program m SGN 102 American Sign Language II ...................................3
• In 1975, Waubonsee became the first m SGN 106 Linguistics of ASL II...............................................3
college in the state to design an m SGN 108 Conceptually Accurate Signed English ..................3
interpreter training program. m SGN 110 Introduction to American
• The program utilizes technology to Deaf Culture ..........................................................3
create a rich visual learning TOTAL.............................................................15
environment. Students’ signing Third Semester
performances are captured by digital
(All third-semester ITP courses must be taken concurrently.)
video cameras, uploaded to a computer
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication ..........................3
and then reviewed by both the student
m ITP 200 Introduction to Interpreting +................................3
and the instructor.
m ITP 210 Etymology for Interpreters +.................................3
m ITP 211 Transliterating I +...................................................3
m ITP 221 Interpreting I + ......................................................3
m ITP 231 Sign to Voice I + ....................................................3
TOTAL.............................................................18
Fourth Semester
(All fourth-semester ITP courses must be taken concurrently and
after successful completion of all third semester ITP courses.)
m ITP 212 Transliterating II +..................................................3
m ITP 222 Topics in Interpreting + .........................................3
m ITP 223 Interpreting II + .....................................................3
m ITP 230 Specialized Areas of Interpreting + .......................3
m ITP 232 Sign to Voice II + ...................................................3
Math or Physical and Life Sciences
elective • ...............................................................3
m Major course requires minimum TOTAL.............................................................18
grade of C.
Fifth Semester
• See course choices listed on pages
m ITP 290 The Interpreter as Practitioner + ...........................3
65-66.
TOTAL...............................................................3
+ Program admission required for
enrollment. TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ......................................72
2009/2010
Career Education
Interpreter Training Degrees and Certificates
147
Procedure for Entering the Interpreter Training Interpreter Training
Program
Waubonsee offers a full-time Interpreter Training Program which Certificate of Achievement
must be completed in a block fashion. Students are eligible to (662A) major code
register for Interpreter Training (ITP) courses after completing
Students must successfully complete the sign language
the following steps:
certificate before enrolling in the following courses to achieve
1. Meet with Counseling to establish a schedule for the interpreter training certificate. Because sign language courses
taking the Sign Language (SGN) classes. are prerequisites, this certificate will require two years for
2. Complete all SGN courses with a grade of C or better completion.
and a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher Course Requirements
in the SGN classes.
m ITP 200 Introduction to Interpreting +................................3
3. Submit an ITP application by April 1. m ITP 210 Etymology for Interpreters +.................................3
4. Earn acceptable scores on the ITP admissions test. m ITP 211 Transliterating I +...................................................3
Contact the Center for Learning Assessment for more m ITP 212 Transliterating II +..................................................3
information on the ITP admissions test and scores. m ITP 221 Interpreting I + ......................................................3
Recommended testing time is between May and m ITP 222 Topics in Interpreting + .........................................3
November the year before the fall start time for ITP. m ITP 223 Interpreting II + .....................................................3
Testing must be completed by May 1 before starting m ITP 230 Specialized Areas of Interpreting + .......................3
ITP that fall. m ITP 231 Sign to Voice I + ....................................................3
m ITP 232 Sign to Voice II + ...................................................3
5. Complete the last SGN course within 18 months of
m ITP 290 The Interpreter as Practitioner + ...........................3
your planned start date for ITP. This requirement can
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................33
only be waived by the Dean for Humanities, Fine Arts
and Languages when the student has documented + Program admission required for enrollment.
interpreting experience. m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
3. Complete all practicum hours. Refer to the interpreter training admission requirements before
completing the sign language certificate.
Scheduling Note: SGN courses are offered during the day and
Course Requirements
evenings, but not all courses are offered every semester. Since all
SGN courses must be completed before entering any ITP courses, m SGN 100
Orientation to Deafness ........................................3
please consider this when scheduling. ITP courses are only m SGN 101
American Sign Language I ....................................3
offered during the day. Students may repeat a course only once. m SGN 102
American Sign Language II ...................................3
m SGN 104
Signs of Everyday Use ..........................................3
For additional information, contact the Dean for Humanities, m SGN 105
Linguistics of ASL I................................................3
Fine Arts and Languages (see directory). m SGN 106
Linguistics of ASL II...............................................3
m SGN 108
Conceptually Accurate Signed
English ...................................................................3
m SGN 110 Introduction to American
Deaf Culture ..........................................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................24
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
148 Degrees and Certificates
2009/2010
Career Education
Library and Information Studies Degrees and Certificates
149
Youth Services Emphasis Library Technical Assistant
ECE 115 Child Growth and Development or
PSY 220 Child Psychology ...................................................3 Certificate of Achievement
ENG 228 Children’s Literature...............................................3 (668A) major code
m LIB 205 Pre-Teens and Teens in the Library........................2
The Library Technical Assistant certificate program offers a core
m LIB 210 The School Library Media Center..........................3
of courses, including experience with computer software and
Library Leadership Emphasis library technology and an on-the-job practicum experience, that
AOS 205 Records Management ...........................................3 provides students with a basic framework for successful library
COM 122 Group Communication ..........................................3 employment.
MGT 205 Office Management or
MGT 210 Supervisory Management .....................................3 AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office.........................3
PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging .............................................3 m LIB 100 Library as Place .....................................................3
m LIB 105 Introduction to Technical Services .........................3
m LIB 110 Technology in Libraries ..........................................3
Library Technology Emphasis m LIB 115 Public Services ......................................................3
CIS 170 Networking Essentials...........................................3 m LIB 120 Reference and Research Strategies ......................3
CIS 173 Introduction to TCP/IP Internetworking .................2 m LIB 125 Library Collections and the Community ................3
CIS 174 Wireless Local Area Networking ...........................2 m LIB 250 Library Technical Assistant Practicum....................2
CIS 176 Windows Server Administration............................3 TOTAL.............................................................23
CIS 180 Linux/UNIX Operating Systems.............................3
CIS 181 Introduction to Information Systems Security.......3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
CIS 280 Linux/UNIX System Administration .......................3
WEB 110 Web Development with HTML/XHTML ................3
WEB 111 Web Site Design ...................................................3
Electives
m LIB 200 Reader’s Advisory and Adult Programming ...........2
m LIB 240 Seminar of Current Library Issues ........................3
m LIB 296 Special Topics in Library and Information Studies..1-3
SPN 110 Survival Spanish I ..................................................3
SPN 111 Survival Spanish II .................................................3
SGN 100 American Sign Language I ....................................3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
150 Degrees and Certificates
Mass Communication
Job Titles Mass Communication
• Camera Operator
• TV/Radio Production Staff Associate in Applied Science Degree
• TV/Radio Program Host (970B) major code
• Audio/Video Editor
This degree is intended for individuals interested in working in the field of television,
• Producer/Director
Internet and/or radio broadcasting as announcers, radio/TV producers, camera
• Internet/Multimedia Specialist
operators and directors. The program utilizes Waubonsee’s television studio in
preparing students for this medium.
About the Occupation Although the intent of this degree program is occupational, many courses within
the program are individually articulated with four-year colleges offering radio/TV
The mass communication field provides
programs to facilitate continued study at a four-year institution. Courses are aligned
a vast opportunity for individuals to learn
with IAI courses when possible.
the skills and techniques necessary to
produce, direct or support television,
radio and Internet productions. Technical General Education Requirements
positions in this field can go from the COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech Communication.............3
broad-based to the more highly ENG 101 or 151 English ......................................................3
specialized, and include camera operators, ENG 102 or 152 or 153 English ..........................................3
a wide variety of production staff PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
positions, “on-air personalities,” audio Humanities/Fine Arts elective •.............................3
and video editors, producers, directors Math or Science elective• .....................................3
and Internet producers. Knowledge and TOTAL.............................................................18
experience in a variety of aspects in audio,
video and Internet media production offer Mass Communication Major Program Requirements
students an opportunity for employment m *WEB100 Introduction to the Internet ...................................1
in many venues and allow the student to m MCM 130 Introduction to Mass Communication...................3
move as the needs of the field shift. m MCM 140 Television Production I...........................................3
m MCM 201 Broadcast Writing ..................................................3
m MCM 205 Basic Broadcast Announcing .................................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m MCM 211 Introduction to Radio Production...........................3
Program m MCM 245 Mass Media Ethics and Laws ...............................3
m MCM 280 Mass Communication Capstone:
• Students gain hands-on experience
The Business, Media and Careers
creating shows in the college’s own
of TV/Internet/Radio ...............................................3
television studio, located in Collins
m MCM 297 or 298 or 299 TV/Internet/Radio Internship ..........3
Hall.
TOTAL.............................................................25
• A public service announcement created
by Waubonsee students won the 2006 Program Electives (select 21 semester hours)
and 2008 Illinois Department of COM 110 Voice and Diction...................................................3
Transportation college video challenge COM 115 Online Communication..........................................3
and ran on local cable television. COM 121 Communication in the Workplace .........................3
COM 135 Introduction to Advertising
Communication .....................................................3
COM 200 Public Speaking .....................................................3
COM 201 Business and Professional
Presentations.........................................................3
ELT 161 Introductory Telecommunications..........................3
m MCM 215 Basic News Writing ...............................................3
m MCM 221 Basic News Editing ...............................................3
m MCM 240 Television Production II-Live Studio .......................3
m MCM 243 Television Production III-Electronic
Film Production......................................................3
2009/2010
Career Education
Mass Communication Degrees and Certificates
151
m MCM 296 Special Topics/Mass Comm. ...............................1-3
MUS 110 Music Careers .......................................................2
Mass Communication
MUS 211 Introduction to the Recording/MIDI Studio ...........3 Certificate of Achievement
MUS 213 Advanced Recording and MIDI Applications .........3
THE 110 The Art of Oral Interpretation ................................3
(972B) major code
TOTAL.............................................................21 This certificate is intended for individuals interested in working
in the field of television, Internet and/or radio broadcasting as
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE..............................................64 announcers, radio/TV producers, camera operators, directors
and related occupations. The program utilizes Waubonsee’s
* Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency television studio in preparing students for this medium.
test. Please contact the division of Business and Information
Systems for test dates and times. Course Requirements
m MCM 130
Introduction to Mass Communication...................3
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66. m MCM 140
Television Production I...........................................3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m MCM 201
Broadcast Writing ..................................................3
m MCM 205
Basic Broadcast Announcing .................................3
m MCM 211
Introduction to Radio Production...........................3
Electronic Music Technology m MCM 240
Television Production II-Live Studio
or
Certificate of Achievement m MCM 243 Television Production III-
(974A) major code Electronic Film Production.....................................3
This certificate is intended for individuals interested in working m MCM 280 Mass Communication Capstone:
in the field of electronic music in a variety of venues including The Business, Media and Careers
radio, television, recording studios, Internet broadcasting or with of TV/Internet/Radio ...............................................3
recording artists. Students will gain the knowledge and practice m MCM 299 TV/Internet/Radio Internship..................................3
in MIDI and SIMPTE Time Code applications, digital editing and PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................24
digital sampling at both the beginning and advanced levels, m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
allowing them to work in recording studios, work sound boards
or work audio in a TV/radio station.
Course Requirements
m MUS 211 Introduction to the
Recording/MIDI Studio ..........................................3
m MUS 213 Advanced Recording and MIDI
Applications ...........................................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ..............................................................6
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
152 Degrees and Certificates
Paraprofessional Educator
Job Titles Paraprofessional Educator
• Classroom Teacher Assistants
• Special Education Teacher Assistants Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Clerical/Support Staff Assistants (590A) major code
• Computer Laboratory Assistants
This degree offers students a wide range of educational experiences and prepares them
• Library/Media Center Assistants
to assist classroom teachers at all levels of the K-12 educational system. Students who
• Bilingual Teacher Assistants
complete this degree meet the requirements for paraprofessional educators established
by the No Child Left Behind legislation.
About the Occupation General Education Requirements
Employment options and job COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech
responsibilities for paraprofessional Communication .....................................................3
educators vary widely. Some para- ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3
educators exclusively perform non- ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3
instructional or clerical duties, such as PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
working in the main office, monitoring MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers I ............................3
playgrounds or hallways, or supervising Social and Behavioral Sciences,
lunchrooms or field trips. Many Math or Physical and Life
paraprofessional educators in the Sciences elective• .................................................3
general classroom, however, provide a TOTAL.............................................................18
combination of instructional and clerical
tasks. They may reinforce instruction by Paraprofessional Educator Requirements
working with students individually or in DIS 101 Disability in Society ...............................................3
small groups. Paraeducators may be asked ECE 115 Child Growth/Development
to help prepare the classroom by setting or
up/maintaining media equipment, PSY 220 Child Psychology
ordering supplies, or creating bulletin or
boards and displays. Paraeducators may PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology..........................................3
assist teachers with grading, typing, filing, ECE 120 Health, Safety, and Nutrition .................................3
duplicating, maintaining health and m EDU 100 Strategies for the
attendance records, and collecting money. Paraprofessional Educator .....................................3
A teacher may require a paraprofessional m EDU 200 Introduction to Education ......................................3
educator to research a topic and assemble m EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education............................3
materials to be used in a particular m EDU 215 Introduction to the Foundations of Reading..........3
instructional unit. m EDU 220 Exceptional Child ...................................................3
m EDU 225 Diversity of Schools and Society...........................3
MTH 202 Math for Elementary Teachers II ...........................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s TOTAL.............................................................30
Program
• Graduating from this program ensures Elective and Specialty Courses (select 16 credits)
that you have met the requirements for NOTE: Students desiring to specialize in a particular paraprofessional educator area
paraprofessional educators established should choose electives from one of the emphases listed on the next page; students
by the No Child Left Behind legislation. desiring a more general approach can choose electives from any of the categories listed
• Because of the important role it plays on the next page.
in today’s educational environment,
Content Specialist Emphasis
technology is emphasized throughout
the paraprofessional curricula. Choose courses related to your content area(s) listed in sections B, C, and D of the
Students create an electronic portfolio Associate in Applied Science degree requirements (see pages 65-66).
to aid them in their job search and
must take a technology in education
course where they learn to do Web (continued on next page)
research, develop a Web page, work
with digital cameras and scanners,
and more.
2009/2010
Career Education
Paraprofessional Educator Degrees and Certificates
153
Disability Studies Emphasis Paraprofessional Educator
DIS 110 Perspectives on Disability......................................3
DIS 201 Catalyst for Change ...............................................3 Certificate of Achievement
Early Childhood Education Specialist Emphasis (594A) major code
ECE 101 Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............3 The core courses in this certificate provide students with a
ECE 105 Observation and Guidance of basic knowledge of the American educational system, an
Young Children.......................................................3 understanding of the roles and responsibilities of
ECE 107 Development and Guidance of paraprofessional educators, and an opportunity to
the School Age Child .............................................3 develop proficiency in assisting classroom teachers.
ECE 125 Child, Family and Community ...............................3 Course Requirements
ECE 207 School-Age Programming ......................................3
DIS 101
Disability in Society ...............................................3
Library/Media Specialist Emphasis ECE 115
Child Growth and Development
WEB 210 Internet Technologies.............................................1 or
PDV 102 Research Strategies ..............................................1 PSY 220 Child Psychology
or
Support Specialist Emphasis PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology..........................................3
Choose courses from the Administrative Office Systems (AOS) or ECE 120 Health, Safety and Nutrition ..................................3
Microcomputer Systems (MCS) sections of the catalog. m EDU 100 Strategies for Paraprofessional Educator ..............3
m EDU 200 Introduction to Education ......................................3
Additional Paraprofessional Educator Electives m EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education............................3
AST 115 Astronomy for Educators.......................................3 m EDU 215 Introduction to the Foundations of Reading..........3
m EDU 205 Introduction to Technology in Education................3 m EDU 220 Exceptional Child ...................................................3
m EDU 210 Educational Psychology .........................................3 m EDU 225 Diversity of Schools and Society...........................3
m EDU 295 Topics/Issues for MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers...............................3
Paraprofessional Educators.................................1-3 PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................30
m EDU 296 Topics/Issues for Education ................................1-3
HSV 120 Introduction to Substance Abuse..........................3 NOTE: Proficiency credit is limited to 15 semester hours for
MUS 210 Music for Elementary Teachers .............................3 this program.
SGN 100 Orientation to Deafness ........................................3 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
SGN 101 American Sign Language I ....................................3
SGN 102 American Sign Language II ...................................3
SPN 101 Elementary Spanish I ............................................3
SPN 102 Elementary Spanish II ...........................................3
SPN 110 Survival Spanish I ..................................................3
SPN 111 Survival Spanish II .................................................3
SPN 201 Intermediate Spanish I ..........................................3
SPN 202 Intermediate Spanish II .........................................3
SPN 205 Spanish for Native Speakers .................................3
SPN 211 Conversational Spanish .........................................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
154 Degrees and Certificates
Photography
Job Titles Traditional Photography
• Photographer’s Assistant
• Photographer Certificate of Achievement
• Photographic Lab Technician (902A) major code
• Digital Image Specialist
This certificate is designed for students wanting to acquire basic photographic skills
through course work in traditional photography. Students will use a variety of cameras,
lighting equipment and darkroom processes.
About the Occupation
Course Requirements
Professional photographers are employed
in a variety of settings. Studio m ART 140 Photography I ........................................................3
photographers capture objects, individuals m ART 240 Photography II .......................................................3
and set-ups in a controlled lighting m ART 241 Photographic Lighting............................................3
environment. Documentary m ART 290 Studio Art...............................................................3
photographers record events as they PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................12
occur. Commercial photographers capture m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
images that may be used for personal
broadcasting, as in weddings, or for public
promotion of consumer items, as in Basic Digital Photography
advertisements.
Certificate of Achievement
(905A) major code
Highlights of Waubonsee’s Program This certificate is designed for students interested in advancing their traditional
• Waubonsee offers courses in both photographic skills into the digital arena. Whether for photo retouching or efficient file
traditional and digital photographic management for the Web, students will acquire skills in using image editing software,
techniques. hardware and the peripherals relevant to the digital darkroom.
• In addition to using a traditional 35mm Course Requirements
camera, students also learn to use a
m ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography ..............................3
4” x 5” view camera, one of the most
m ART 242 Intermediate Digital Photography..........................3
important tools in professional product
m ART 243 Advanced Digital Photography ..............................3
and commercial photo studios.
PROGRAM TOTAL ..............................................................9
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2009/2010
Career Education
Photography Degrees and Certificates
155
Comprehensive Photography
Certificate of Achievement
(907A) major code
This certificate program offers a sequence of courses that will
enable students to assemble a professional portfolio of both
traditional and digital images. The portfolio may be used for
professional job searches.
Course Requirements
m ART 104 History of Photography .........................................3
m ART 140 Photography I ........................................................3
m ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography ..............................3
m ART 240 Photography II .......................................................3
m ART 241 Photographic Lighting............................................3
m ART 242 Intermediate Digital Photography..........................3
m ART 243 Advanced Digital Photography ..............................3
m ART 290 Studio Art...............................................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................24
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
156 Degrees and Certificates
Real Estate
Job Titles Real Estate Sales
• Real Estate Sales Agent
• Real Estate Broker Certificate of Achievement
• Property and Real Estate Managers (166A) major code
The real estate certificate prepares students for prompt entry into the field. Upon
successful completion of this certificate, students have met the major requirement to
About the Occupation be eligible for the Illinois Real Estate Salesperson Examination. All real estate agents
Real estate agents help people buy or sell and brokers must be licensed by the state of Illinois to conduct transactions in Illinois.
their home and base their assistance on a
Requirements for the Illinois Real Estate Salesperson Examination
thorough knowledge of the housing
market. These agents know local zoning, • Be at least 21 years old.
tax laws and financing. Real estate agents • High school graduate or equivalent.
generally are independent sales workers • Successful completion of the 45-classroom-hour Real Estate Transactions course
who provide their services to a licensed (REL 110).
broker on a contract basis. Property • Hold an original Uniform Real Estate Transcript (provided by WCC).
managers perform an important function Requirements for the Illinois Real Estate Sales License
in increasing and maintaining the value of
• 21 years of age or older. This age limitation can be waived for persons under 21 who
real estate investments. They can
have completed two years of study beyond high school with a major emphasis in
administer income-producing commercial
real estate.
and residential properties and/or plan and
• High school graduate or equivalent.
direct the purchase, development and
• Sponsorship by an Illinois licensed broker.
disposal of real estate for business.
• Proof of successful completion of a 45-classroom-hour course in real estate
Brokers not only sell real estate owned by transactions: the Uniform Real Estate Transcript provided by WCC after successful
others, but also rent and manage completion of REL 110 Real Estate Transactions.
properties, perform market analyses and • Successfully pass the Illinois Real Estate Salesperson Examination.
assist with developing new building
Course Requirements
projects. In closing sales, brokers often
arrange loans, property inspections, and m REL 110 Real Estate Transactions........................................3
meetings between buyers and sellers. PROGRAM TOTAL ..............................................................3
Brokers also manage their own offices, m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
advertise properties and handle other
business matters.
Professional Certification
Opportunities
• Illinois Real Estate Salesperson
• Illinois Real Estate Broker
2009/2010
Career Education
Real Estate Degrees and Certificates
157
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
158 Degrees and Certificates
Translation
Job Titles Translation
• Translator: English to Spanish
• Translator: Spanish to English Certificate of Achievement
• Interpreter/Translator (672A) major code
This certificate is intended to be an introduction to the translation profession for
linguistically skilled individuals. This course of study will provide students with a
About the Occupation comprehensive approach to the translating profession. Topics include industry
Translation is an intercultural standards, project management, translation tools and accreditation issues. Issues of
communication specialty. Translators medical translation are also included.
translate written text from a source
Course Requirements
language to a target language. Translators
must be bilingual, and students in m TRA 100 Introduction to Translation .....................................2
Waubonsee Community College’s m TRA 110 Translation Laboratory:
translation program must be proficient in English/Spanish + .................................................2
both English and Spanish. Focus areas for m TRA 130 Medical Translation Laboratory:
the translator include literary translation, English/Spanish +..................................................2
legal and technical translation, medical m TRA 200 Advanced Translation Laboratory:
translation, or finance and business English/Spanish +..................................................2
translation. Translators typically focus on PROGRAM TOTAL ..............................................................8
one specialty area. Translators usually + Program admission required for enrollment.
have a college degree in a specialty area
or experience in one particular field. m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
Highlights of Waubonsee’s
Program
• This 8-semester-hour program can
be a quick entry into the career field
of translation.
Sound Interesting?
Students interested in this program may
also be interested in Health Care
Interpreting; see page 119.
2009/2010
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
159
Welding Technology
Welding Technology Job Titles
• Arc Welder
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Spot Welder
(890A) major code • Production Welder
• Construction Welder
The welding program provides the student with the skills needed to layout, fabricate
and weld a variety of metals using the major welding processes in all positions. A
graduate of the program may qualify as a production or construction welder, pipe
welder, maintenance or repair welder, weld technician, welding operator, welding shop About the Occupation
supervisor, or welding salesperson. The job of a welder is to permanently join
metal parts. Some welders work in the
General Education Requirements
construction industry applying their trade
COM 121 or 100 Communications........................................3 to buildings, bridges, pipelines and more.
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3 The majority work in manufacturing,
ENG 153 or 102 English .......................................................3 many of them on the assembly of things
MTH 103 Elementary Technical Math....................................3 such as boilers, heavy equipment like
ECN 110 or 100 Economics .................................................3 bulldozers, large machinery, trucks
General Education Elective •.................................3 and ships. There are four basic welding
TOTAL.............................................................18 processes, and the equipment and skills
Welding Major Program Requirements for each differ. Welders apply the science
of joining metal with the art and hand-
m IDT 134 Metrology ..............................................................2
eye coordination required to make a
m WLD 101 Blueprint Reading for Welders...............................2
good weld.
m WLD 115 Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting ...............................3
m WLD 120 Shielded Metal Arc Welding I ................................3
m WLD 122 Welding Inspection and Testing.............................3
m WLD 125 Gas Metal Arc and Flux Highlights of Waubonsee’s
Cored Arc Welding.................................................3 Program
m WLD 130 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding.....................................3 • Waubonsee’s welding program
m WLD 200 Fabrication and Weld Design .................................3 includes courses in each of the four
m WLD 220 Shielded Metal Arc Welding II ...............................3 basic welding processes: oxyacetylene,
m WLD 221 Shielded Metal Arc Welding—Pipe I .....................3 electric arc, gas metal arc (MIG or
m WLD 222 Shielded Metal Arc Welding—Pipe II ....................3 CO2) and gas tungsten arc (TIG).
m WLD 231 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding—Pipe I ........................3 • The curriculum includes four courses
m WLD 232 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding—Pipe II .......................3 devoted specifically to pipe welding.
TOTAL.............................................................37
Technical Electives
(choose from list below).....................................9
Technical Electives
ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
HVA 100 Basic Electricity for HVAC......................................3
WLD 150 Metallurgy and Heat Treatment .............................3
WLD 155 Industrial Safety.....................................................1
WLD 296 Special Topics—Welding .....................................1-3
WLD 297 Internship for Welding Technology.........................1
WLD 298 Internship for Welding Technology.........................2
WLD 299 Internship for Welding Technology.........................3
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
160 Degrees and Certificates
Welding Technology
2009/2010
161
WAU B O N S E E
the real world of work
Career
Connections
www.waubonsee.edu
162 Career Connections
2009/2010
Career Connections 163
Internship Program ROTC Transfer Option
In several areas of study, Waubonsee includes an internship as an The U.S. Army Reserve Officers’ Training Program provides
additional credit course. It is an academic opportunity to expand college students who graduate with a bachelor’s degree the
students’ horizons into the career environment they are studying. opportunity to become commissioned officers in the U.S. Army,
An internship is a cooperative effort between a business and the the Army National Guard, and the U.S. Army Reserve. Army
college that combines education and experience for students and ROTC is traditionally a four-year program consisting of a basic
is closely monitored by the student, Waubonsee faculty, and the course (freshman and sophomore) and an advanced course
employer. An internship allows students to gain up to 3 credit (junior and senior).
hours in a semester toward their Associate in Applied Science
(AAS) degree or occupational certificate. The social science Waubonsee students, cross-enrolled with the Northern Illinois
internship can apply toward the AA/AS degree. The student University Army ROTC program, can complete the first two
commits to working 80 hours in the internship position for every years of military science classes as electives in an Associate in
hour of credit earned. Internships in the curriculum include: Arts, Science or Engineering Science degree at Waubonsee. Upon
• Accounting their transfer to a four-year college, they are eligible to enter the
• Administrative Office Systems advanced course in ROTC.
• Auto Body Repair
Students enrolled in the basic course classes (Military Science—
• Business Administration (Management, Marketing, Human
MSC) at Waubonsee incur no military obligation. The classes
Resources Management, Entrepreneurship)
provide elective credit upon transfer to a four-year college
• Computer-Aided Design and Drafting
offering Army ROTC.
• Computer Information Systems
• Construction Industry Community college students who have not previously taken
• Early Childhood Education Administration ROTC but are within one semester of transferring to a four-year
• Early Childhood Education Practicum institution may be eligible to enter the advanced course through
• Graphic Design attending the ROTC Leadership Training Camp during the
• Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning summer between community college graduation and fall
• Human Services semester entry at the four-year college. The ROTC basic camp
• Industrial Technology is a paid, four-week camp requiring students to meet certain
• Library Technical Assistant Practicum eligibility criteria. Successful completion of the camp and
• Mass Communication recommendation of camp staff can lead to a federal or state
• Social Studies (Anthropology, Criminal Justice, History, scholarship.
Political Science, Psychology and Sociology)
• Therapeutic Massage Students who are veterans or prior service reservists or
• Welding guardsmen are encouraged to enter directly into the Army ROTC
advanced course upon their transfer to a four-year college
Additional work-based learning opportunities are available program.
through externships in Exercise Science, Medical Assistant,
Phlebotomy and Surgical Technology. Four military science courses at Waubonsee comprise the basic
course of study:
For information about internship/externship opportunities in a MSC 101 Leadership and Personal Development
particular instructional division, contact the office of the MSC 102 Foundations in Leadership
appropriate Dean or the Career Services Center (see directory). MSC 201 Innovative Tactical Leadership
MSC 202 Leadership in Changing Environments
See “Course Descriptions” for more details.
For more information about the Army ROTC Transfer Option or
the Army ROTC program in general, contact the Department of
Military Science, Army ROTC at Northern Illinois University,
(815) 753-6234.
www.waubonsee.edu
164 Career Connections
2009/2010
165
WAU B O N S E E
what you can discover
Course
Descriptions
www.waubonsee.edu
166 Course Descriptions
sem hrs
semester hours—the credit hours that apply to
the course.
var
indicates that the credit hours applied to the
course can vary depending upon projects
undertaken.
2009/2010
Course Descriptions 167
Course Discipline/Prefix Engineering (EGR) Nurse Assistant (NAS)
English (ENG) Nursing (NUR)
Cross Reference
Course descriptions are organized Entrepreneurship (ETR) Personal Development (PDV)
alphabetically by discipline. The following list Film Studies (FLM) Philosophy (PHL)
shows the discipline and course prefix in the Finance and Banking (FIN) Phlebotomy (PBT)
order in which they appear in this section.
Fire Science (FSC) Physical Education (PED)
Accounting (ACC) Foreign Languages: see Chinese, Physics (PHY)
Administrative Office Systems (AOS) French, German, Japanese, Political Science (PSC)
Allied Health (ALH) Spanish Psychology (PSY)
Anthropology (ANT) French (FRE) Reading (RDG)
APICS (APC) Geography (GEO) Real Estate (REL)
Art (ART) Geology (GLG) Sign Language (SGN)
Astronomy (AST) German (GER) Social Science (SSC)
Auto Body Repair (ABR) Graphic Design (GRD) Sociology (SOC)
Automotive Technology (AUT) Health Care Interpreting (HCI) Spanish (SPN)
Aviation Pilot (AVP) Health Education (HED) Surgical Technology (SUR)
Biology (BIO) Heating, Ventilation and Air Sustainability (SUS)
Conditioning (HVA)
Business Administration (BUS) Theatre (THE)
History (HIS)
Chemistry (CHM) Therapeutic Massage (TMS)
Human Services (HSV)
Chinese (CHN) Tourism, Travel and Event Planning
Humanities (HUM) (TOU)
Communications (COM)
Independent Study (IND) Translation (TRA)
Computer-Aided Design and Drafting
(CAD) Industrial Technology (IDT) Welding (WLD)
Computer Information Systems (CIS) Information and Communication World Wide Web/Internet (WEB)
Technology (ICT)
Construction Management Technology
(CMT) Intensive English—Basic (IEB)
Criminal Justice (CRJ) Intensive English Institute (IEI)
Disability Studies (DIS) Interdisciplinary Studies (IDS)
Early Childhood Education (ECE) Interpreter Training (ITP): see also
Sign Language
Earth Science (ESC)
Japanese (JPN)
Economics (ECN)
Library and Information Studies (LIB)
Education (EDU)
Management (MGT)
Electronics Technology (ELT)
Marketing (MKT)
Emergency Medical Technician (EMT)
Mass Communication (MCM)
Emergency Preparedness
Management (EPM) Mathematics (MTH)
Medical Assistant (MLA)
Microcomputer Systems (MCS)
Military Science (MSC)
Music (MUS)
www.waubonsee.edu
168 Course Descriptions
Communication: IAI Code: ENG 226 Shakespeare H3 905 Mathematics: IAI Code:
COM 100 Speech Communication C2 900 ENG 230 Introduction to Poetry H3 903 MTH 101 College Math M1 901
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I C1 900 ENG 235 Introduction to Fiction H3 901 MTH 107 Basic Statistics M1 902
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II C1 901R ENG 240 Intro. to Drama as MTH 131 Calculus With Analytic
Literature H3 902 Geometry I M1 900-1
ENG 245 World Literature H3 906 MTH 132 Calculus With Analytic
Fine Arts: IAI Code: ENG 255 Women’s Literature H3 911D Geometry II M1 900-2
ART 100 Art Appreciation F2 900 FLM 270 Film and Literature HF 908 MTH 202 Mathematics for Elementary
ART 101 History of Western Art- FRE 202 Intermediate French II H1 900 Teachers II M1 903
Ancient to Medieval F2 901 GER 202 Intermediate German II H1 900 MTH 210 Finite Math M1 906
ART 102 History of Western Art- HIS 111 Western Civilization MTH 211 Calculus for Business &
Ren. to Modern Art F2 902 to 1648 H2 901 Social Sciences M1900-B
ART 103 History of Non-Western HIS 112 Western Civilization MTH 233 Calculus With Analytic
Art F2 903N Since 1648 H2 902 Geometry III M1 900-3
ART 104 History of Photography F2 904 HIS 125 American Culture: Colonial
ART 105 Women in Art F2 907D to Present H2 904 Physical Science: IAI Code:
FLM 250 Film as Art: HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities HF 900 AST 100 Introduction to
A Survey of Film F2 908 HUM 102 The Global Village HF 904N Astronomy P1 906
FLM 260 History of Film F2 909 HUM 201 Modern Culture and AST 105 Astronomy P1 906L
FLM 270 Film and Literature HF 908 the Arts HF 903 AST 110 Planetary Science P1 906L
HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities HF 900 PHL 100 Introduction to CHM 100 Introduction to
HUM 102 The Global Village HF 904N Philosophy H4 900 Chemistry P1 902
HUM 201 Modern Culture and PHL 101 Introduction to Logic H4 906 CHM 101 Introduction to Chemistry-
the Arts HF 903 PHL 105 Introduction to Ethics H4 904 Lab P1 902L
MUS 100 Music: Art of Listening F1 900 PHL 110 Introduction to Critical CHM 102 Introduction to
MUS 101 Musics of the World F1 903N Thinking H4 906 Organic Chemistry P1 904
MUS 102 Music in America F1 904 PHL 120 Introduction to World CHM 103 Introduction to
THE 100 Theatre Appreciation F1 907 Religions H5 904N Organic Chemistry-Lab P1 904L
THE 130 Diversity in American SPN 202 Intermediate Spanish II H1 900 CHM 106 Chemistry in Society P1 903L
Theatre F1 909D SPN 205 Spanish for Native CHM 121 General Chemistry P1 902L
Speakers H1 900 ESC 100 Earth Science P1 905
ESC 101 Survey of Earth Science
Humanities: IAI Code:
Life Science: IAI Code: Lab P1 905L
ENG 211 American Literature ESC 130 Introduction to
to 1865 H3 914 BIO 100 Introduction to Biology L1 900 Oceanography P1 905
ENG 212 American Literature BIO 101 Introduction to Biology- ESC 220 Climate and Global
From 1865 H3 915 Lab L1 900L Change P1 905
ENG 215 Masterpieces of American BIO 102 Human Biology L1 904 GEO 121 Physical Geography P1 909L
Literature H3 915 BIO 110 Environmental Biology L1 905 GLG 100 Introduction to Physical
ENG 220 Multicultural Literatures BIO 111 Environmental Biology- Geology P1 907
of the U.S. H3 910 D Lab L1 905L GLG 101 Introduction to Physical
ENG 221 British Literature to 1800 H3 912 BIO 120 Biology I L1 900L Geology Lab P1 907L
ENG 222 British Literature BIO 126 Ecology and Field BiologyL1 905L GLG 103 Environmental Geology P1 908
From 1800 H3 913 BIO 200 Nutrition L1 904 PHY 103 Concepts of Physics P1 901
ENG 225 Masterpieces of British BIO 244 Animal Kingdom L1 902L PHY 104 Concepts of Physics-lab P1 901L
Literature H3 913 BIO 250 Microbiology L1 903L PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I P1 900L
BIO 254 Genetics L1 906 PHY 221 General Physics I P2 900L
BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I L1 904L
2009/2010
Course Descriptions 169
www.waubonsee.edu
170 Course Descriptions
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Accounting
171
Accounting (ACC) ACC 121 Managerial Accounting ACC 230 Microcomputer Accounting
An introduction to managerial accounting Applications
AN ACCOUNTING OPPORTUNITY: focusing on accumulation, analysis and use of This introduction to computerized accounting
Considering a career change? A job cost information needed for internal decision systems employs a hands-on approach to
promotion? Most people holding a making in businesses. Covers cost processing business transactions on an
baccalaureate degree in any field can easily identification; job-order, process and activity- integrated microcomputer accounting package.
take accounting and business courses to based costing; cost-volume-profit analysis; Accounting software applications include:
prepare for the CPA (Certified Public budgeting; standard costs; variance analysis; general ledger systems for service and
Accountant) Examination and/or the CMA the statement of cash flows capital budgeting; merchandising firms, voucher systems, fixed
(Certified Management Accountant) and short-term decision making. assets, payroll, partnerships, corporations,
Examination. Recommended Waubonsee Recommended Prereq: ACC120. financial statement analysis, departmentalized
Community College courses include the IAI: BUS 904. accounting, accounting system set-up and
following: (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs spreadsheets.
For the CPA and CMA Exams: Recommended Prereq: ACC115 or concurrent
ACC 120 Financial Accounting ACC 130 Payroll Accounting enrollment or ACC120.
ACC 121 Managerial Accounting This comprehensive study of payroll (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ACC 201 Tax Accounting procedures includes current federal and Illinois
ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I
ACC 221 Intermediate Accounting II
laws affecting payroll. Payroll applications ACC 240 Cost Accounting
include manual processing, microcomputer An advanced study of the accumulation,
ACC 230 Microcomputer Accounting payroll software processing, and an application
Applications analysis and use of cost information needed for
using spreadsheet software. internal decision making in business. Coverage
ACC 240 Cost Accounting Recommended Prereq: ACC115 or ACC120 or
BUS 211 Business Law includes accounting for quality allocation of
a general knowledge of bookkeeping. indirect costs, activity-based costing job-order
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs costing, process costing, accounting for
Additional courses for the CMA Exam:
ECN 121 Principles of Economics- spoilage, standard costing, cost-volume-profit
Macroeconomics ACC 201 Individual Tax Accounting analysis inventory control, capital budgeting,
ECN 122 Principles of Economics- This course is a study of the concepts of federal decentralization and organizational
Microeconomics income taxation as they apply to individuals. performance.
FIN 200 Principles of Finance Topics include gross income, exclusions, Recommended Prereq: ACC121.
MGT 200 Principles of Management deductions, credits, the taxation of sole (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
proprietors, tax planning strategies, and
For additional information, contact the
division of Business and Information Systems.
computation of gains and losses on the ACC 245 VITA Program: Tax Procedure
disposition of property. and Practice
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ACC 115 Fundamentals of Accounting Application of the basic principles of federal
income taxes as they relate to low-to-moderate
This introductory accounting course ACC 205 Business Tax Accounting income individuals. This is a hands-on course
emphasizes the development of a firm consisting of the preparation of various low-to-
This course is a study of concepts of federal
foundation in fundamental accounting moderate individual income tax returns using
income taxation related to income, deductions,
procedures using the accounting cycle of a Forms 1040EZ, 1040A, 1040 and IL1040.
distributions, property transactions,
small business organized as a sole Participation and certification in the volunteer
acquisitions and reorganizations for a broad
proprietorship. Topics include: transaction income tax program is required.
range of taxpayers including corporations,
analysis, financial statements, the accounting (1.5 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
partnerships, S corporations, limited liability
cycle of service and merchandising firms,
companies, estates and trusts.
accounting for bank accounts, cash funds,
Recommended Prereq: ACC120 and ACC201. ACC 250 Auditing I
accounts receivable, notes receivable, notes (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
payable, inventory, long-term assets, and This course provides students with the design,
introduction to accounting for corporations. installation and unification of accounting
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I systems and the concepts and procedures
The first of two courses in the advanced study involved in the examination of financial
ACC 120 Financial Accounting of the assumptions, principles, procedures and statements for the purpose of establishing and
practices involved in modern corporate expressing an opinion as to their reliability.
This introduction to financial accounting This course will discuss statistical sampling
financial accounting.
focuses on procedures and concepts involved techniques and the auditor's legal liability.
Recommended Prereq: ACC121.
in providing relevant financial data to external (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: ACC221.
and internal decision makers. It emphasizes (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
the generation, interpretation and use of
financial statements. Coverage includes the ACC 221 Intermediate Accounting II
accounting cycle with detailed analysis of the The second of two courses in the advanced ACC 251 Auditing II
transactions related to cash, investments, study of the assumptions, principles, This course focuses on the practical
receivables, inventories, long-term assets, procedures and practices involved in modern application of the conceptual structure of the
liabilities, stockholders' equity and time value corporate financial accounting. audit process, risk assessment in the audit
of money. Note: Students with a grade-point Recommended Prereq: ACC220. process, evidence gathering and evaluation,
average below a B should consider taking (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and special topics to auditing a comprehensive
ACC115 or MTH104 before taking ACC120. audit case.
ACC120 is a fast-paced course requiring good Recommended Prereq: ACC250.
reading and computational skills. Therefore, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
we recommend students take the math and
English assessment tests before registering for
ACC120.
IAI: BUS 903.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
172 Accounting
ACC 255 Fund and Governmental Administrative Office AOS 115 Document Formatting
Accounting Students format letters, memos, reports, tables
This is a study of accounting and reporting Systems (AOS) and commonly used business documents using
concepts, standards and procedures applicable word processing functions. Advanced features
to city, county and state governments, the of a word processing software program are
AOS 100 Keyboarding introduced. Students also improve their
federal government and not-for-profit
institutions. This course provides students with basic keyboarding speed and accuracy.
Recommended Prereq: ACC221. computer keyboarding skills for personal and Recommended Prereq: AOS100 or minimum of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs professional use. It includes speed and 30 wpm keyboarding skills.
accuracy building in addition to instruction on Prereq: AOS110.
alphabetic and top line numeric/symbol keys. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
ACC 260 Advanced Accounting This course is a recommended prerequisite for
This course is an examination of advanced AOS101, AOS105, AOS115, AOS205 and
MCS130. AOS 116 Advanced Document Formatting
financial accounting concepts including
accounting for business combinations, with (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs Students use computer software to produce
emphasis on the consolidation of business documents for various business
parent/subsidiary balance sheet and income simulations in an office setting. Emphasis is on
AOS 101 Keyboarding Speed Building the student's ability to apply correct formatting
statement reporting. It also covers accounting
for the formation, operation and liquidation of This course emphasizes the development of and editing skills to business applications
partnership, as well as special reporting speed and accuracy using a computer designed to develop decision-making skills.
requirements for multi-national entities. keyboard. Repeatable to a maximum of 2 Students also build keyboarding speed and
Recommended Prereq: ACC221. semester hours; .5 semester hour may apply to accuracy.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs a degree or certificate. Prereq: AOS115.
Recommended Prereq: AOS100 or equivalent. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Coreq: AOS115 or AOS116.
ACC 297 Accounting Internship (0 lec/1 lab) .5 sem hrs
AOS 130 Customer Service
In this experience students observe, and
participate in when possible, the activities in This customer service course introduces
AOS 105 Automated Office Skills students to a variety of skills including
various accounting types of positions. Eighty
hours are required for one credit. Repeatable Students develop skill and speed in using the identifying customer behavior, determining
to a maximum of 4 semester hours; 6 semester touch system to operate the 10-digit keys on a customer needs through active listening,
hours from the accounting internship courses keypad. Students learn data entry techniques, becoming an effective verbal and nonverbal
(ACC297, ACC298, ACC299) may apply to the perform typical data entry activities and communicator, honing your telephone
accounting degree or certificates. calculate basic business applications. customer service skills, handling difficult
Prereq: 15 semester hours of ACC courses; Recommended Prereq: AOS100. customers, encouraging customer loyalty, and
consent of instructor. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs practicing service recovery.
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
AOS 110 Computer Software for the
ACC 298 Accounting Internship Office AOS 140 Proofreading and Number Skills
In this experience students observe, and An introduction to the computer, this course Students receive instruction in a systematic
participate in when possible, the activities in emphasizes application software for the office. method of proofreading and developing
various accounting types of positions. One The changing electronic office, computer accuracy in working with numbers. Common
hundred sixty hours are required for two hardware and software, computer operating proofreading errors are identified. Audio-
credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 system and a Web browser are introduced. visual drills and workbook exercises are used
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the This is a hands-on introduction to application to improve numeric accuracy and speed.
accounting internship courses (ACC297, software for word processing, spreadsheet, Recommended Prereq: AOS115.
ACC298, ACC299) may apply to the database programs and presentation graphics (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
accounting degree or certificates. designed for students focused on business
Prereq: 15 semester hours of ACC courses; careers. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 AOS 205 Records Management
consent of instructor. semester hours; only 3 semester hours may
This course covers records management
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs apply to a degree or certificate.
concepts and skills, with emphasis on the
Recommended Prereq: Keyboarding preferred.
information cycle and systems for managing
IAI: BUS 902.
ACC 299 Accounting Internship (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs and using information. It includes an
In this experience students observe, and introduction to principles for managing paper-
participate in when possible, the activities in based, image-based and computer-based
various accounting types of positions. Two AOS 111 Integrated Software records.
hundred forty hours are required for three Applications Recommended Prereq: AOS100; AOS110 and
credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 MCS150 or consent of instructor.
This course offers advanced instruction in an (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the office suite program with primary emphasis on
accounting internship courses (ACC297, integrating documents created in word
ACC298, ACC299) may apply to the processing, spreadsheet, database and
accounting degree or certificates. presentation software. Repeatable to a
Prereq: 15 semester hours of ACC courses; maximum of 4 semester hours for different
consent of instructor. office suites; 1 semester hour may apply to a
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: AOS110; or MCS130,
MCS140, and MCS150.
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Allied Health
173
AOS 210 Digital Communications for the AOS 227 Medical Transcription I AOS 280 Administrative Office Systems
Office This course covers transcription of medical Responsibilities and tasks expected of a
This course is designed to introduce students dictation from physician-dictated reports secretary or administrative assistant are
to digital technology. Students use voice including history and physical consultations, covered: office systems and organization,
recognition software, digital tablets, PDAs chart notes, letters, discharge summaries and human relations (communication), work
(personal digital assistant), voice mail, operative reports. Students use reference planning and prioritizing, decision making,
electronic mail, facsimile and the Internet to materials and resources as well as incorporate processing mail, telephone techniques,
enhance their digital communication skills. skills in English language, technology, medical meeting and conference planning, travel
Digital office communications, telework and knowledge, proofreading, editing and research, arrangements reference sources, and
etiquette using digital communication in the while meeting progressively demanding professional growth opportunities.
office are also covered. accuracy standards. Recommended Prereq: AOS130.
Recommended Prereq: AOS110. Recommended Prereq: AOS115 and AOS224. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Coreq: BIO262.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
AOS 296 Special Topics in Office
AOS 221 Medical Office Procedures Systems
AOS 228 Medical Transcription II
Students learn about effective organizational This course offers special topics in office
and medical office management, professional This course covers transcription of advanced systems. When offered, topics might include
organizations, legalities and ethics. The role original health care dictation using advanced the impact of technology in the office or an
and responsibilities of the administrative proofreading, editing and research skills while indepth study of a special office topic. No
medical assistant are emphasized. meeting progressively demanding accuracy topic can be offered more than twice in three
Recommended Prereq: AOS222 or AOS224. and productivity standards. years. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: AOS227. semester hours for different special topics; 6
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs semester hours may apply to a degree or
certificate.
AOS 222 Medical Terms for Health (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
AOS 235 Medical Insurance and
Occupations
Reimbursement
This course acquaints students with a method AOS 299 Administrative Office Systems
for studying the language of health care. Reimbursement and payment systems of health
Students learn stems, prefixes and suffixes insurance payers are examined, highlighting Internship
commonly used in medical terminology. private and governmental policies. Major In this experience students observe, and
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs classes of health insurance contracts are participate in when possible, the activities in
examined with emphasis on benefits and various types of positions related to the office.
limitations. Two hundred forty hours are required for three
AOS 224 Medical Terminology I Recommended Prereq: AOS222 or AOS224; credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
This course includes a logical, step-by-step AOS221 or MLA150. semester hours; 6 semester hours may apply to
method for studying the language and terms (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs a degree or certificate.
used in the health care setting. Students learn Prereq: 15 semester hours of AOS or MCS
stems, prefixes and suffixes commonly AOS 236 ICD Coding courses; consent of instructor.
encountered in the health field in order to (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
recognize, build and spell medical terms. This course is an introduction to the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs International Classification of Diseases (ICD)
coding principles for services rendered by
AOS 226 Medical Terminology II
physicians. Practice in the assignment of valid Allied Health (ALH)
diagnostic codes is emphasized to orient the
Utilizing the skills mastered in Medical students to coding requirements, terminology
Terminology I, the student will continue to and characteristics. Repeatable to a maximum ALH 100 Basic 12-Lead EKG and
expand understanding of the medical language of 12 semester hours for different versions; 3 Arrhythmia
by exploring additional body systems and fields semester hours may apply to a degree or This course is designed to prepare individuals
of health care and relating that knowledge to certificate. to perform EKGs in a variety of health care
practical exercises and experiences. Oral Recommended Prereq: AOS222 or AOS224. settings while augmenting their abilities in a
participation will be encouraged in the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs variety of health care roles. This course is
classroom, and proper pronunciation will be intended for CNA, EMT, Paramedic,
emphasized. The student will be introduced to AOS 237 CPT Coding Phlebotomy, Nursing, MLA, Surgical
the medical record and continue to define and Technology, and other interested health care
spell related medical terms. Common This course provides an introduction to basic
rules, regulations and principles using CPT professionals. Content includes: basic anatomy
abbreviations and plural endings will also be with emphasis of the cardiovascular and
reviewed. and Center for Medicare/Medicaid Services'
Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) circulatory systems, electrical conduction
Recommended Prereq: AOS224 or consent of system of the heart, special cardiology
instructor. coding classification systems. Practice in the
assignment of valid procedure codes in a procedures and basic ECG, among other
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs related topics.
physician office setting is emphasized.
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
hours for different versions; 3 semester hours
may apply to a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: AOS222 or AOS224.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
174 Anthropology
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Art
175
APC 145 Strategic Management of ART 104 History of Photography ART 123 Contemporary Drawing
Resources This course covers the history of photography The course involves studio experiments in
In this course students explore the relationship from its beginnings in the 1830s to the present. drawing with an emphasis on abstract
of existing and emerging processes and It familiarizes the student with key concepts, image manipulation and content
technologies to manufacturing strategy and photographic artists, styles and movements. development. Contemporary drawing trends
supply chain-related functions. The course Current photographic processes and criticism are examined, discussed and attempted.
addresses three main topics: aligning resources are discussed. Students are encouraged to explore current
with the strategic plan, configuring and IAI: F2 904. drawing processes, methods and materials.
integrating operating processes to support the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: ART110 strongly
strategic plan, and implementing change. recommended.
Note: This course is taught by an APICS- (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
ART 105 Women in Art
certified instructor. This course focuses on women as creators and
Recommended Prereq: APC125; APC130; subjects of visual art throughout history and ART 130 Ceramics I
APC135; APC140. diverse cultures. Consideration is given to how This course is an introduction to the processes
(1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs gender is relevant to the definition, creation and techniques involved in making clay objects
and appreciation of art. through hand-building and utilizing the
IAI: F2 907D. potters' wheel. Various forms are explored.
Art (ART) (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Issues related to both sculptural and functional
aesthetics are addressed.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
ART 100 Art Appreciation ART 110 Design I
ART100 is the study of the developments in This is a basic course in the application and
appreciation of the principles and elements of ART 131 Ceramics II
fine and applied arts throughout human
history. Students are introduced to the two-dimensional design. It examines selected This course guides students toward a further
vocabulary and media of art. This course is problems using line, color, mass, value and development in acquiring techniques involved
intended to develop an understanding and texture. in making clay vessels on the potters' wheel
awareness of the contributions artists make to (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs and a further introduction into hand-building.
society. This course is not recommended for Students are challenged with conceptual
art majors. assignments relating to both the historical and
ART 111 Design II contemporary world. Various forms are
IAI: F2 900. This course explores the basic elements of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs explored. Students learn to load and fire kilns
three-dimensional design. Directed exercises of multiple processes.
with paper, foamcore, wood, wire, plaster, Recommended Prereq: ART130.
ART 101 History of Western Art- Ancient polymer clay and assorted materials are (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
to Medieval included. Required for art majors.
Prereq: ART110.
This course is a study of the historical (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs ART 140 Photography I
developments of the visual arts in Western This course provides technical grounding in
society from prehistoric through medieval time black and white 35mm photography including
periods. Discussion of major artistic trends ART 120 Basic Drawing I film processing, enlarging, finishing and
and movements is framed by an examination This course encompasses drawing of natural presentation. Students explore the historical
of the historical context and social milieu. and artificial forms from observation. Line, and contemporary uses and criticisms of
IAI: F2 901. shape, values, mass, volume and composition photography. A wide range of photographic
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs are explored. Emphasis is on the use of dry genres are discussed involving camera vision
media: pencil, graphite sticks, powdered and ideas.
ART 102 History of Western Art- graphite, charcoal, tortillions and kneaded Note: Students are required to have their own
eraser. Some class sessions may be on life SLR 35mm camera with interchangeable
Renaissance to Modern Art drawing from a live model. lenses.
This course is a study of the historical (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
developments of the visual arts in Western
society from the Renaissance time period to
the present. Discussion of major artistic trends
ART 121 Basic Drawing II ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography
and movements is framed by an examination This course is a continuation of ART120. This course explores basic techniques and
of the historical context and social milieu. Development of skill in representation and applications of acquiring, manipulating and
IAI: F2 902. interpretation of subjects, including figure outputting digitized photographic images
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs drawing, landscape, still life and imagination, is utilizing Adobe Photoshop.
included. Emphasis is on the continued use of Prereq: ART140.
charcoal, pastels, colored pencils, ink and (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
ART 103 History of Non-Western Art collage materials. Selected class sessions
This course is a study of the historical involve life drawing from a live model.
developments of the visual arts in non-Western Required for art majors. ART 155 Sculpture I
society. Discussion of major artistic trends and Prereq: ART120. A studio course introducing basic sculptural
movements is framed by an examination of the (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs processes materials, and tools, and idea
historical context and social milieu. communication through these methods. Studio
IAI: F2 903N. safety will be strongly emphasized. Processes
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs will include additive/modeling/constructive
subtractive/carving and replacement/casting.
Time arts/4D may be considered.
Recommended Prereq: ART111.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
176 Art
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Automotive Technology
177
Auto Body Repair (ABR) ABR 125 Auto Body Careers ABR 215 Advanced Auto Body Repair
This course provides students with exposure to This final phase of the Auto Body Repair
the auto body field. Students experience and program is designed to allow the auto body
ABR 100 Auto Body Welding observe actual shop operations and career student mastery-level experiences. Students
This course is designed to develop a high level opportunities. use their previously learned skills to complete
of student skill in the use of various welding Prereq: Reading assessment. real-life auto body and collision repairs.
and fastening techniques as they relate to auto Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR110; ABR115; Prereq: Reading assessment; all advanced ABR
body repair. Concurrently, the student ABR120. courses.
practices with various tools used in the (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs
disassembly of auto body panels.
Familiarization with shop facility and routine is
also established.
ABR 130 Automotive Collision Appraisal ABR 297 Auto Body Internship
Prereq: Reading assessment. This course is designed to prepare students for In this experience students observe, and
Coreq: ABR105; ABR110; ABR115; ABR120; entry into the field of collision repair and participate in when possible, the activities in
ABR125. collision damage estimating. It deals with various types of auto body positions. Eighty
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs evaluating the extent of the damage and hours are required for one credit. Repeatable
defining what repair costs will be for the to a maximum of 4 semester hours; 1 semester
vehicle. hour from the auto body internship courses
ABR 105 Sheet Metal Repair Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR (ABR297, ABR298, ABR299) may apply to the
This course trains students in the use of metal courses. auto body degree or certificate.
straightening tools and techniques vital to the Coreq: ABR135; ABR140; ABR145; ABR150. Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
repair of damaged auto body panels. Skill levels (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs courses; consent of instructor.
are developed which allow for metal finishing a (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs
panel without the use of body fillers.
Prereq: Reading assessment.
ABR 135 Frame Repair
Coreq: ABR100; ABR110; ABR115; ABR120; This course gives students the opportunity to ABR 298 Auto Body Internship
ABR125. use various body frame machines and In this experience students observe, and
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs measuring systems to effect repairs to frames participate in when possible, the activities in
and unibodies. various types of auto body positions. One
Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR hundred sixty hours are required for two
ABR 110 Fiberglass Panel and courses. credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
Plastic Repair Coreq: ABR130; ABR140; ABR145; ABR150. semester hours; 1 semester hour from the auto
This course is designed to enable students to (3 lec/6 lab) 6 sem hrs body internship courses (ABR297, ABR298,
make repairs of both plastic and fiberglass ABR299) may apply to the auto body degree or
panels. certificate.
ABR 140 Glass Service Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
Prereq: Reading assessment. This course trains students in the care and
Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR115; ABR120; courses; consent of instructor.
service of automotive glass and glass (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
ABR125. replacement.
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
courses. ABR 299 Auto Body Internship
ABR 115 Basic Auto Body Repair Coreq: ABR130; ABR135; ABR145; ABR150. In this experience students observe, and
In this phase of auto body training, students (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs participate in when possible, the activities in
are given the opportunity to apply skills various types of auto body positions. Two
learned previously. Some panel replacements hundred forty hours are required for three
ABR 145 Intermediate Auto Body Repair credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
may be necessary to complete the repair. This course involves the student in the repair
Activities include feathering, taping, masking semester hours; 1 semester hour from the auto
of a vehicle with extensive damage. Students body internship courses (ABR297, ABR298,
and spot repair. join into teams as they now apply all of their
Prereq: Reading assessment. ABR299) may apply to the auto body degree or
basic training. Sectioning, clipping, quarter certificate.
Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR110; ABR120; panel replacement and frame straightening are
ABR125. Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
included. Production and speed are stressed in courses; consent of instructor.
(2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs this phase of the work. (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
ABR 120 Auto Painting and Refinishing courses.
This comprehensive course covers the entire Coreq: ABR130; ABR135; ABR140; ABR150.
area of auto painting, from the equipment used (3 lec/6 lab) 6 sem hrs Automotive
through prepainting procedures and
application techniques including masking and
Technology (AUT)
ABR 150 Chassis and Electrical Systems
taping, and finishing with rubbing and
polishing. Each student must complete a
for Auto Collision AUT 100 Fundamentals of
checklist of tasks that encompasses the many This course is designed to provide auto body
students with repair skills in automotive Automotive Technology
facets of auto painting.
Prereq: Reading assessment. chassis and electrical systems as they relate to This lecture-lab course is designed to acquaint
Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR110; ABR115; work in auto body and collision. students with shop safety, shop operations,
ABR125. Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR tools, chemicals, and how to obtain service
(2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs courses. information. Also covered are employment
Coreq: ABR130; ABR135; ABR140; ABR145. options and responsibilities in the automotive
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs field.
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
178 Automotive Technology
AUT 110 Engine Service I AUT 123 Automotive Ignition Systems AUT 240 Service Shop Operations
This course is designed to provide background This lecture/lab course is designed to acquaint This course is a simulation of the automotive
in design, troubleshooting and service students in the design, operation and testing of shop environment that includes customer
procedures of automotive engines. Use of various noncomputer and computer-controlled relations, vehicle diagnosis and repairs.
service manuals, shop safety and shop ignition systems. Oscilloscope operation and Students are provided the opportunity to
procedures are covered. Students participate in testing are stressed. Conventional, electronic reinforce previously learned skills and also to
the disassembly, identification and inspection and distributorless systems are also discussed. complete NATEF tasks from other courses that
of the engine components, and reassembly of Recommended Prereq: AUT113 or consent of were not completed. This course helps to make
the engine. This class is a hands-on experience instructor. a smoother transition to the work
of engine rebuilding and problem diagnosis. (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs environment.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: AUT110 and AUT120;
or consent of instructor.
AUT 124 Automotive Fuel and (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
AUT 111 Automotive Power Trains Emission Systems
This lecture-lab course is designed to provide This course examines the design and operation
the student an opportunity to learn the design, AUT 243 Advanced Engine Control
of various fuel delivery and emission system
operation and service procedures of components. Topics covered include Systems
automotive power train components. Clutches, conventional carburetion, feedback This course is designed to acquaint students
manual transmissions, transaxles, differentials carburetion, basic fuel injection, air induction, with electronic engine control systems
and 4 x 4 service are covered. PCV systems, catalytic converters, evaporative including advanced fuel, emission and ignition
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs emission systems and exhaust gas subsystems. Primary emphasis is placed on
recirculation. Detailed fuel and emission understanding and developing troubleshooting
AUT 112 Automotive Brake Systems system testing, including infra-red exhaust gas techniques for 1996 and newer On-Board
This lecture/lab course is designed to provide analysis, is emphasized. Both carburetor and Diagnostic II systems. Additionally, the design
the student with a thorough understanding of fuel injection diagnosis, testing and adjustment and operation of both generic and
the design, operation and service procedures procedures are covered. manufacturer-specific computer systems are
related to the complete automotive brake (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs discussed. Troubleshooting procedures
system. This course covers both import and detailing both scan and non-scan sequences
are also covered.
domestic. AUT 231 Automatic Transmissions/ Recommended Prereq: AUT233 or consent of
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs Transaxles instructor.
This lecture-lab course in automatic (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
AUT 113 Automotive Electrical/ transmission/transaxle theory and service
Electronic Systems covers the current more popular AUT 245 Automotive Heating and Air
This lecture/lab course is designed to provide transmissions/transaxle drive units including
electronic transmissions. Students participate Conditioning
the knowledge and skills needed to service
modern automotive electrical/electronic in inspection disassembly, repair, reassembly This lecture-lab course is designed to develop
systems. Basic electrical/electronic topics and testing of automatic the necessary skills and provide the knowledge
including circuit types and designs, wiring transmissions/tranaxles. required to understand, diagnose and service
diagram analysis, wire service and electrical (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs modern automotive heating and air
troubleshooting procedures are stressed. conditioning systems.
(2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
Operation and diagnosis of battery, starting, AUT 232 Advanced Brakes and
charging, lighting and accessory circuits are Suspension Systems
also detailed. AUT 246 Automotive Accessories and
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs This advanced level, lecture/lab course is
designed to provide a student with an Diagnostics
opportunity to learn design, operations and This lecture-lab course is designed to further
AUT 120 Engine Service II service procedures of the automotive brakes develop student competency in the area of
This advanced course in automotive engine and suspension systems, and to acquire automotive diagnostics. Advanced
service presents maintenance and service on knowledge in diagnosing problems related to electrical/electronic troubleshooting and
some of the more common procedures and the operation of these systems. Emphasis is repair procedures related to electrical
repairs on gasoline engines and related areas. placed on learning the procedures necessary in accessories are emphasized. Areas of coverage
Recommended Prereq: AUT110 or consent of performing thorough, complete servicing of include, but are not limited to, air bags, power
instructor. the brakes and suspension systems. windows, power locks, keyless entry,
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: AUT112 and AUT122; navigation systems and electronic dash and
or consent of instructor. gauges.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: All 100-level course
AUT 122 Automotive Suspension and work or consent of instructor.
Wheel Alignment (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
AUT 233 Applied Automotive Fuels and
This lecture/lab course is designed to provide
the student an opportunity to learn the design, Electricity
AUT 275 Inspection and Maintenance
operation and service procedures of the This course is designed to give advanced
automotive suspension system. Emphasis is automotive students and professional 240 Diagnosis and Repair
placed on front-wheel drive, strut-equipped technicians an opportunity to fine tune their This course is designed to meet the State of
vehicles. General areas are tires, wheel performance-related diagnostic and Illinois IM-240 training requirements for
balancing, front MacPherson and rear troubleshooting skills. The testing, diagnosis automotive technicians. The course is a
suspensions. and repair of various fuel and electrical system lecture/lab course for technicians and covers
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs problems are stressed. A wide range of hands- diagnostic and repair techniques for IM-240
on experiences with practical applications are repairs.
provided. Recommended Prereq: AUT124 and AUT243;
Recommended Prereq: AUT113, AUT123 and or consent of instructor.
AUT124; or consent of instructor. (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Biology
179
Aviation Pilot (AVP) AVP 210 Certified Flight Instrument BIO 101 Introduction to Biology
Instructor (CFIIA) Laboratory
AVP 100 Private Pilot Certification The Certified Flight Instrument Instructor A laboratory course intended to be taken
course is designed to fulfill the requirements of concurrently with BIO100, this course explores
The Private Pilot Certification course is the the Federal Aviation Regulations for the selected concepts and theories in biology such
first step to becoming a Professional Pilot and Instrument Instructor course. This training as organization, function, heredity, evolution
is designed to fulfill the requirements of the program contains both a flight training and ecology through laboratory exercises.
Federal Aviation Regulations for a private pilot syllabus and a ground training syllabus. Since Note: Not intended for students majoring in
certification course. This training program the syllabus is designed to meet all of the biology or the health professions.
contains both a flight training syllabus and a requirements of the Federal Aviation Recommended Coreq: BIO100.
ground training syllabus. The flight training Regulations, the student is assured the best IAI: L1 900L.
syllabus has 35 hours of flight training, training possible. (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
consisting of 20 hours of dual instruction and Prereq: Valid FAA second-class medical; at
15 hours of solo flight. The ground training least 18 years of age at completion of course;
syllabus consists of 35 hours to include block ability to read, speak and understand the
BIO 102 Human Biology
tests and final examination. English language. This general survey course focuses on the
(3 lec/4 lab) 5 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs biology of the human organism. Concepts
include the structure, organization, and
AVP 110 Professional Instrument Rating function of human systems with a focus on the
AVP 230 Certified Flight Instructor interconnectedness of these systems, health
The Professional Instrument Rating course is Multiengine and disease, growth and development,
designed to fulfill the requirements of the genetics, and evolution. Emphasis is placed on
Federal Aviation Regulations for the The Certified Flight Instructor Multiengine
training course is designed to fulfill the the relationship of the issues to the individual
Instrument Rating (airplane). This training and society.
program, which contains both a flight training requirements of the Federal Aviation
Regulations for the Multiengine Instructor Note: Not intended for students majoring in
syllabus and a ground training syllabus, biology or the health professions.
provides at least 35 hours of flight training and course. This training program contains both a
flight training syllabus and a ground training IAI: L1 904.
35 hours of ground training. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/4 lab) 5 sem hrs syllabus. The flight training syllabus for the
CFIMEL has 10 hours of flight training on
analysis of maneuvers, 10 hours of practice BIO 110 Environmental Biology
AVP 120 Professional Commercial Pilot instruction and 3 hours of progress checks. This course examines ecological principles in
The Professional Commercial Pilot training The ground training syllabus consists of 32 relation to environmental problems. Basic
course is designed to fulfill the requirements of hours of ground training. ecology and a study of biodiversity are
the Federal Aviation Regulations for a Prereq: Valid FAA second-class medical; at included with an emphasis on current
commercial pilot certification course. This least 18 years of age at completion of course; environmental issues and possible solutions
training program contains both a flight ability to read, speak and understand the and courses of action. Both local and global
training syllabus and a ground training English language. environmental issues are examined from the
syllabus. The flight training syllabus has 155 (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs biological, political, sociological, economic and
hours of flight training. The ground training ethical views.
syllabus consists of 30 hours of ground Note: Students enrolling in BIO110 are not
training.
(3 lec/4 lab) 5 sem hrs Biology (BIO) required to enroll in BIO111 (lab). However,
those students needing a four semester-hour
See also Oceanography (ESC 130). lab science for transfer purposes may wish to
AVP 130 Professional Multiengine Rating concurrently enroll in BIO110 and BIO111.
The Professional Multiengine Rating course is BIO 100 Introduction to Biology Recommended Coreq: BIO111.
designed to fulfill the requirements of the IAI: L1 905.
This general survey course deals with selected (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Federal Aviation Regulations for additional concepts and theories in biology such as
aircraft rating courses. This training program organization, function, heredity, evolution and
contains both a flight training syllabus and a ecology. Biological issues with personal and BIO 111 Environmental Biology
ground training syllabus. The flight training social implications are introduced to allow Laboratory
syllabus has a minimum of 15 hours of dual students to make informed decisions regarding
flight instruction. The ground training syllabus A laboratory course meant to be taken
issues with a biological basis.
consists of 15 hours of ground training. concurrently with BIO110. This course
Note: Not intended for students majoring in
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs examines ecological priniciples in relation to
biology or the health professions. Students
environmental problems. Biotic and abiotic
enrolling in BIO100 are not required to enroll
components of ecosystems are examined, as
AVP 200 Certified Flight Instructor (CFIA) in BIO101 (lab). However, those students
are various types of air, water, soil and biotic
needing a four semester-hour lab science for
The Certified Flight Instructor course is pollutants. Procedures and techniques used in
transfer purposes may wish to concurrently
designed to fulfill the requirements of the the study of environmental issues are
enroll in BIO100 and BIO101.
Federal Aviation Regulations for the Basic Recommended Coreq: BIO101. introduced.
Instructor course. This training program Recommended Coreq: BIO110.
IAI: L1 900. IAI: L1 905L.
contains both a flight training syllabus and a
ground training syllabus. The flight training (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
syllabus for the Basic Instructor has 10 hours
of flight training on analysis of maneuvers, 10
hours of practice instruction and 3 hours of
progress checks. The ground training syllabus
consists of 45 hours of ground training.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
180 Biology
BIO 120 Principles of Biology I BIO 244 Survey of the Animal Kingdom BIO 264 Kinesiology and Pathology
This course includes an introduction to BIO244 is an evolutionary survey course of the This course is the study of the skeletal and
science, general chemistry, organic chemistry, protozoan and animal kingdoms. A muscular systems and their relation to
cell structures and their functions, cellular comparative approach to how organisms have movement, including an introduction to
activities (photosynthesis, respiration and solved the problems of support, locomotion homeostatis and disease. The course focus
reproduction), classical and molecular inspiration, digestion, excretion and begins with the study of the anatomical aspects
genetics, and evolution. Selected topics reproduction is utilized. Representatives of the of movement, with exploration of the pectoral
discussed in lecture are expanded upon and major phyla are dissected in the laboratory. girdle, shoulder joint and upper extremities,
explored in the laboratory. Emphasis in the IAI: L1 902L. followed by a study of the pelvic girdle and
laboratory is on cellular functions and (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs lower extremities prior to an analysis of the
processes. trunk. A brief study of the biomechanical
IAI: L1 900L, BIO 910. factors of posture and the pathological
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs BIO 250 Microbiology processes of the organ systems possibly
This one-semester course studies the general encountered during treatments concludes this
characteristics of bacteria, fungi, algae and course.
BIO 122 Principles of Biology II viruses. Included are isolation, cultivation and Recommended Prereq: BIO262.
Topics covered in this continuation of the biochemical identification of bacteria. Certain (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
study of general biology include general aspects of pathology and immunity are also
ecology, detailed discussion of the process of studied. Aseptic techniques are especially
evolution, selected study of plants and animals emphasized. BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I
which represent key organisms as well as the IAI: L1 903L. This course begins with an orientation to the
study of plant and animal tissues, and a brief (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs human body followed by a brief review of basic
overview of all the vertebrate organ systems. biochemistry and the structure and function of
Significant laboratory time is spent on using cells. The student is then engaged in major
the scientific process and writing a scientific
BIO 254 Introduction to Genetics units of study involving tissues; the skeletal,
paper. This introduction to the principles of genetics muscular and nervous systems; and the special
Recommended Prereq: BIO120. emphasizes the significance of genetics to man senses. Incorporates human cadaver laboratory
IAI: BIO 910. in terms of inheritance, plant and animal experiences. First of a two-semester sequence.
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs breeding, disease, evolution and behavior. Recommended Prereq: High school biology and
IAI: L1 906. chemistry or the equivalents within the past
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs five years. BIO120 strongly recommended.
BIO 126 Ecology and Field Biology IAI: L1 904L.
A field-orientation course designed to (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
introduce the basic concepts of ecology. Topics
BIO 260 Human Structure and Function
covered include the interrelationships of This study of the human body and how it
plants, animals and organization of works begins with basic scientific and BIO 272 Anatomy and Physiology II
ecosystems. Habitats, energy flow, biological principles necessary to understand This continuation of BIO270 includes study of
conservation and management of natural human anatomy and physiology and progresses the following body systems: endocrine,
resources are also studied. Current through a brief study of all body systems. cardiovascular, lymphatic, immune,
environmental problems including the study of Laboratory sessions provide the opportunity to respiratory, digestive, urinary and
local plant and animal communities and their identify anatomical structures on models and reproductive. The study of nutrition,
identification, collection cataloging and skeletal materials. metabolism and fluid-electrolyte, acid-base
preservation are integrated into the course. (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs balance is incorporated with appropriate organ
Field experiments include collecting specimens systems. Laboratory work utilizes models,
and recording data. Report writing is also BIO 262 Neuro-musculoskeletal Systems microscopes and human cadavers.
included in the laboratory portion of the Prereq: C or better in BIO270.
This course is a study of the interrelatedness of
course. This course assists students in
the nervous, muscular and skeletal systems as
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
acquiring basic working knowledge in
well as the influence of the hormonal system.
fieldwork.
The focus of the course is on muscle control
IAI: L1 905L.
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
and movement. This course provides the Business Administration
foundation for the study of biomechanics and
incorporates the use of anatomical models and (BUS)
BIO 128 Evolution human cadaver laboratory experiences.
Recommended Prereq: BIO260; or BIO270 and See also APICS (APC), Entrepreneurship (ETR), Finance
Evolution examines the origin of life and its and Banking (FIN), Management (MGT) and Marketing
diversification from a scientific perspective, concurrent enrollment in BIO272.
including the impact of evolution on human (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (MKT).
thought. See also Business Mathematics (MTH 104) and
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs Industrial Organizational Psychology (PSY 245).
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Chemistry
181
BUS 207 Business Statistics BUS 240 International Business Chemistry (CHM)
This introductory course consists of statistical This course builds upon the economic
methods applied in the business environment. concepts learned in the principles of
Topics include: the collection and presentation economics courses and studies the operations CHM 100 Introduction to Chemistry
of data, measures of central tendency, of international businesses in global markets. It This introduction to the basic concepts of
dispersion, probability, sampling theory, focuses on the economic and competitive general chemistry includes basic atomic
correlation and regression. Students are forces as well as the cultural, political and legal structure, chemical symbols, formulas and
introduced to at least one computer software forces of national business environments. It equations, chemical equation calculations,
package for statistical analysis. also addresses the forces of governments, phases of matter, algebraic manipulations,
Prereq: C or better in MTH070 or placement financial institutions and monetary systems, molecular structure, solutions and solution
determined by assessment. labor, and consumers in the international chemistry. This course is not intended for
IAI BUS 901. business environment. majors in the physical sciences, students with
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: One of the following: previous chemistry or students with credit in
BUS100, ECN100, ECN110, ECN121, or CHM121.
ECN122. Note: Students enrolling in CHM100 are not
BUS 208 Advanced Business Statistics (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs required to enroll in CHM101 (lab). However,
Advanced topics in business statistics are those students needing a four semester-hour
covered, including analysis of variance, lab science for transfer purposes may wish to
multiple regression and correlation, chi- BUS 296 Special Topics/Business concurrently enroll in CHM100 and CHM101.
square, time series, seasonal analysis and This course offers special topics in business. IAI: P1 902.
decision making under uncertainty. When offered, topics might include current (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: BUS207. events' impact (economic or technical) in
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs business or an in-depth study on a special
business topic. No topic can be offered more CHM 101 Introduction to
than twice in three years. Repeatable to a Chemistry Laboratory
BUS 210 Legal Environment of Business maximum of 12 semester hours for different
This business administration transfer course This is a beginning laboratory course for those
special topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a students with no previous laboratory
covers the legal environment in which business degree or certificate.
and society function. Emphasis is on the experience. It is designed to acquaint the
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs student with various basic skills and
judicial system, government regulations,
employment and labor law, and the evolving techniques, terms and minimal theory.
international legal system. These topics are BUS 297 Business Internship Recommended Coreq: CHM100.
presented within an ethical, social and political In this experience students observe, and IAI: P1 902L.
framework. participate in when possible, the activities in (0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: BUS100. various types of business positions related to
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs management, marketing, banking and finance. CHM 102 Introduction to
Eighty hours are required for one credit.
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; Organic Chemistry
BUS 211 Business Law 6 semester hours from the business internship This beginning course in organic chemistry
This course provides a basic understanding of courses (BUS297, BUS298, BUS299) may apply includes the structure and reactions of
the principles of law relating to the sources of to the business degrees or certificates. functional groups, with further applications in
law, court systems, litigation, contracts and Prereq: Consent of instructor. biochemistry. It is designed to follow CHM100
sales employment law and antitrust. (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs and to provide a one-year sequence of
Recommended Prereq: BUS100 or consent of chemistry.
instructor. Recommended Prereq: CHM100 or consent of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs BUS 298 Business Internship instructor.
In this experience students observe, and IAI: P1 904.
participate in when possible, the activities in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
BUS 215 Business Ethics various types of business positions related to
This course introduces students to the management, marketing, banking and finance.
fundamentals of ethics in the workplace. It One hundred sixty hours are required for two CHM 103 Introduction to Organic
explores ethical dilemmas pertaining to a credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 Chemistry Laboratory
variety of aspects of organizational life. The semester hours; 6 semester hours from the This introductory laboratory for organic
purpose is to provide students with a business internship courses (BUS297, BUS298, chemistry and biochemistry is designed to
framework for ethical reasoning, ethical BUS299) may apply to the business degrees or accompany CHM102.
arguing, ethical decision making, and certificates. Recommended Prereq: CHM100 and CHM101;
understanding ethical policies and behaviors. Prereq: Consent of instructor. or instructor approval.
Recommended Prereq: BUS100. (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs Recommended Coreq: CHM102.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs IAI: P1 904L.
BUS 299 Business Internship (0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs
BUS 220 Leadership in Business In this experience students observe, and
Leadership has transcended the executive level participate in when possible, the activities in CHM 106 Chemistry in Society
of organizations and has been identified as a various types of business positions related to This introductory chemistry course for non-
necessary skill for individuals working within management, marketing, banking and finance. science majors applies chemistry to society
teams, task forces and work units at all levels. Two hundred forty hours are required for three through the study of contemporary issues such
This course integrates fundamental leadership credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 as the environment, energy and health.
principles and the operation of a business semester hours; 6 semester hours from the IAI: P1 903L.
organization. The emphasis is on skill business internship courses (BUS297, BUS298, (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
development based on research and BUS299) may apply to the business degrees or
experience. certificates.
Recommended Prereq: BUS100. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
182 Chemistry
CHM 121 General Chemistry Communications (COM) COM 122 Group Communication
This basic course in the principles of chemistry This course studies the theories and research
emphasizes chemical calculations and explaining small group behavior and provides
structure. Recommended for science and COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech practical experience working in problem-
professional majors. Communication solving and decision-making groups. Areas of
Recommended Prereq: High school chemistry This basic course in speech communication emphasis include interpersonal
or equivalent. serves three primary goals: introduction to the communication, group leadership, individual
Prereq: MTH070 or placement determined by theories of human communication, classroom roles, norms, phases of group development,
assessment score. experiences in a variety of communication decision-making processes and conflict
IAI: P1 902L, CHM 911. situations, and evaluation of individual resolution methods.
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs communicative behavior. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: C2 900.
CHM 122 Chemistry and Qualitative (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs COM 125 Communication Strategies for
Analysis Health Care Careers
This continuation of CHM121 emphasizes COM 110 Voice and Diction This course explores the theory and practice of
solution equilibrium chemistry, including Clarity of speech, articulation and accurate selected health-related models of
gases, precipitation, acid/base, coordination pronunciation of words, and effective use of communication for individuals in the health
chemistry and oxidation-reduction, vocal pitch, rate and volume make up the core care field. Verbal and non-verbal
culminated with the Nernst equation. It also of this course. Incorporated in the study is a communication in professional-client,
includes thermodynamics and kinetics. basic understanding of the vocal mechanism, professional-professional, and family
Prereq: CHM121. phonation, breath control and the relationships is stressed. Conflict resolution,
IAI: CHM 912. International Phonetic Alphabet as a way to informed consent, ethical responsibility, and
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs better articulate thoughts both in written and effective intercultural communication are also
spoken communication. emphasized. This course is designed for
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs individuals interested in a career as a medical
CHM 231 Organic Chemistry I assistant, phlebotomist, registered nurse,
This course is a study of the fundamental licensed practical nurse, nurse assistant, or
aspects of organic chemistry such as structure, COM 115 Online Communication other health care fields.
classification of organic reactions and This course introduces a student to Note: COM125 cannot be substituted for other
reactions of functional groups. considerations of computer-mediated communication courses required in a degree or
Recommended Prereq: CHM122 or consent of communication (CMC). Basic principles of certificate.
instructor. effective communication are integrated with (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
IAI: CHM 913. the identification of the common language,
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs modes, strengths and limitations inherent to
CMC. Consideration of aspects of diversity, COM 135 Introduction to
CHM 232 Organic Chemistry II culture, ethics, ambiguity and effectiveness are Advertising Communication
applied to the contexts of interpersonal, group, The theory and practice of advertising with
This course is a continuation of the study of workplace and e-commerce (global)
the fundamental aspects of organic chemistry special focus on its role in integrated
communication situations. marketing communication are explored. Topics
with emphasis on the reactions mechanisms (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and spectra of functional groups. include consumer behavior, market research,
Recommended Prereq: CHM231. communication planning, creative strategies
IAI: CHM 914. COM 120 Interpersonal Communication and types of media. Students prepare an
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs This course is a study of interpersonal original advertising campaign from
communication with emphasis on the market/product research through to client
communication process, self perception, self presentations.
expression, verbal and nonverbal IAI: MC 912.
Chinese (CHN) communication, and listening behavior. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Students also study interpersonal relationships
CHN 101 Elementary Chinese I and conflict resolution. COM 200 Advanced Speech
This introduction to standard, modern
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Communication
Mandarin Chinese includes pronunciation, Building on the skills students developed in
idiomatic expressions, speech patterns, and COM 121 Communication in the Fundamentals of Speech Communication
characters for the beginning students. Workplace (COM 100), this course provides advanced skill
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs development in the art of speechmaking. An
The purpose of this course is to develop
interpersonal communication skills for the additional focus is on rhetorical backgrounds
CHN 102 Elementary Chinese II workplace. Areas of emphasis include: verbal in public speaking to contextualize what we see
and nonverbal communication principles, every day in public address.
This course is a continuation of CHN101 using Prereq: COM100.
standard, modern Mandarin Chinese with persuasion, interviewing, communication with
customers, group participation and conflict (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
emphasis on increased accuracy in listening,
speaking skills, reading, and writing skills. management.
Recommended Prereq: CHN101 or one year of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
high school Chinese or its equivalent.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Computer-Aided Design
183
COM 201 Business and Professional CAD 140 Residential Architectural CAD 180 Civil Engineering Drafting
Presentations Drafting This course presents the fundamentals of civil
Many courses in communication address a This course is a study of basic drafting drafting as it relates to land development,
range of contexts and applications for speech. techniques that includes lines, lettering property design, topographical and profile
COM201 is different in that it targets the instruments and orthographic projection. layouts, and road concepts.
theory and practice of public speaking only in Students develop floor plans, elevation, Recommended Prereq: CAD102 or EGR101.
business and professional settings. The course sections and building specifications for a single (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
examines techniques and tools for building building. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
content, organization and delivery of business- semester hours (for different software CAD 200 Introduction to 3-D CAD
related presentations. Presentation topics vary versions); 3 semester hours may apply to a
depending on the needs and goals of the degree or certificate.
Modeling
learners. Recommended Prereq: CAD100; CAD102 or This course covers the basics of 3-D modeling,
Recommended Prereq: Basic knowledge of concurrent enrollment. including surface modeling, solid modeling
PowerPoint. (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs and the introduction to parametric modeling.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Students learn the concepts and techniques
required to construct 3-D objects, including 3-
CAD 150 Introduction to Pro/ENGINEER D coordinates, 3-D viewing, 3-D Boolean
This course covers the basic functions needed construction, 3-D boundary represented
Computer-Aided Design to use Pro/ENGINEER to create parts, construction, 3-D primitives, 3-D shapes, 3-D
assemblies and drawings. Emphasis is placed editing techniques and an introduction to 3-D
and Drafting (CAD) on the Pro/ENGINEER solid modeling design parametric modeling. Rapid Prototyping will
philosophy used in creating parts and be incorporated to build 3-D models.
CAD 100 Basic Technical Drawing assemblies. Additional lab time outside of class Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
may be required to complete the exercises. hours (for different software versions); 3
Study and practice in instrument drawing, Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester semester hours may apply to a degree or
lettering, technical sketching, geometric hours (for different software versions); 3 certificate.
constructions, multiview projection, pictorial semester hours may apply to a degree or Recommended Prereq: CAD100 and CAD102;
drawing, section view, auxiliary view, certificate. or EGR101; or consent of instructor.
conventions and drawing reproduction. Recommended Prereq: CAD102 or EGR101 or Recommended Coreq: CAD120 or consent of
Recommended Coreq: CAD102. concurrent enrollment; or consent of instructor.
(1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs instructor. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
CAD 102 Introduction to 2-D CAD CAD 210 Geometric Dimensioning and
This course provides students who have CAD 170 Commercial Architectural
elementary manual drafting skills with basic Tolerancing
competencies in computer-aided drafting on
Drafting This course introduces the student to the
microcomputers using AutoCAD, the most Students develop a set of drawings for a small principles of geometric dimensioning and
widely used micro-CAD software in the United commercial building to meet a developer's tolerancing as specified by the American
States. It is recommended students have PC specifications. The design process includes a Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) titled
experience with MS Windows and basic review of the site for automobile access, ASME Y14.5M (1994 standard). Topics include
keyboarding skills. Repeatable to a maximum building codes requirements including ADA part dimensional control techniques,
of 12 semester hours (for different software specifications, and a set of drawings complete interchangeability of parts, and the differences
versions); 3 semester hours may apply to a with site plan, floor plans, ceiling plans, between traditional dimensioning and
degree or certificate. elevations and detail wall sections. Heating and geometric dimensioning. Symbols and terms
Recommended Prereq: CAD100 or EGR101 or ventilating, plumbing electrical and sprinkler for dimensioning datum and material
concurrent enrollment, or consent of planning are covered. Repeatable to a condition symbols are studied. Various
instructor. maximum of 12 semester hours (for different tolerances of form, profile, orientation run-out
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs software versions); 3 semester hours may apply and location are demonstrated. Feature control
to a degree or certificate. frames are discussed. The student is expected
Recommended Prereq: CAD140 or consent of to interpret all geometric tolerances and
CAD 120 2-D CAD Detailing and Layout instructor. dimensions from a print of intermediate
This course is a continuation of CAD102. (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs complexity.
Students learn how to detail dimension and Recommended Prereq: CAD120 or consent of
conventionally tolerance drawings. Utilizing instructor.
both structural and mechanical drawing
CAD 176 Structural Drafting (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
problems students learn how to properly This course is designed to provide an in-depth
annotate working drawings. Topics of study study of structural drafting procedures from
include: multi-sheet layouts, block attributes, erection plans to details of items such as CAD 220 Design Visualization
externally referenced files, assemblies and sub- columns, beams, trusses, bracing and plate This course concentrates on 3-D design
assemblies, weldments, fasteners and simple girders. Details for members requiring camber visualization. Topics for discussion include
AutoCAD customizing. Repeatable to a and sweep, left- and right-hand parts, and setting up 3-D scenes, viewing 3-D space,
maximum of 12 semester hours (for different opposite-hand parts are drawn. parametric primitives, importing 3-D CAD
software versions); 3 semester hours may apply Recommended Prereq: CAD102. geometry, lights, cameras, defining materials
to a degree or certificate. (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs properties, basic material design, materials
Recommended Prereq: CAD100 and CAD102, editing, mapped materials and
or consent of instructor. rendering/rendering effects of parts and/or
(2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs assemblies. Students build and animate simple
hierarchies and produce basic time, length and
key frame animations. Students also build
rapid prototyping of models.
Recommended Prereq: CAD200.
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
184 Computer-Aided Design
CAD 230 3-D Architectural Modeling CAD 250 Pro/ENGINEER II CAD 299 CAD Internship
Applications This course builds upon the basics learned in In this experience students observe, and
This course enables students to create 3-D Introduction to Pro/ENGINEER and teaches participate in when possible, the activities in
architectural models using both Architectural the skills required in part modeling, assembly various types of CAD technology positions.
Desktop and Revit 3-D parametric modeling modeling and management, drawing basics Two hundred forty hours are required for three
software. Drafting projects focus on modeling surfacing and troubleshooting. This is a hands- credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
buildings and building components. Students on project-based course. It is expected that all semester hours; 6 semester hours from the
model walls, doors, windows, furniture, mechanical designers require these skills in CAD internship courses (CAD297, CAD298,
fixtures, column and ceiling grids, stairs and order to adequately perform their jobs with CAD299) may apply to the computer-aided
roofs. From these models, elevations and Pro/ENGINEER. Additional lab time outside design and drafting degree and certificates.
sections are generated. Components are of class may be required to complete the Prereq: All 100-level CAD courses; consent of
dimensioned and tagged, and data schedules exercises. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 instructor.
are created. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester hours (for different software (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
semester hours (for different software versions); 3 semester hours may apply to a
versions); 3 semester hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: CAD150.
degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: CAD140, CAD170, and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Computer Information
CAD200; or consent of instructor. Systems (CIS)
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs CAD 270 Product Design and
See also Information and Communication Technology
Development (ICT), Microcomputer Systems (MCS) and World Wide
CAD 240 Parametric Part Modeling This course studies how a product is designed Web/Internet (WEB).
This course focuses on 3-D solid parametric from conception to final prototype modeling.
modeling in an engineering design Students utilize all of the documentation
evnironment. Hands-on learning in basic procedures learned in the preceding drafting CIS 110 Business Information Systems
sketch profiles with constraint based 2-D shape courses and learn the basic industrial This course is an introduction to computer
control will be studied. Part design, Boolean operations and management concepts involved information systems, information processing,
operations, placed features, parametric in the design and manufacturing of computer-generated reports for decision
features, dimensions and constraints, design commercial products and structures. Students making and careers in business and
modification of solid part, analyzing and work individually and in teams to solve design information systems. Typical microcomputer
documentation of the part or parts will also be problems relevant to their training and productivity tools include word processing,
covered. Bi-directional control of 3-D model to interests. spreadsheets, database management, graphics,
2-D part drawing will be studied. The use of Recommended Prereq: CAD220, CAD230, and data communications and Internet browsers.
rapid prototyping techniques for model CAD240; or consent of instructor. Operating systems are used to interface with
creation and design, analysis and redesign will (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs these productivity tools.
be incorporated. Repeatable to a maximum of IAI: BUS 902.
12 semester hours (for different software (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
versions); 3 semester hours may apply to a
CAD 297 CAD Internship
degree or certificate. In this experience students observe, and
Recommended Prereq: CAD102 or consent of participate in when possible, the activities in CIS 115 Introduction to Programming
instructor, CAD200. various types of CAD technology positions. This course is a disciplined introduction to the
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Eighty hours are required for one credit. program development process with emphasis
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; on problem-solving and algorithm
6 semester hours from the CAD internship development using various programming
CAD 242 Applied 3-D Parametric Part courses (CAD297, CAD298, CAD299) may languages. Students write, document and test
and Assembly Modeling apply to the computer-aided design and approximately 10 to 12 programs in both
This course is designed to introduce the use of drafting degree and certificates. interactive and batch modes of processing.
local and global parameters in the area of 3-D Prereq: All 100-level CAD courses; consent of Programs involve use of procedures and data
parametric solid modeling. Students will learn instructor. abstraction; selection, sequence and repetition
to control parts with design variables, 3-D (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs structures; arrays; data validation and file-
constraints, variable dimensions, table driven based input/output operations creating both
parts, mathematical operators and adaptive CAD 298 CAD Internship screen output and printed reports. Emphasis is
technology. Assembly constraints will be placed on structured program design and style.
In this experience students observe, and Recommended Prereq: MTH070 or consent of
placed on components that are linked to one participate in when possible, the activities in
another. The overall engineering design instructor.
various types of CAD technology positions. Recommended Coreq: CIS116.
process through the revision process will be One hundred sixty hours are required for two
addressed. The effective use of global (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
parameters in managed assemblies, control of semester hours; 6 semester hours from the
the assembly, interference checking, design CAD internship courses (CAD297, CAD298,
elements and documentation of the assembly CAD299) may apply to the computer-aided
will be included. Rapid prototyping design design and drafting degree and certificates.
creation and engineering analysis of models Prereq: All 100-level CAD courses; consent of
will be included. Repeatable to a maximum of instructor.
12 semester hours (for different software (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
versions); 3 semester hours may apply to a
degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: CAD240.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Computer Info. Systems
185
CIS 116 Structured Program Design CIS 150 Introduction to Java CIS 175 Windows Professional
This course provides an introduction to the An introduction to the concepts of object- Administration
concepts of structured programming and the oriented programming with an emphasis on This is a hands-on introduction and
use of structured program design techniques programming using Java. examination of the architecture and features of
to develop solutions to common business Recommended Prereq: CIS115 or consent of Microsoft Windows Professional. Repeatable
programming problems. Different design instructor; WEB110 or HTML knowledge or to a maximum of 6 semester hours for version
methods are demonstrated and used to solve consent of instructor. updates; 3 semester hours may apply to a
problems. The emphasis is on practical IAI: CS 911. degree or certificate.
business applications. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: MCS120 or MCS121
Recommended Coreq: CIS115. and one of the following: completion of or
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hr concurrent enrollment in CIS170 or CIS176 or
CIS 170 Networking Essentials
consent of instructor.
Designed for the beginning network (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
CIS 117 Discrete Structures administration student, this course covers
This course is an introduction to finite basic network fundamentals including
processes and techniques in algorithm design standard design principles, common network CIS 176 Windows Server Administration
aiding in the task of logical analysis and devices, common network operating systems This is a hands-on introduction and
problem solving. Concepts include sets, logic, and topologies, and network management examination of the architecture and features of
arrays, subscripts, counting methods, graph issues. Windows Server. Repeatable to a maximum of
theory and trees, recursion, Boolean algebra (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs 6 semester hours for version updates; 3
and number systems. Students write computer semester hours may apply to a degree or
programs to demonstrate discrete structure certificate.
concepts.
CIS 171 Novell Network Administration
Recommended Prereq: MCS120 and one of the
Prereq: MTH070 or placement determined by This introduction to networking concepts is following: completion of or concurrent
assessment; CIS115 or consent of instructor. complemented with lab exercises. Emphasis is enrollment in CIS170 or consent of instructor.
on Novell NetWare running in an Ethernet
IAI: CS 915.
environment with an introduction to other
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs network implementations. LAN software
installation, maintenance and management CIS 180 Linux/UNIX Operating System
CIS 120 Visual BASIC Programming methods provide the basis for lab applications. This course builds a thorough understanding
A disciplined approach to event-driven Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours of the Linux/UNIX operating system. Topics
programming in a Graphical User Interface for version updates; 3 semester hours may include: the role Linux/UNIX plays in today's
(GUI) environment. Emphasis is on problem apply to a degree or certificate. operating systems and Internet market, use of
solving and algorithm development using the Recommended Prereq: CIS170 and MCS120; or utility commands, navigation of file system
Visual BASIC.Net programming language. concurrent enrollment. structure, VI editor, programming the Korn
Students write, document and test programs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Shell, Linux/UNIX internals including process
using structured procedures and data management, Linux/UNIX networking
abstraction, selection, sequence and repetition CIS 173 Introduction to TCP/IP elements including file system structure, and
structures arrays, data validation and exception Linux/UNIX tools to compile software such as
handling, the use of multiple forms, and file
Internetworking C and C++.
and database input/output operations. Designed for the beginning network Recommended Prereq: Consent of instructor.
Emphasis is on interface and program design administration student, this course covers (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
enhanced through extensive laboratory time. basic TCP/IP fundamentals including, IP
Recommended Prereq: CIS115 or consent of utilities, name resolution, remote access, sub-
netting, IP routing, WINS, DNS server, DHCP CIS 181 Introduction to Information
instructor; MCS120 recommended.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
and troubleshooting issues. Repeatable to a Systems Security
maximum of 8 semester hours for different This introductory course is intended for the
software versions; 2 semester hours may apply information systems and networking student.
to a degree or certificate. It covers an introduction to the principles of
CIS 130 C++ Programming Recommended Prereq: CIS170. information security, including: the need for
(1.5 lec/1 lab) 2 sem hrs security systems; legal, ethical and professional
This introductory course in C++ programming
includes object-oriented, event-driven, issues; risk management; security planning;
interactive programming techniques. Topics CIS 174 Wireless Local Area Networking physical security; and technology,
include data types, pointers, arrays, stacks, This course provides a hands-on introduction implementation and maintenance issues.
recursion, string processing, searching and to Wireless Local Area Networking (WLANs), Recommended Prereq: CIS170.
sorting algorithms, classes and objects, including the design, planning, implementation,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
references and memory addresses, scope, operation and troubleshooting of WLANs.
streams and files, and graphics. A wide variety The course also provides a comprehensive
of business-oriented problems are solved by overview of the technologies, security and
writing C++ programs. design of WLANs. Repeatable to a maximum
Recommended Prereq: CIS115 or consent of of 8 semester hours; 2 semester hours may
instructor; MCS120. apply to a degree or certificate.
IAI: CS 911. Recommended Prereq: CIS170.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (1.5 lec/1 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
186 Computer Info. Systems
CIS 185 Game Design CIS 196 Network Technology II CIS 203 Systems Analysis and Design
Students learn the tasks involved in the game This is the second course in a four course This course covers the functions and
development cycle and create game design sequence designed to teach students the skills techniques of systems analysis, design and
documents. Game concepts and worlds, needed to design, build and maintain small- to development, including the analysis of
storytelling, character and user interface medium-size networks. This provides them information flow, developing system
design, core mechanics and balance are with the opportunity to enter the workforce specifications, and analyzing equipment needs.
examined. While learning how to design their and/or further their education and training in The traditional structured methodology and
own game, the students discuss, analyze and the computer networking field. associated tools as well as the object-oriented
implement design techniques. In addition, Recommended Prereq: CIS195 consent of approach are used throughout the analysis
students discuss the major game genres and instructor. process, from initial investigation through
identify the design patterns and unique (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs installation and review.
creative challenges that characterize them. Recommended Prereq: CIS110 or consent of
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester division dean.
hours; 3 semester hours may apply to a degree
CIS 197 Network Technology III Recommended Coreq: CIS205.
or certificate. This is the third course in a four course (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs sequence designed to teach students the skills
needed to design, build and maintain small- to
medium-size networks. This provides them
CIS 186 Game Development with the opportunity to enter the workforce CIS 205 Information Technology Project
This introductory course in Game and/or further their education and training in Management
Development includes object-oriented, event- the computer networking field. This course explains the foundations of project
driven, interactive programming techniques. Recommended Prereq: CIS196 or consent of management - project integration, scope, time,
Students write various 2-D games. Topics instructor. cost, quality, human resources,
include sprite creation and manipulation, and (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs communications, risk and procurement - using
working with physics, as it relates to games. the experiences of real-life businesses.
Various genres of games are discussed and Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
developed, including serious games. Emphasis
CIS 198 Network Technology IV
This is the fourth course in a four course hours; 3 semester hours may apply to a degree
is placed on good game design and game play. or certificate.
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester sequence designed to teach students the skills
needed to design, build and maintain small- to (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
hours; 3 semester hours may apply to a degree
or certificate. medium-size networks. This provides them
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs with the opportunity to enter the workforce CIS 220 Advanced Visual BASIC
and/or further their education and training in Programming
the computer networking field.
CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials Recommended Prereq: CIS197 or consent of An in-depth study of advanced Visual
This course is designed as an overview of the instructor. BASIC.Net and ASP.Net concepts, this course
essentials in the servicing and maintenance of (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs includes database file processing, creating
personal computer and portable devices. It classes, understanding inheritance and
provides an introduction to operating systems, polymorphism, and creating user controls.
printers and scanners, networks and security
CIS 201 Applied Computer Operating Students write complete, large, interactive
in regard to identification, installation and Systems systems involving ADO.Net objects to access
upgrading. This course aligns with the This course provides an overview of the nature databases, and ASP.Net based Web
objectives of the CompTIA A+ Essentials and function of computer operating systems applications.
examination. including process management memory and Recommended Prereq: CIS120 and MCS150
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs storage management including virtual storage (Microsoft Access) or consent of instructor.
single- and multi-user systems, distributed (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
CIS 191 PC Repair Essentials systems multitasking, protection and security.
Recommended Prereq: CIS110 or consent of CIS 230 Advanced Topics in C++
This course provides an introduction to the division dean.
methodology and procedures used to identify (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Programming
PC problems and the proper techniques and An advanced course in C++ programming that
tools to use to resolve these problems. The includes in-depth programming techniques.
course aligns with the objectives of the CIS 202 Data Management Concepts and Topics include C++ I/O classes and objects,
CompTIA A+ Essentials exam. Repeatable to a Practices data structures, inheritance, function and
maximum of 4 semester hours; 1 semester Introduction to the basic database models and operator overloading, templates, memory
hour may apply to a degree or certificate. capabilities of standard DBMS packages. allocation virtual functions, polymorphism and
Recommended Prereq: CIS190 or concurrent Various database models are examined and references.
enrollment. students are guided through database design, Recommended Prereq: CIS130 or consent of
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs modeling and implementation. Material instructor.
includes single and multi-user databases and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
CIS 195 Network Technology I the examination of access standards for
This is the first course in a four course database application processing. Projects CIS 245 Assembly Language
sequence designed to teach students the skills provide practical experiences designing, Programming
needed to design, build and maintain small- to building, and updating a database.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course is an introduction to the basic
medium-size networks. This provides them concepts of the operation and control of digital
with the opportunity to enter the workforce computers and assembly language
and/or further their education and training in programming using IBM mainframe assembly
the computer networking field. language.
Recommended Prereq: CIS190 or consent of Recommended Prereq: CIS115 or consent of
instructor. instructor; CIS116.
(1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Construction Management Technology
187
CIS 250 Advanced Java CIS 298 Computer Information Systems CMT 210 Construction Estimating
This course expands on the topics learned in Internship Construction estimating is covered, beginning
the introductory course and focuses on Java as In this experience students observe, and with an understanding of the costs of labor,
an applications development tool for stand- participate in when possible, the activities in equipment and materials as well as profit and
alone applications with swing components and various types of business positions related to overhead. Quantity measurements of basic
utility classes. Web applications using JSP and information systems. One hundred sixty hours construction materials are used to develop
servlet technology and database access with are required for two credits. Repeatable to a bidding packages.
JDBC are also discussed. maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: CIS150. hours from the computer information systems
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs internship courses (CIS297, CIS298, CIS299) CMT 220 Construction Management
may apply to the computer information Course covers interrelationships and
CIS 275 E-Business Technologies systems degrees or certificates. operations of a construction firm with a
This course provides the foundation for a basic Prereq: Consent of instructor. simulation of the management process by
understanding of the technologies used in (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs student teams demonstrating management
conducting electronic business. The topics skills required to succeed in business today.
covered and skills gained would be helpful in CIS 299 Computer Information Systems Finance accounting, marketing and sales will
assisting a small business owner or manager in Internship be examined.
establishing a Web presence and utilizing Recommended Prereq: CMT110 or instructor
emerging technologies to make internal In this experience students observe, and consent.
processes more efficient. participate in when possible, the activities in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs various types of business positions related to
information systems. Two hundred forty hours
are required for three credits. Repeatable to a CMT 225 Construction Project
CIS 280 Linux/UNIX System maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester Management
Adminstration hours from the computer information systems This course provides students with the
This course is designed to teach students to set internship courses (CIS297, CIS298, CIS299) knowledge required to plan, schedule and
up and administer the Linux/UNIX operating may apply to the computer information manage large construction projects. Tools such
system. Students will perform hardware and systems degrees or certificates. as Gantt Charts, PERT and CP/M are
software installation and customization. Other Prereq: Consent of instructor. introduced and students apply computer
topics covered include networking and (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs techniques to plan and schedule a project.
installation and customization of web server Basic total quality management, team building
related software. Repeatable to a maximum of and change management techniques are also
12 semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply Construction presented.
toward a degree or certificate. Recommended Prereq: CMT110; CMT220 or
Recommended Prereq: CIS180. Management concurrent enrollment; or consent of
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs instructor.
Technology (CMT) (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
CIS 296 Special Topics/Information
Systems CMT 100 Introduction to the Construction CMT 230 Construction Safety and Health
The course offers special topics in information Industry This overview of safety rules and procedures
systems. When offered, topics might include This course familiarizes the student with basic for working on construction sites includes
the impact of technology in information concepts of construction, including city and general and company safety policies,
systems or an in-depth study on a special regional planning, managing, contracting, construction site job hazards and procedures,
information systems topic. No topic can be designing, engineering, estimating, bidding, and personal protective equipment needs and
offered more than twice in three years. inspecting and production work. uses. It also includes lifting, ladder and scaffold
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs procedures, hazards, communications
hours for different special topics; 6 semester requirements, and fire and electrical safety
hours may apply to a degree or certificate. guidelines.
(0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs CMT 110 Intermediate Construction (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course explores techniques of conveying
information from the architect/engineer to the CMT 240 Construction Surveying
CIS 297 Computer Information Systems contractor by way of a legal document and how
Internship that information is conveyed during the This course presents the principles and
implementation process. Estimating and methods for transferring engineering and
In this experience students observe, and architectural designs to the ground to enable
participate in when possible, the activities in project scheduling are addressed.
Recommended Prereq: CMT100 or consent of timely and efficient construction of buildings
various types of business positions related to and site improvements. Associated topics
information systems. Eighty hours are required instructor.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs include the use and care of surveying
for one credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 instruments, differential leveling, traversing,
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the calculations, coordinate geometry, and basic
computer information systems internship CMT 120 Interior Design site design principles.
courses (CIS297, CIS298, CIS299) may apply to Recommended Prereq: MTH 112 or MTH 113
This course explores the elements and
the computer information systems degrees or or consent of instructor.
principles of of design theory as they relate to
certificates. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
an interior space. Aesthetic and practical
Prereq: Consent of instructor.
applications of room arrangement and
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs
furniture selection principles to the interior are
covered. Students develop interior projects
using space planning, furniture selection,
furniture elevations and presentation
techniques.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
188 Construction Management Technology
CMT 250 Commercial and Residential Criminal Justice (CRJ) CRJ 115 Accident Investigation
Wiring This course provides a study of the evolution of
This course introduces students to basic vehicular and pedestrian traffic. The needs,
electrical terminology and principles along
CRJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice trends and hazards of the driver, vehicle and
with a working knowledge of tools and This course offers a survey and analysis of the roadway are examined. Students are
techniques used in the installation and criminal justice system, including a historical introduced to the components of accident
maintenance of residential/commercial and philosophical overview of its development. investigation with an emphasis on obtaining,
electrical service and distribution. Select The criminal justice system's primary recording and interpreting information to
portions of the National Electrical Code are components (police, courts and corrections) successfully reconstruct an accident scene. The
studied. and the relationship among these components course also includes the following topics: the
Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or concurrent in the administration of criminal justice in application of traffic engineering, use of
enrollment or consent of instructor. America are emphasized. enforcement to solve traffic problems, the
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs IAI: CRJ 901. collection and interpretation of statistical data,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and court testimony.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
CMT 297 Construction Industry
CRJ 101 Introduction to Corrections
Internship This course provides an overview and analysis CRJ 120 The American Court System
In this experience students observe, and of the American correctional system. The This course studies the American criminal
participate in when possible, the activities in history, evolution and philosophy of court system and its relationship with law
various types of construction industry punishment and treatment; the operation and enforcement and corrections. Focusing on the
positions. Eighty hours are required for one administration of corrections in institutional adult criminal court system, topics include the
credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester and non-institutional settings; and issues in dynamics of the court system, the pivotal role
hours; 3 semester hours from the construction correctional law are covered. the court plays in the criminal justice system,
internship courses (CMT297, CMT298, IAI: CRJ 911. and the court's relationship with the juvenile
CMT299) may apply to the degree. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs justice system.
Prereq: All 100-level CMT courses; consent of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
instructor.
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs CRJ 102 Criminal Justice Career
Exploration CRJ 145 Commercial Security Operations
This course is designed to allow students to This course provides a study of commercial
CMT 298 Construction Industry security responsibilities and methods of
explore the various career choices within the
Internship criminal justice system. Emphasizing work- operation with an emphasis on firearm liability,
In this experience students observe, and related characteristics, job duties employment safety and policy as they are practiced in range
participate in when possible, the activities in potential, and career trends, the course applications. Students completing the course
various types of construction industry provides an overview of the day-to-day can apply for certification as an armed security
positions. One hundred sixty hours are operations and activities of policing. guard in Illinois.
required for two credits. Repeatable to a (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
maximum of 6 semester hours; 3 semester
hours from the construction internship courses CRJ 200 Criminal Investigation
(CMT297, CMT298, CMT299) may apply to CRJ 103 Criminal Justice Report Writing
the degree. This course provides criminal justice students This course introduces students to the
Prereq: All 100-level CMT courses; consent of with instruction and practice in the fundamentals of criminal investigation. Topics
instructor. preparation of accurate police reports suitable include an examination of the preliminary and
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs for use in the courtroom. The development of follow-up investigation, crime scene search,
a clear, concise, narrative writing style is and collection and preservation of evidence.
emphasized, and weekly report writing Interviewing witnesses and victims,
CMT 299 Construction Industry exercises are critiqued. interrogation of suspects, and rules governing
Internship Prereq: ENG101 or concurrent enrollment. the admissibility of evidence in court
In this experience students observe, and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs testimony are also covered.
participate in when possible, the activities in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
various types of construction industry CRJ 105 Patrol Operations
positions. Two hundred forty hours are CRJ 201 Crime Scene Investigation
required for three credits. Repeatable to a This course introduces students to the police
maximum of 6 semester hours; 3 semester patrol function, focusing on the history of Laboratory
hours from the construction internship courses policing, the importance of communication, This course studies the collection and
(CMT297, CMT298, CMT299) may apply to problem solving and tactics. Topics include preservation of physical evidence. Emphasis is
the degree. law enforcement philosophies and theories, on reconstructing, sketching and
Prereq: All 100-level CMT courses; consent of community policing, the importance of written photographing/videotaping crime scenes.
instructor. and verbal communication in the patrol Techniques such as plaster casting,
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs process, ethical considerations, officer safety fingerprinting and computer-assisted
and criminal investigation. composite drawing are explored.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Early Childhood Education 189
CRJ 202 Drug Enforcement Investigation CRJ 250 Issues in Justice Early Childhood
This course offers a study of drugs, including This course explores moral, ethical and
drug abuse and criminal usage and their professional issues that are encountered in the Education (ECE)
impact on society and enforcement agencies. criminal justice professions. Topics covered
Emphasis is on the detection, recognition and include the following challenges faced by
investigation of drugs. The history of drugs, criminal justice practitioners: excessive use of ECE 101 Introduction to Early Childhood
psychological and physiological reactions, the force, corruption and graft, bribery and Education
law, identification of drugs, and the tactics and gratuities, and diversity of cultures and values. Introducing students to the field of early
investigation of drug violations are also (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs childhood education, this course presents an
covered. overview of the philosophy, structure and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs organization of early childhood care and
CRJ 296 Special Topics/Criminal Justice
education in the context of appropriate
Offering topics and issues of current/special
CRJ 207 Juvenile Delinquency practices. Students examine how their own
interest in Criminal Justice, this course is
personal qualities relate to the expectations of
This course studies the history and repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester hours
the field, and they study and observe
philosophies of society's reaction to juvenile for different special topics; 6 semester hours
developmentally appropriate practices in
behavior and problems. Interaction among the may apply to a degree or certificate.
different types of early childhood programs.
police, judiciary and corrections are examined (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs Students also review the state and federal
within the context of cultural influences.
regulations that govern early childhood
Theoretical perspectives of causation and
programs.
control are explored.
IAI: CRJ 914. Disability Studies (DIS) (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
DIS 101 Disability in Society ECE 102 Career Explorations in Early
CRJ 220 Criminal Law It has been estimated that nearly 10 percent of Childhood
This course examines and analyzes the the world's population has a disability. This This course examines the responsibilities of an
structure and function of substantive criminal course is intended to give students working early childhood professional, including
law and the principles of criminal law. The definitions of types of disabilities, as well as practical guidelines for providing care for
acts, mental state and attendant circumstances provide an overview of various disability preschool-aged children and their families.
that are the necessary elements of crime are models and stereotypes. Students explore the State and local requirements, guidance
included. experience of disability through case studies, techniques, communication with parents,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs guest speakers, and role play. health, safety and nutrition, learning
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs experiences and multicultural education are all
discussed.
CRJ 226 Criminal Evidence (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course introduces the student to legal DIS 110 Perspectives on Disability
requirements as they relate to the rules of Over 34 million people in the United States are
evidence, including testimony of witnesses, identified as having a disability. This course ECE 105 Observation and Guidance of
admissibility of evidence and effective court expands students' understanding of the impact Young Children
testimony. of a disability throughout the lifespan. Topics This course offers a study of early childhood
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs include the history, economics and education guidance practices. Emphasis is
geographical perspectives of disability, a study placed on the identification and application of
of disability in infancy, inclusion in education, positive guidance methods and techniques in
CRJ 230 Criminology adolescence and adulthood. developing young children's potential.
This course introduces students to the multi- Recommended Prereq: DIS101. Recording and objectively interpreting
disciplinary study and analysis of the nature, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs children's behavior through observation is also
causes and control of crime. The measurement covered.
of crime and the interactive roles of the system, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
victim and offender are studied. DIS 201 Catalyst for Change
IAI: CRJ 912. People with disabilities comprise the largest
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs minority population in the United States. This ECE 107 Development and Guidance of
course focuses on improving the quality of life
for all people. Students are challenged to
the School-Age Child
CRJ 235 Multicultural Law Enforcement discover personal changes that lead to action This course focuses on the principles and
This course studies cultural diversity in and planned change. Specific topics include theories of the development of children
America and its relationship with law ethics, assistive technology and universal between the ages of six and twelve. The use of
enforcement. The content of the course design. effective guidance and interaction techniques
includes the impact of diversity on law Recommended Prereq: DIS101 and DIS110. with school-age children will be emphasized,
enforcement; cultural specifics for law (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and their implications for school-age child care
enforcement; multicultural elements in and education programs will be discussed.
terrorism and homeland security; law (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
enforcement response strategies; and cultural
effectiveness for law enforcement officers. ECE 110 Infant and Toddler Care
Recommended Prereq: CRJ100.
This course focuses on prenatal development,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs the birth process, infancy and toddlers, with an
emphasis on forming relationships with infants
and toddlers, developing caregiving strategies,
and reviewing current issues and trends. The
social, emotional, intellectual and physical
development of infants and toddlers is
examined, and the role of adults in enhancing
infant and toddler development is explored.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
190 Early Childhood Education
ECE 115 Child Growth and Development ECE 150 Foundations of Early Childhood ECE 220 Mathematics and Science for
This course provides a foundation in the Education the Young Child
theory and principles of child development This course provides a study of early childhood This course emphasizes the theory and
from the prenatal through early adolescent education and child care that places current developmentally appropriate practices,
stages. Students examine the theories of Piaget, trends and issues in historical and activities and materials for early childhood
Erikson, Vygotsky, Skinner and others in an in- philosophical perspectives. It includes a review education, mathematics and science curricula.
depth study of children's physical, social, of research in the field and a comparative study Recommended Prereq: ECE235.
emotional, cognitive, language and aesthetic of theories of early childhood education as (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
development. Emphasizing implications for reflected in existing program models.
early childhood education practice, child (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
development is also explored in the context of ECE 225 Play and Creative Expression for
gender, family, culture and society. the Young Child
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ECE 207 School-Age Programming This course provides a study of different
This course examines the knowledge and skills theories and types of play. The role of the
ECE 120 Health, Safety and Nutrition needed to work effectively with the school-age teacher in modeling and facilitating play is
child. Focusing on the planning, organization, explored. Choosing appropriate materials and
This course explores the personal health of assessment and implementation of
students and the health, safety and nutrition equipment for play is emphasized.
developmentally appropriate activities, the Recommended Prereq: ECE115.
needs of children in group settings. Students course also explores the impact of cultural
examine the Illinois Department of Children (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
diversity on all aspects of care and education of
and Family Services licensing standards, the school-age child.
procedures for providing safe environments for (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ECE 230 Early Childhood Center
children, assessment of children’s health, and
the nutritional requirements of children.
Administration
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ECE 210 Language Arts for the Young This course offers a study of guidelines for the
Child establishment of a child development center.
Emphasis is placed upon the student's
ECE 125 Child, Family and Community This course offers a study of the language understanding of the written philosophy of a
This course is a comprehensive study of the development of preschool children with center and the program used by that center.
child as she/he relates to her/his family and specific emphasis on how language is acquired Staffing, equipment and budgeting processes
community. Emphasis is on communication, and used from ages 0-6. The course highlights are studied. The expectations of the state
diversity, professionalism and social policy. An developmental milestones in the child's licensing agency and other regulating agencies
in-depth study of community resources is language development. Attention is given to are examined.
included. the selection and use of quality literature with Recommended Prereq: ECE101, ECE115.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs young children. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: ECE235.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ECE 140 Inclusion in Early Childhood: ECE 235 Curriculum for Early Childhood
Birth Through Age Eight ECE 211 HeadsUp! Reading Programs
This course provides students with the tools Taught by a diverse faculty of leaders in early This course provides an overview of the
and skills to work with children with childhood research and practice via a live, planning implementation and evaluation of
developmental differences. The focus of the interactive, satellite broadcast, the HeadsUp! developmentally appropriate curriculum. Early
course is on inclusion, including the Reading course introduces students to the childhood curriculum models are introduced
identification of developmental differences; research-based principles and developmentally and such topics as lesson plans, classroom
assessment and referral practices; the appropriate practices for providing children management strategies, scheduling materials,
adaptation of curriculum and learning from birth through age five with a strong and equipment are covered.
environments, and the development of foundation in early reading and writing. The Recommended Prereq: ECE115.
community support and parent/teacher following themes are emphasized throughout (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
partnerships. the course: family involvement, linguistic and
Recommended Prereq: ECE101, ECE115. cultural diversity, serving children with special
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ECE 250 Early Childhood Education
needs, and motivating children to become
readers and writers. Repeatable to a maximum
Practicum
ECE 145 Multiculturalism in Early of 2 semester hours. This practicum provides students with the
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs opportunity to apply the theories, principles
Childhood and developmentally appropriate practices of
This course focuses on the implementation of early childhood education in a supervised, 240-
cultural and anti-bias education with young ECE 215 Creative Activities for the Young hour fieldwork experience. Emphasis is placed
children. Emphasizing the development of Child upon students' understanding and self-
practical applications that balance classroom This course focuses on the theory and research evaluation of their roles as teachers of young
daily routines, curriculum and teaching related to the creative development of young children and as members of a teaching team.
strategies with the child's home culture, the children. Art and music resources that Recommended Prereq: Consent of instructor.
course presents effective ways that teachers encourage children's creativity are also (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
can assist children in learning to respect, addressed.
appreciate and develop positive interactions Recommended Prereq: ECE235.
with people different than themselves. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Theories of multicultural education and the
student's own cultural identity and attitudes
toward others are explored.
Recommended Prereq: ECE101, ECE115.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Education
191
ECE 299 Early Childhood Education ESC 130 Introduction to Oceanography ECN 110 Survey of Contemporary
Administration Internship This course is designed to provide an Economic Issues
This internship provides students with the introduction to oceanography by highlighting The framework and models necessary to
opportunity to apply leadership skills in a several components of the marine understand current social/economic issues and
supervised, fieldwork experience. Emphasis is environment. Emphasis is on plate tectonics, the evaluation of current and proposed policy
placed upon students' understanding and self- oceanic circulation, the properties of seawater, solutions in the context of introductory
evaluation of their roles as administrators of waves and tidal action, coastal features and economic analysis are presented. Topics may
Early Childhood Education programs. The landforms, and oceanic habitats and their include: poverty, labor market discrimination,
internship requires the completion of 300 biota. Lesser emphasis is placed on marine international trade and immigration,
contact hours of experience in an sedimentation, the physiography of the ocean environmental policy, social security and
administrative role. floor and general marine productivity. health care, crime and drugs, and education.
Prereq: Consent of instructor. IAI: P1 905. Note: Not intended for students majoring in
(0 lec/20 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs economics or business or for students with a
minor in economics.
ESC 220 Climate and Global Change IAI: S3 900.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Earth Science (ESC) This course is designed to provide an
introduction to climate and to acquaint the
student with the processes that govern global ECN 121 Principles of Economics-
ESC 100 Survey of Earth Science weather and climate conditions. The student Macroeconomics
This course is designed to provide an will gain a general understanding of climate
change, global warming, acid rain, ozone This course provides an introduction to basic
introduction to science, the earth sciences, and economic principles and the principles of
to acquaint the student with earth systems. depletion and desertification. Current theories
regarding humankind's impact on climate will macroeconomics. Topics include demand and
Emphasis is on geology, meteorology, supply national income accounting, fiscal and
climatology, geomorphology and also be emphasized.
IAI: P1 905. monetary policy economic systems and
environmental change, with lesser emphasis on economic growth, income distribution, and
the principles of astronomy and oceanography. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
international trade, as well as applications to
Note: Students enrolling in ESC100 are not relevant current economic issues.
required to enroll in ESC101 (lab). However, ESC 296 Special Topics/Earth Science IAI: S3 901.
those students needing a four semester-hour (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course offers special topics in Earth
lab science for transfer purposes may wish to
Science. When offered, topics might include
concurrently enroll in ESC100 and ESC101.
specific studies in geology, geography, ECN 122 Principles of Economics-
IAI: P1 905.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs oceanography, meteorology or any of their sub-
disciplines. Repeatable to a maximum of 24 Microeconomics
semester hours; 6 semester hours may apply to This course provides an introduction to basic
ESC 101 Survey of Earth Science a degree or certificate. economic principles and the principles of
Laboratory (0 to 6 lec/0 to 12 lab) 1 to 6 sem hrs microeconomics. Topics include price theory
and resource allocation, perfect and imperfect
This course is designed to acquaint the student competition, antitrust policy and the
with the scientific method and earth systems. economics of the labor market, as well as
Emphasis is on topics related to geology, Economics (ECN) applications to relevant current economic
oceanography and meteorology, which are issues.
explored through selected laboratory exercises. IAI: S3 902.
Prereq: ESC100 or concurrent enrollment. ECN 100 Introduction to Economics
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: P1 905L. This survey of the structure and function of
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs the American economy emphasizes current
economic problems. Topics studied include:
ESC 120 Introduction to Meteorology
how markets work, competition, income Education (EDU)
distribution, fiscal and monetary policy, and
This course is designed to provide an the global economy and market place. See also Mathematics (MTH) and Music (MUS) for
introduction to meteorology. The student Note: Not intended for students majoring in additional courses for education majors.
gains an understanding of temperature, water economics or business or for students with a
vapor, cloud and precipitation formation, mid- minor in economics.
latitude cyclones, weather forecasting severe EDU 100 Strategies for the
IAI: S3 900.
weather, and hurricanes. A laboratory (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Paraprofessional Educator
component examines the above topics and This course provides an overview of the roles
process in more detail through the scientific and responsibilities of a paraprofessional
method of observation, hypothesis formation ECN 105 Consumer Economics educator. Team building, instructional
and experimentation. This course is a study of basic economic issues strategies, classroom management/organization
Prereq: C or better in MTH070 and MTH075 that impact individuals and society. Specific techniques, diversity in the classroom, and the
or placement determined by assessment. topics include: personal consumption, financial ethical and legal aspects of the role are
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs investments, investment and retirement considered. The student is also introduced to
planning, consumer credit, consumer the ages and stages of child development and
legislation, taxes and tax policies, and the the field of special education.
consumer and social responsibility. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
192 Education
EDU 200 Introduction to Education EDU 215 Introduction to the Foundations Electronics
This course provides an introduction to the of Reading
profession of teaching in the context of the This course provides an introduction to theory Technology (ELT)
American educational system. The historical, and practice in teaching reading and related
philosophical, social and legal foundations of language arts areas. Students learn the basic
education are introduced, and ethical issues in ELT 101 Introductory Electronics
components of reading instruction and the
a diverse society, the organizational structure importance of literacy learning, including an This course introduces laboratory instruments,
of school systems and school governance are introduction to Illinois Learning Standards in circuit components, basic measuring
examined. the areas of reading and language arts. techniques and basic circuits used as building
Recommended Coreq: EDU202. Recommended Prereq: ECE115 and EDU200. blocks in any electronic system.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
EDU 202 Clinical Experience in EDU 220 Introduction to Special ELT 111 Circuit Analysis I (DC)
Education This course serves as a foundation for all
Education analog circuit analysis. The fundamental
This 45-hour documented clinical experience This survey course introduces the historical,
allows students considering a career in quantities of electric circuits are defined and
philosophical and legal foundations of special basic units of measurement are emphasized in
teaching to observe and interact with children education. Topics include an overview of the
and teachers in classroom settings. Focused on the laboratory. Ohm's Law, Kirchoff's Law and
characteristics of individuals with disabilities; a the basic series and parallel circuit
the subject and age category in which the review of the provisions of the Individuals
students are planning to teach, the clinical configurations are analyzed. The fundamental
With Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) and its theorems of circuit analysis are covered along
experience is planned, guided, and evaluated associated programs; and an examination of
by a cooperating teacher and the college with the development of node and loop
the diverse nature of exceptional populations, equations.
instructor. A weekly on-campus seminar with an emphasis on the relationship between
explores such topics as effective teaching Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or concurrent
personal and student cultural perspectives. enrollment; or consent of instructor.
methods, classroom management techniques, Students pursuing the Associate of Arts in
and learning styles, and assists students in (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
Teaching degree are required to enroll
assessing their commitment to teaching as a concurrently in EDU202 Clinical Experience in
career. Education. ELT 112 Circuit Analysis II (AC)
Note: The number of EDU202 Clinical Recommended Prereq: ECE115. This course introduces the analysis of AC
Experience in Education transferable hours will Recommended Coreq: EDU202. circuits using principles, theorems and
be determined by the transfer institution. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs equations developed in Circuit Analysis I (DC).
Recommended Coreq: EDU200. The fundamental circuit components of
(1.5 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs resistance, inductance and capacitance are
EDU 225 Diversity of Schools and Society studied with respect to changes in frequency.
EDU 205 Introduction to Technology in This course uses social and global perspectives The course builds on a strong foundation of
to explore the diversity of schools and society. complex numbers and trigonometry applied to
Education Students learn how such social aspects as the analysis of AC circuits by developing the
This course introduces students entering the social and global contexts shape education. concepts of resonance, power and filter
teaching profession to the knowledge and skills (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs response. Frequency response characteristics
required to demonstrate proficiency in the of circuits are stressed throughout.
current technology standards that have been Recommended Prereq: ELT111 or consent of
established for educators. The course focuses
EDU 295 Topics/Issues for
instructor.
on both knowledge and performance, and it Paraprofessional Educators (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
includes hands-on technology activities. Offering topics and issues of current/special
Recommended Prereq: Keyboarding; basic skill interest in paraprofessional education, this
in word processing, spreadsheet and database course is repeatable to a maximum of 12 ELT 121 Linear Devices I
programs. semester hours for different special topics; 6 This course introduces semiconductor
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs semester hours may apply to a degree or electronic devices. The DC theory of operation
certificate. is emphasized throughout. The characteristic
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs curves and DC biasing are developed. Simple
EDU 210 Educational Psychology troubleshooting techniques are defined.
This course studies the psychological Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or consent of
principles that provide the foundation for EDU 296 Topics/Issues for Education instructor.
educational practice. The theories of cognitive Offering topics and issues of current/special (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
and psychological development, human interest in education, this course is repeatable
learning and motivation are discussed, with an to a maximum of 12 semester hours for
emphasis on application for instruction and different special topics; 6 semester hours may ELT 131 Digital Electronics I
assessment. Learner-centered instruction and apply to a degree or certificate. This first course in digital electronics
diversity issues are also addressed. (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs introduces the foundation elements of the
Recommended Prereq: PSY100. subject and prepares the student for advanced-
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs level courses in digital electronics,
telecommunications and microprocessors.
Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or consent of
instructor.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Emergency Medical Technician
193
ELT 161 Introductory ELT 231 Microprocessor Theory Emergency Medical
Telecommunications This course introduces the microprocessor
This overview of the basic concepts and using the 8 bit machine. Basic computer Technician (EMT)
applications of telecommunications covers arithmetic is covered along with memory and
both wireless and wired communications. bus structure. Addressing structures are
covered along with simple program writing. EMT 120 Emergency Medical Technician
Subjects include AM and FM transmission and
reception, multiplexing techniques, Hardware configurations and its relation to - Basic
transmission lines, electromagnetic wave input/output, interrupts and DMA are This course emphasizes emergency medical
propagation, digital communications, fiber introduced. care skills and teaches these skills in a job-
optics and satellite communications. Recommended Prereq: ELT131 or consent of related context based on the Department of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs instructor. Transportation (DOT) National Standard
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs Curriculum. Course content includes the care
of individuals with various traumatic/emergent
ELT 180 Introduction to Audio Recording medical conditions, as well as training in the
ELT 232 Advanced Microprocessor
Engineering use of medical equipment and materials. This
Theory course prepares the student for either the State
This course introduces basic audio recording
principles, with an emphasis on digital and This course deals with the interfacing of the licensure examination for the State Emergency
other modern audio engineering techniques. INTEL and Motorola microprocessors to the Medical Technician Basic or the National
Topics include special effects, signal processing outside world. It explains the interaction with Registry of Emergency Medical Technician
and Musical Instrument Digital Interface computer peripherals, like keyboards, memory Examination through the Illinois Department
(MIDI), as well as an in-depth study of the chips and CRT, and with temperature, pressure of Public Health. Repeatable to a maximum of
different types of microphones. and position sensors. It also deals with the 24 semester hours; only 6 semester hours may
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs output of command signals from the apply to a degree or certificate.
microprocessor to motors, relays and solenoid Note: Students must submit proof of current
valves in control system applications. CPR or Basic Life Support for Health Care
ELT 203 Advanced Mathematical Recommended Prereq: ELT231 or consent of Providers to the instructor on the first day of
Methods for Electronics instructor. class and are required to purchase a
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs stethoscope. The State of Illinois requires
Technology
completion of GED or a high school diploma
This course introduces complex numbers and prior to testing for certification, and that
complex arithmetic with practical applications. ELT 261 Intermediate
students be at least 18 years of age to test.
It also introduces the inverse trigonometric Telecommunications Proof of a tuberculosis test and current
functions and continues the study of algebra This course is a discussion of the most modern immunizations must be submitted to the
including exponential, logarithmic, and techniques in telecommunications. After a instructor prior to the first day of the
polynomial functions. Determinants, matrices, quick review of AM and FM transmission and emergency room experience.
and their applications are studied as well as reception, the course describes the effects of Prereq: Reading assessment; CPR training
analytic geometry. Calculus concepts such as noise in telecommunications, then moves on to (American Heart Association Basic Life
the limit, derivative, and integral are the different multiplexing techniques, Support for Health Care Providers or
introduced on a rudimentary level. Significant especially for digital data transmission. The American Red Cross Professional Rescuer);
emphasis is placed on using a graphing different protocols in digital communications 17.5 years of age or older; ability to lift a pre-
calculator to master the course content and are particularly stressed, because of their determined weight.
solve applied problems. critical importance. Modems, teminals, LANS (5 lec/2 lab) 6 sem hrs
Prereq: MTH113 or placement determined by and cellular telephony are covered as
assessment. applications of digital communications.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: ELT161. EMT 125 Paramedic I
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course is intended to train paramedics in
ELT 221 Linear Devices II medical/legal issues, ethics, Emergency
Medical Systems, personal wellness, injury
This course introduces the AC equivalent of ELT 296 Special Topics/Electronics prevention, communications, anatomy and
semiconductor diode and amplifier circuits. This special topics course in electronics is physiology, pathophysiology, medication
Power amplifiers are analyzed and the FET is designed to develop specific course goals and administration and life span development. This
introduced. Several common amplifier objectives based on emerging trends in the course includes classroom theory and
configurations are analyzed. electronics industry. Repeatable to a maximum laboratory experience.
Recommended Prereq: ELT121. of 12 semester hours; 6 semester hours may Prereq: Program admission; current license as
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs apply to a degree or certificate. an EMT-B.
(0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs (4 lec/5 lab) 6.5 sem hrs
ELT 229 Digital Electronics II
This course covers more advanced topics of EMT 126 Paramedic II
digital electronic technology and introduces This course is intended to train paramedics in
complex digital circuitry like counters, shift airway management, patient assessment,
registers and memory devices. It also studies arrhythmia recognition and cardiology. This
the way digital circuitry is put together to form course includes classroom theory and
microprocessors and computers. laboratory experience.
Recommended Prereq: ELT131 or consent of Prereq: Program admission; current license as
instructor. an EMT-B.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (4 lec/5 lab) 6.5 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
194 Emergency Medical Technician
EMT 127 Paramedic III EMT 131 Field Clinical Experience for Emergency
This course is intended to train paramedics in the Paramedic I
International Life Support, trauma, Field clinical experience includes: a period of Preparedness
pulmonology, neurology, endocrinology, supervised pre-hospital experience on an
allergies/anaphylaxis, gastroenterology, Advanced Life Support vehicle. Students are
Management (EPM)
urology/nephrology, toxicology and substance under the direct supervision of a department
abuse. This course includes classroom theory approved mentor. This represents the phase of
and laboratory experience.
EPM 120 Emergency Management
instruction where the student learns how to This course covers the four phases of
Prereq: Program admission; current license as apply cognitive knowledge and the skills
an EMT-B. emergency management: mitigation,
developed in the skills laboratory and hospital preparedness, response and recovery. Topics
(3 lec/3 lab) 4.5 sem hrs clinical to the field environment. The field include organizing for emergency
clinical runs concurrently with the in-hospital management, coordinating community
EMT 128 Paramedic IV clinical and the paramedic internship. resources, public sector liability and the roles
This course is intended to train paramedics in Prereq: Program admission; current license as of government agencies at all levels. Upon
hematology, environmental emergencies, an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126. completion, students should be able to
infectious disease, psychiatric and behavioral Coreq: EMT127; EMT128; EMT130. demonstrate an understanding of
disorders, gynecology, obstetrics, neonatology, (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs comprehensive emergency management and
pediatrics, Pediatric Advanced Life Support, the integrated emergency management system.
geriatric emergencies, abuse and assault, EMT 230 In-Hospital Clinical Experience (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
challenged patients, acute interventions for for the Paramedic II
chronic-care patients and assessment-based
management. This course includes classroom In-hospital clinical experience includes: EPM 200 Disaster Response Operations
theory and laboratory experience. instruction and supervised practice of and Management
Prereq: Program admission; current license as emergency medical skills primarily in the This course covers the basic concepts and
an EMT-B. Emergency Departments of Delnor- operational procedures and authorities
(3 lec/3 lab) 4.5 sem hrs Community Hospital, Provena-Mercy Center involved in responding to major disasters.
and Rush-Copley Medical Center. Other Topics include federal, state and local roles and
experience is gained in critical care units, responsibilities in major disaster recovery
EMT 129 Paramedic V operating rooms, labor and delivery or cardiac work, with an emphasis on governmental
This course is intended to train paramedics in catheterization labs. The in-hospital clinical coordination. Upon completion, students
Advanced Cardiac Life Support, protocols, runs concurrently with the field clinical and should be able to implement a disaster plan
extrication awareness, ambulance operations, the paramedic internship. and assess the needs of those involved in a
medical incident command, crime scene Prereq: Program admission; current license as major disaster.
awareness and rural EMS. This course includes an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126; EMT127; Recommended Prereq: EPM120.
classroom theory and laboratory experience. EMT128; EMT130; EMT131. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: Program admission; current license as Coreq: EMT231; EMT299.
an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126; EMT127; (0 lec/6 lab) 3 sem hrs
EMT128.
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs EMT 231 Field Clinical Experience for Engineering (EGR)
the Paramedic II
EMT 130 In-Hospital Clinical Experience Field clinical experience includes: a period of EGR 101 Engineering Graphics
for the Paramedic I supervised pre-hospital experience on an This introduction to engineering and design
In-hospital clinical experience includes: Advanced Life Support vehicle. Students are includes drafting, dimensioning, tolerancing,
instruction and supervised practice of under the direct supervision of a department fasteners and descriptive geometry.
emergency medical skills primarily in the approved mentor. This represents the phase of Engineering graphics topics include multi-view
Emergency Departments of Delnor- instruction where the student learns how to orthographic representations, principal
Community Hospital, Provena-Mercy Center apply cognitive knowledge and the skills auxiliary views, section views and production
and Rush-Copley Medical Center. Other developed in the skills laboratory and hospital drawings. At least 50 percent of the course will
experience is gained in critical care units, clinical to the field environment. The field require the student to use CAD. Additional lab
operating rooms, labor and delivery or cardiac clinical runs concurrently with the in-hospital time outside of class may be required in order
catheterization labs. The in-hospital clinical clinical and the paramedic internship. to complete assignments/projects.
runs concurrently with the field clinical and Prereq: Program admission; current license as IAI: EGR 941, IND 911
the paramedic internship. an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126; EMT127; (2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs
Prereq: Program admission; current license as EMT128; EMT130; EMT131.
an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126. Coreq: EMT230; EMT299. EGR 220 Analytical Mechanics-Statics
Coreq: EMT127; EMT128; EMT131. (0 lec/7.5 lab) 2 sem hrs
This is the first part of an introduction to
(0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs
mechanics from an engineering perspective. It
EMT 299 Paramedic Internship is a study of systems of forces and moments as
The paramedic internship is the evaluative they apply to the equilibrium of particles and
phase of the paramedic program. Students rigid bodies and to the analysis of structures
serve as entry-level paramedics under the such as trusses, beams, frames and machines.
supervision of an approved Southern Fox Prereq: MTH131 and PHY221.
Valley-Emergency Medical Systems preceptor. IAI: EGR 942.
The paramedic internship runs concurrently (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
with the in-hospital clinical and the field
clinical.
Prereq: Program admission; current license as
an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126; EMT127;
EMT128; EMT129.
Coreq: EMT130; EMT131.
(0 lec/9.5 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
English
195
EGR 230 Analytical Mechanics- ENG 051 Basic Composition I-ESL ENG 102 First-Year Composition II
Dynamics This is the first in a two-course composition This course focuses on the writing, researching
This is the second part of an introduction to sequence that precedes transfer-level and revising of expository essays and writing
mechanics from an engineering perspective. It composition courses. This course encourages projects. The second of a two-course sequence,
is a study of the motion of particles and rigid students to find/define their voice while it concentrates on the writing process
bodies, in general and as applied to simple developing an understanding and facility with identifying and responding to different
mechanisms. basic writing skills and negotiating an audiences and rhetorical situations, and
Recommended Prereq: EGR220. individualized writing process. Particular understanding the conventions of format and
IAI: EGR 943. emphasis is placed on vocabulary development structure in various discourse communities,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and basic grammar skills for advanced English including academic writing. Practice in critical
as a Second Language students. Repeatable to thinking and essay development is emphasized.
a maximum of 12 semester hours. Students will write analytical and
EGR 240 Introduction to Circuit Analysis (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs argumentative essays, including an academic
This course includes an introduction to the research paper.
principles of linear electric circuits and the Note: IAI General Education requires a C or
ENG 070 Basic Composition II better in this course.
methods of linear network analysis. Properties
of electric circuit elements, network laws, This is the second in a two-course Prereq: C or better in ENG101 or equivalent
theorems and network topology are studied. developmental composition sequence that course.
Transient and steady currents are analyzed. precedes transfer-level composition courses. IAI: C1 901R.
Prereq: PHY222 and MTH233. This course encourages students to (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: EGR 931. develop/refine their voice and writing skills
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs while responding to more complex writing
situations. Students learn how to compose ENG 151 Foundations of Written
essays and engage in the research process as Business Communication
EGR 296 Topics/Issues for Engineering they participate in a larger academic This basic communications course for the
Seminar on a special topic or current issue in community of thinkers, readers and writers. occupational or technical student is intended
engineering. No topic/issue can be offered Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester to improve the student's communications
more than twice within three years. Repeatable hours. skills, with major emphasis on writing more
to a maximum of 24 semester hours; 6 Prereq: C or better in ENG050 or placement effectively for business and industry.
semester hours may apply to a degree or determined by assessment score. Prereq: C or better in ENG070 or placement
certificate. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs determined by assessment score.
(1 to 6 lec/0 lab) 1 to 6 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I
This course focuses on the writing and revising ENG 152 Business Communication-
English (ENG) of expository essays and writing projects and is Letter Writing
the first in a two-course sequence. It
See also Intensive English Basic (IEB), Intensive concentrates on the writing process, This course includes a review of the writing
English Institute (IEI) and Reading (RDG). identifying and responding to different process for composing business letters and
NOTE: Placement in English courses is determined by audiences and rhetorical situations and memoranda. Topics include order and
understanding the conventions of format and remittance letters, request and response
scores on required assessment tests or ACT scores. letters, claim and adjustment letters, credit and
structure in various discourse communities,
including academic writing. Practice in critical collection letters, letters of application and
ENG 050 Basic Composition I thinking and essay development is emphasized. professional resumes.
This is the first in a two-course developmental Note: IAI General Education requires a C or Prereq: C or better in ENG070 or placement
composition sequence that precedes transfer- better in this course. determined by assessment score.
level composition courses. This course Prereq: C or better in ENG070 or placement (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
encourages students to find/define their voice determined by assessment score.
while developing an understanding and facility IAI: C1 900. ENG 153 Business Communication-
with basic writing skills and negotiating an (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
individualized writing process. Students Technical Writing
express themselves in a variety of This course emphasizes technical writing
rhetorical/writing situations while actively basics, including defining an audience,
participating in the larger scope of academic understanding style and format, using graphic
work. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 elements and visual aids, and evaluating
semester hours. purpose and format. Students develop
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs business-related documents such as proposals,
reports, user manuals and technical brochures.
Sentence-level mechanics, conciseness,
paragraph structure, organization and
language precision are addressed.
Collaboration and revision are emphasized.
Prereq: C or better in ENG070 or placement
determined by assessment score.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
196 English
ENG 204 Creative Writing: Fiction ENG 220 Multicultural Literatures of the ENG 227 Literature and Contemporary
This course provides guided practice in writing United States American Thought
fiction, with emphasis on the structure, This course is an introduction to multicultural This course is a study of the great books that
elements and skills common to creative literary works of the United States, with shaped and mirrored 20th century thought and
expression in fiction. It is designed to help emphases on novels, autobiographies, poetry, sensibility and the literary works and
students discover and develop their own best short stories, drama, memoir, essays, journals intellectual milieu from which they sprang.
medium for expression. and other literary genres. This course requires Various types of literary works that reflect the
Prereq: ENG 101. students to read and understand a variety of experience and construction of contemporary
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs texts in order to explore issues of race, American thought set in historical context are
ethnicity, class, caste, gender, sexuality, nation, examined.
ENG 205 Creative Writing: Poetry region, dis/ability, age and ecosystem, along Prereq: ENG101.
This course provides guided practice in writing with history, formal dynamics and the personal (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
poetry, with emphasis on the structure, as political.
Prereq: ENG101.
elements and skills common to creative
IAI: H3 910D.
ENG 228 Children's Literature
expression in poetry. It is designed to help Children’s Literature introduces the student to
students discover and develop their own best (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
major genres of children’s books and non-print
medium for expression. formats. The class focuses on the primary
Prereq: ENG 101. ENG 221 British Literature to 1800 works, authors, illustrators and trends in
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course is a chronological study of British children’s literature for preschoolers through
masterpieces from Beowulf through the pre- sixth graders. The course looks at the impact
ENG 211 American Literature to 1865 Romantics. The history of ideas may be studied of popular media and societal trends on
This course explores multifarious writings in to show the relationship between an idea and children’s literature. Storytelling, story times
the Americas from the beginning of its literary embodiments. Critical analysis skills and selection of age-appropriate materials are
colonialism to the end of the U.S. Civil War. are required. also emphasized.
With emphases on form, content and context, Prereq: ENG101. Prereq: ENG101.
students read and discuss literary works from IAI: H3 912. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
several genres falling into literary periods such (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
as The Conquest and Colonial periods; the ENG 229 Introduction to Literature
eighteenth century, Revolutionary and ENG 222 British Literature From 1800 This course is an introduction to fiction (short
Republican eras; and the early nineteenth This course is a chronological study of British story and novellas or novels), poetry and
century, American Renaissance, Abolitionist literature. Major works from the Romantic, drama from classic to contemporary selections.
and Civil War periods. Victorian and Modern periods are studied. This course includes study of literary
Prereq: ENG101. This course is a continuation of ENG221 but techniques and thematic interpretations of the
IAI: H3 914. may be taken independently. Critical analysis works read.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs skills are required. Prereq: ENG101.
Prereq: ENG101. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ENG 212 American Literature From 1865 IAI: H3 913.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course explores writings in the United ENG 230 Introduction to Poetry
States from the end of the Civil War to the This course is a critical study of world poetry
present with emphases on major literary ENG 225 Masterpieces of British with respect to structure and content through
movements, such as Realism, Naturalism, Literature close reading of poems in a variety of styles
Modernism, Postmodernism and from the Renaissance to recent times.
Multiculturalism, understood in relation to This study of British masterpieces includes
selections from Shakespeare, Milton, Swift, Prereq: ENG101.
their intellectual, social and political contexts. IAI: H3 903.
Prereq: ENG101. Romantic poetry and modern British fiction.
Understanding and enjoyment of British (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: H3 915.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs literature, rather than technical aspects of the
assigned readings, are emphasized. ENG 235 Introduction to Fiction
Prereq: ENG101. This course is a critical study of three genres of
ENG 215 Masterpieces of American IAI: H3 913. fiction (short story, novella and novel) from
Literature (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs classic and contemporary selections. It
This is a study of the development and includes critical analysis, study of techniques,
treatment of major themes and ideas in the ENG 226 Introduction to Shakespeare historical background and thematic
works of significant American authors. Such This course is an introduction to the works of interpretations of the works read.
representative writers as Bradford Edwards, Shakespeare for understanding and enjoyment Prereq: ENG101.
Franklin, Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Emerson, through a survey of representative plays. IAI: H3 901.
Thoreau, Twain, James, Dickinson, Faulkner, Prereq: ENG101. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Hemingway, Steinbeck and others are read. IAI: H3 905.
Understanding and enjoyment of the assigned (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
readings are emphasized along with historical
and sociological contexts.
Prereq: ENG101.
IAI: H3 915.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Finance and Banking
197
ENG 240 Introduction to Drama as Entrepreneurship (ETR) FLM 260 History of Film
Literature An international survey of the historical
This course explores the literary aspects, development of film, this course emphasizes
concepts and principles of drama. It includes
ETR 140 Introduction to Entrepreneurship the study of films, movements, genres, and
the critical study of various types of plays from This course exposes students to the innovations in film production that have had
a variety of periods. Consideration is given to entrepreneurial experience and perspective, significant influence on film as an art form.
the technical aspects of dramatic production, the role of entrepreneurship and its impact on IAI: F2 909.
as well as backgrounds of the physical theatre, organizations of all types and society-at-large. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
historical development of the drama form and Included are case studies of both failed and
selected authors. successful ventures and a look at current
economic needs and trends. FLM 270 Film and Literature
Prereq: ENG101.
IAI: H3 902. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs A study of formal, thematic, and/or historical
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs relationships between literary and cinematic
forms, this course includes examination of
ETR 150 Business Plan Development adaptations and influences that demonstrate
ENG 245 World Literature This course guides students through the the strengths of each artistic medium.
This course is a survey of representative planning needed to acquire, form or grow a IAI: HF 908.
readings from ancient times to the present. business or non-profit enterprise. Practical (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
The course emphasizes the significance of the business concepts are applied to
selections as human documents as well as their entrepreneurial endeavors. Topics include
legal business structures, business plan
importance as literature. Although this course
focuses primarily upon Western literature, components, development of a business plan Finance and
and related issues concerning ongoing
representative texts from other cultures may be
integrated into the syllabus. management of the organization. Banking (FIN)
Prereq: ENG101. Recommended Prereq: ETR140.
IAI: H3 906. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs FIN 100 Principles of Bank Operations
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs A broad overview of banking functions and
ETR 160 Entrepreneurial Finance operational procedure. Topics include: banking
ENG 255 Women's Literature This course provides business owners and history; banking policies and practices;
managers with tools to identify and better monetary policy; fiscal policy; Federal Reserve;
This course introduces students to novels,
comprehend sources of venture funding and to deposit, payment and credit functions;
short stories, poetry, essays, memoir, drama,
understand financial reporting, including negotiable instruments; and retail and
journals and other literary genre written by
related valuation and management issues. commercial banking trends.
women in English across several centuries and (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
from a variety of racial, ethnic, sexual, class, Topics covered include finance terminology,
disability, age, regional and national financial statements, debt and equity funding,
backgrounds. Students explore how systems of and long and short term capital requirements. FIN 200 Principles of Finance
race, ethnicity, class, caste, gender, sexuality, Recommended Prereq: ETR150.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs In this introduction to the role of financial
disability, age, region, nation and ecosystem management in today's business world, the
affect the conditions under which women following course topics are emphasized:
write as well as what they write. Students also ETR 250 Advanced Business Planning financial markets, debt and equity financing,
explore differences and continuities in women This course is the capstone for small business short and long term financing, capital
writers' perspectives and their uses of form, and entrepreneurial students, with a focus on budgeting, risk and rates of return, and
content and subject. high quality business plans intended for financial statement analysis.
Prereq: ENG101. management use or for attracting new venture Recommended Prereq: ACC120 or ACC110.
IAI: H3 911D. capital. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: ETR160; MKT200.
Prereq: ETR150. FIN 205 Personal Finance and Investing
ENG 260 Postcolonial Literatures (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course offers students sound direction in
This course is an introduction to Postcolonial making personal financial decisions. It is a
litertures with emphases on reading comprehensive look at the important financial
contemporary literary works across genres decisions that individuals make throughout
from Africa, Asia, Australia, the Caribbean, Film Studies (FLM) their lives and provides a foundation for
South and North Americas, and colonized making informed personal financial decisions.
Europe. Anglophone texts are read with the Coverage includes investment fundamentals
intent of understanding the historical, cultural FLM 250 Film as Art: A Survey of Film and investing strategies, guidance on consumer
and political contexts of colonialism and Centering upon the feature film, this course purchases, insurance basics, time value of
postcolonialism. stresses the elements, properties and money concepts, and retirement and estate
Prereq: ENG101. capabilities of the medium; examines theories planning.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs of the film, film aesthetics, cinematography, Recommended Prereq: BUS100.
direction, editing, acting, and film genres; and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
explores both the social impact of film and the
ENG 296 Special Topics in Literature influence of contemporary society on movies.
This course offers special topics/issues in IAI: F2 908.
English literature. Repeatable to a maximum of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
16 semester hours for different special topics; 6
semester hours may apply to a degree or
certificate.
Prereq: ENG101.
(2 to 4 lec/0 lab) 2 to 4 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
198 Finance and Banking
FIN 210 Money and Banking FSC 140 Fire Apparatus Engineer FSC 200 Fire Science III
This course stresses basic monetary theory This course is designed to provide students This study of advanced techniques used in
required in the banking and finance industry. with the necessary background, knowledge and firefighting includes discussion on fire
Topics include: economic stabilization, types of skills to perform the duties of a fire apparatus behavior, water supply, forcible entry, self-
spending, the role of gold, limitations of central engineer, which include pump operations, contained breathing apparatus, ladders,
bank control, government fiscal policy, balance pump functions, pumper components, pumper overhaul, safety and fire ground command.
of payments, foreign exchange, repercussions requirements for maintaining and testing This course provides training toward
on the banking industry in affecting yield apparatus, fire stream development, and water Firefighter Level III Certification by the Office
curves, and structuring of portfolios. supply in relation to various fire ground of the State Fire Marshal.
Recommended Prereq: ECN121. situations. This course provides training Recommended Prereq: FSC100 and FSC110; or
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs toward Fire Apparatus Engineer Certification Firefighter II Certification.
by the Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal. (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: Firefighter II
FIN 215 Financial Institutions Certification.
The basic concepts for managing the following (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs FSC 210 Fire Science IV
financial institution functions and services are This course is a study of advanced principles
covered: banking monetary theory, cash flow including communications systems,
and operations of financial institutions. FSC 150 Vehicle and Machinery ventilation, ropes and knots, nozzles and fire
Emphasis is given to the impact of these Operations streams, sprinkler systems, building
financial services in a market-oriented This course provides basic skills toward the construction and salvage. This course provides
economy. performance of rescue specialist operations. It training toward Firefighter III Certification by
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs provides an introduction to the knowledge and the Office of the State Fire Marshal. Students
skills required in the various specialties of need not have completed Fire Science III to
extrication. This course provides training enroll in Fire Science IV.
Recommended Prereq: FSC100 and FSC110; or
Fire Science (FSC) toward Rescue Specialist-Roadway Extrication
Certification by the Illinois Office of the State Firefighter II Certification.
Fire Marshal. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
FSC 100 Fire Science I semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to
This course covers principles of fire the degree. FSC 220 Fire Inspection and Prevention
department organization, fire behavior, safety, Recommended Prereq: Firefighter II This fire prevention and inspection course is
self-contained breathing apparatus, portable Certification. designed to provide basic training in the
fire extinguishers, ladders, fire hoses and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs principle aspects of public education, code
appliances, emergency medical care, building enforcement and engineering. Subject material
construction, forcible entry, ventilation and FSC 160 Tactics and Strategy I covered includes life safety, hazards, cause,
water supply. This course provides partial This course is an introduction to the basic codes, public education and fire prevention
training toward State Fire Fighter Level II principles and methods associated with fire bureau management.
Certification by the Office of the State Fire ground tactics and strategy as required of the Recommended Prereq: Firefighter III
Marshal. company officer. It emphasizes size-up, fire Certification.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs ground operations, pre-fire planning and basic (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
engine and truck company operations.
FSC 110 Fire Science II Recommended Prereq: FSC100. FSC 231 Fire Science Administration I
This course is a study of techniques used in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course covers the role and function of a
firefighting. Topics discussed include nozzles Fire Officer I, management principles,
and fire streams, rescue, fire control, ropes and FSC 170 Fire Science Instructor I organizational concepts, staffing, basic
knots, loss control, fire detection, alarm and This course is designed to meet the needs of motivational skills and performance appraisal.
suppression systems, fire prevention, public those individuals who wish to expand their This course provides training toward Fire
education, protecting evidence for fire cause knowledge in the area of instructing other Officer I. Certification is required to qualify for
and determination, communications, individuals. It is structured to provide basic Fire Officer I.
firefighter survival, terrorism and hazardous information about human relations in the Recommended Prereq: Firefighter III
materials awareness. This course provides teaching-learning environment, methods of Certification.
partial training toward State Firefighter Level II teaching and the proper method of writing (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Certification. Course completers qualify for the lesson plans. This course provides training
State Fire Marshal Certification test for toward Fire Instructor I Certification by the
hazardous material awareness. Students need FSC 232 Fire Science Administration II
Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal and is This course covers workplace communication,
not have completed Fire Science I to enroll in designed using NFPA Standard 1041, Chapter
Fire Science II. work groups, group job performance, group
2, 1996 edition. A Firefighter II Certification is leadership, and the role of health and safety in
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs required to qualify for an Instructor I a fire science organization. This course
Certification. provides training toward Fire Officer I
FSC 120 Hazardous Materials Operations Recommended Prereq: Firefighter II Certification by the Illinois Office of the State
This course is designed to provide students Certification. Fire Marshal.
with the skills and knowledge necessary to be (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: FSC231.
examined and certified by the Illinois Office of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
the State Fire Marshal as a Hazardous
Materials First Responder.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Geography
199
FSC 233 Fire Science Administration III French (FRE) GEO 130 GIS and Mapping Principles
This course covers the role and function of a This course is designed to provide the student
Fire Officer II. Topics include organization, with an introduction to geographic
management, social services, capital resource FRE 101 Elementary French I information systems. The course covers topics
management, public finance and budgeting, This is an introductory course in the basic such as map projections, cartographic design,
public relations and information management structures and vocabulary of French. Because editing, and hands on use of ESRI ArcGIS
as they pertain to a fire science organization. language is a reflection of culture, the course software. Additional topics such as project
This course provides training toward Fire incorporates colloquial French expressions and creation and data manipulation are also
Officer II Certification by the Illinois Office of Gallic behaviors. The French-speaking world is reviewed.
the State Fire Marshal. studied as well as French grammar. The four Recommended Prereq: GEO220 or concurrent
Recommended Prereq: Fire Officer I basic skills of listening, speaking, reading and enrollment or consent of instructor.
Certification. writing are stressed. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
GEO 131 Geographic Information
FSC 234 Fire Science Administration IV FRE 102 Elementary French II Systems I
This course covers personnel management, This continuation of FRE101 is an introductory This course is designed to continue the study
health and safety, and labor relations as they course in the basic structures and vocabulary of GIS topics and techniques that were
pertain to a fire science organization. This of French. The main objective of the course is introduced in GEO130. The geodatabase
course provides training toward Fire Officer II to expand and broaden skills in model is examined as well as various editing
Certification by the Illinois Office of the State communicating effectively in French. The four techniques and annotations. In addition,
Fire Marshal. basic skills of listening, speaking, reading and emphasis is placed on project design and
Recommended Prereq: FSC233. writing are further developed. ArcGIS extensions.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: FRE101 or one year of Recommended Prereq: GEO130 or concurrent
high school French or its equivalent. enrollment or consent of instructor.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
FSC 260 Tactics and Strategy II
This course provides additional tactics and
strategies essential for effective ground FRE 201 Intermediate French I GEO 132 Geographic Information
operations. It emphasizes strategy, incident This course presents a thorough review of the Systems II
management, multicompany operations, essentials of French grammar and includes
planning and stress. This course provides readings in French on French and This course is designed to continue the study
training toward Fire Officer II Certification by Francophonic civilization and literature. of GIS topics and techniques that were
the Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal. Recommended Prereq: FRE102 or two years of introduced in GEO131. Land use and
Recommended Prereq: FSC160 or Fire Officer I high school French or its equivalent. emergency operations topics are used as
certification. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs examples of how many industry topics can be
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs applied in GIS using the same criteria. Various
ArcGIS extensions are also reviewed.
FRE 202 Intermediate French II Recommended Prereq: GEO130 or concurrent
FSC 270 Fire Science Instructor II This course is a continuation of FRE201. enrollment or consent of instructor.
This course is designed to meet the needs of Reviewing essentials of French grammar and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
those individuals who wish to expand their reading in French on French and Francophonic
knowledge in the area of instructing others. It civilization and literature are emphasized. GEO 140 Geographic Information
is structured to provide basic information Recommended Prereq: FRE201 or three years of
about human relations in the teaching-learning high school French or its equivalent. Systems III
environment, methods of teaching and the IAI: H1 900. This course is designed to further advance a
proper method of writing lesson plans. This (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs student’s knowledge of GIS topics and
course provides training toward Fire Instructor techniques that were introduced in GEO132.
II Certification by the Illinois Office of the Emphasis is placed on toolsets and other
State Fire Marshall and is designed using NFPA editing procedures used in ArcGIS. Students
Standard 1041, Chapter 3, 1996 edition.
Recommended Prereq: FSC170 or Fire Science
Geography (GEO) examine advanced modeling techniques and
complete a research project utilizing GIS in an
Instructor I Certification. industry sector of their choice.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs GEO 121 Physical Geography Recommended Prereq: GEO 132 or consent of
This course is designed to provide an instructor.
introduction to physical geography and to (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Foreign Languages acquaint the student with the general physical
environment emphasizing earth-sun GEO 200 Applications for Geographic
See individual languages: Chinese, French, German, relationships and motions, meteorology and
Japanese, Spanish. climatology, geography, soils, biomes and Information Systems
environmental degradation. A laboratory In this course, students apply their knowledge
component examines the above topics and and skills to carry out a complete GIS project.
process in more detail using the scientific Students are encouraged to identify and justify
method of observation, hypothesis formation, a project that aligns with their academic major,
and experimentation. their current employment, or some other area
IAI: P1 909L. of their interest. Each student submits a
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs project report and makes a presentation of
their project to the class.
Recommended Prereq: GEO131 or consent of
instructor.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
200 Geography
GEO 210 GIS and Logistics Management Geology (GLG) GER 102 Elementary German II
This course is designed to prepare students to A continuation of GER101, this course expands
apply geographic information systems for the on elementary grammar essentials. Reading
purpose of logistics management. Warehouse GLG 100 Introduction to Physical and interpreting of more advanced German
distribution, fleet routing, emergency Geology prose and conversation, diction and
management, territory planning, and budget This course examines the basic principles of composition are included.
analysis are some of the solutions that are geology from a physical and historical Recommended Prereq: GER101 or one year of
examined using a geographic information perspective. It includes such topics as the high school German.
framework. formation of rocks and minerals; internal and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: GEO131 and GEO 132; external processes modifying the earth’s
or consent of instructor. surface and other natural phenomena; and the
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs GER 201 Intermediate German I
evolutionary history of the earth, including its This course provides a thorough review of
life forms and continents. grammar and the completion of the most
GEO 220 Geography of the Developing Note: Students enrolling in GLG100 are not difficult grammatical concepts. Emphasis on
required to enroll in GLG101 (lab). However,
World those students needing a four semester-hour
reading, writing and speaking the German
This course is organized on a regional basis language is stressed throughout the course.
lab science for transfer purposes may wish to Recommended Prereq: GER102 or two years of
and is designed to provide an introduction to concurrently enroll in GLG100 and GLG101.
geography by highlighting various geographic high school German.
IAI: P1 907. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
concepts. The course is intended to acquaint (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
the student with the physical, economic,
political and social factors that influence GER 202 Intermediate German II
change in developing (non-Western) countries. GLG 101 Introduction to Physical A continuation of GER201, this course is a
IAI: S4 902N. Geology Laboratory further study and review of grammar, and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs idiomatic and colloquial German. Increasing
This course includes weekly laboratory work
involving mineral and rock identification, stress is placed on conversational and free
GEO 230 Economic Geography topographic and geologic map exercises, and composition, including the reading of more
This course is designed to provide an some fieldwork. difficult texts.
introduction to economic geography by Prereq: GLG100 or concurrent enrollment. Recommended Prereq: GER201 or three years
highlighting various geographic concepts. The IAI: P1 907L. of high school German.
course is intended to acquaint the student with (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs IAI: H1 900.
a general understanding of the economic (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
interdependence among people, regions and GLG 103 Environmental Geology
countries.
This course examines human interaction with
Recommended Prereq: GEO220 or consent of
instructor. geologic processes and hazards, including Graphic Design (GRD)
IAI: S4 903N. earthquakes, volcanoes, mass wasting and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs flooding. Environmental concerns to be GRD 105 History of Graphic Design
discussed include the occurrence and
availability of geologic resources (energy, water This course introduces the student to the
GEO 235 Human Geography and minerals), land use planning, groundwater history of graphic design. It focuses on how
pollution and remediation, environmental visual communication relates to culture and
This course is organized on a topical basis and society. Furthermore, it examines the
is designed to provide an introduction to health and law. The course is intended for non-
science or potential environmental sciences influences of technology on culture and how it
human geography by highlighting various affects the aesthetics of graphic design.
geographic concepts. The course is intended to majors.
IAI: P1 908. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
acquaint the student with a general
understanding of culture including language (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and religion, spatial interaction between GRD 135 Desktop Publishing
people, regionalism, the physical environment This course covers desktop publishing
and population trends.
Recommended Prereq: GEO220 or consent of
German (GER) technology, progressing from the beginning to
the advanced level. Students design projects
instructor. exploring the software and hardware aspects of
IAI: S4 900N. GER 101 Elementary German I electronic page layout and design. Students
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs For students without previous knowledge of also learn to integrate various type, image and
German, this is an interesting and informative graphic elements. Other topics include file
course taught by using culturally authentic transfer and document printing. Software
themes from everyday life, with emphasis on includes QuarkXPress and other electronic
communication. In addition to the four basic page layout applications.
language skills (listening, reading, speaking (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
and writing), cultural aspects of the German-
speaking countries are also presented. GRD 160 Computer Illustration
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course covers vector graphics computer
software, progressing from the beginning to
the advanced level. Students explore the
methods and techniques of computer-
generated images as solutions to illustration
projects. Object-oriented and vector-based
graphics as well as print programs are utilized.
Software includes Adobe Illustrator.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Health Care Interpreting
201
GRD 165 Typography GRD 273 Graphic Design II GRD 292 Graphic Design Portfolio
This course presents an exploration of This course is a continuation of the analysis This course is a culmination of the skills
typography from prehistory to present. Topics and interpretation of graphic design through learned in the graphic design curriculum.
include typographic history, type families, type illustration, symbolism and typography. Students reassess progress made and projects
as design, rules of typographic usage, printing Emphasis is placed on developing a portfolio produced in their graphic design classes. Each
technology, computers and typography, and an from visualization to production techniques student produces a professional portfolio from
introduction to designing your own typeface. through directed studio exercises using the new and existing projects. A digital designer's
Software includes: Adobe Illustrator, Macintosh computer. Primary software used: resume, an electronic portfolio, interviewing
QuarkXpress, InDesign, and Font editing and Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Illustrator. techniques and job opportunities/internships
Font managing applications. Recommended Prereq: GRD173. are explored.
Recommended Prereq: GRD135, GRD160. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: All major GRD, ART
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs and MCS courses in the graphic design
curriculum. GRD265, GRD275 and GRD285
GRD 275 Digital Photography may be taken concurrently.
GRD 170 Digital Image This course is a practical studio course (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
This course covers digital image computer covering digital photography in contrast to
software, progressing from the beginning to traditional photography. Digital cameras and
the advanced level. Students learn techniques scanners are the primary input for image GRD 299 Graphic Design Internship
and features, with emphasis on composition manipulation. This course also includes In this experience students observe, and
and color, through a number of challenging discussion of how graphic designers and participate in when possible, the activities in
assignments. Image scanning, manipulation, photographers enhance their images. Students various types of positions related to graphic
editing, repairing and color correction are also use Macintosh platform, digital camera, Adobe design, desktop publishing, pre-press or Web
covered. Software includes Adobe Photoshop. Photoshop, and scanning software. design. Two hundred forty hours are required
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: GRD170 and ART140; for three credits. Repeatable to a maximum of
or concurrent enrollment. 6 semester hours; 6 semester hours from the
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs graphic design internship course may apply to
GRD 173 Graphic Design I the graphic design degree.
This course presents an introduction to Prereq: All 100-level GRD courses; consent of
computers and their use in the field of GRD 280 2-D Animation and Multimedia instructor.
advertising design. Emphasis is placed on This course is a study of the computer- (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
creativity, design issues and the computer as a generated animation sequence from
design tool. Use of QuarkXpress, Adobe storyboard through two-dimensional
Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop in the rendering to final output. Students learn to
creation of a variety of design projects is combine images, illustrations, type and sound Health Care
involved. Software includes: QuarkXpress, into animation by using Adobe Flash, Apple
Adobe Illustrator, Adobe Photoshop, or other Final Cut Pro, and other sound and graphic Interpreting (HCI)
software on the Macintosh platform. design programs.
Recommended Prereq: GRD135; GRD160; Recommended Prereq: GRD160; GRD170. HCI 102 Survey of Mental Health and
GRD170. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs Substance Abuse Issues in
GRD 285 3-D Animation and Multimedia Health Care Interpreting
GRD 190 Print Production This course explores the design and This course provides an overview of the mental
This course covers the prepress process of production of 3-D animation and multimedia health and substance abuse fields. Students
graphic design from computer layout to applications and the relationship to two- gain a basic understanding of the history and
printed piece, using all technical aspects of dimensional graphic production, computer structure of mental health services in the
digital print production. Through an overview animation, and multimedia concepts and United States, specifically in Illinois. The laws
of electronic print technology, students learn production procedures. The course also covers and ethics that guide the mental health and
how to perform prepress functions by using the different media of computer sound, text substance abuse field are presented.
graphic design software and the new direct-to- and imaging, and how these are combined into Additionally, this course examines the multi-
plate printing process. Software includes: multimedia productions. Students use a variety axial system of the DSM IV, along with major
QuarkXPress, Adobe InDesign, Adobe of 3-D animation programs. categories of mental illness. Other topics
Illustrator, and Adobe Photoshop. Recommended Prereq: GRD280. include crisis intervention, mental health
Recommended Prereq: GRD173. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs issues, substance abuse treatment and recovery
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs issues, along with a review of specific drugs of
abuse. Finally, students are exposed to specific
GRD 290 Graphic Design Studio Art clinical services provided within the typical
GRD 265 Graphic Design for the World This is an advanced studio course for art mental health treatment facility.
Wide Web majors and graphic design majors. It allows (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This is an introductory course in Web page continuation and concentration in a subject
design. Topics include: exploring navigation field. Emphasis is on individual research and HCI 105 Anatomy and Medical
browsers and search software, storyboarding, personal exploration. Students can further
their knowledge in graphic software, graphic Procedures for Health Care
site content and organization, scanning and
importing imagery, understanding file formats, project design, digital photography, Web site Interpreting
publishing procedures, Web animation, and design or animation. This course is designed to provide an
solving typographic issues. Adobe Prereq: Consent of instructor. introduction to roots, prefixes and suffixes of
Dreamweaver and image manipulation (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs medical terminology while improving
software are used. memorization skills. Medical procedures,
Recommended Prereq: GRD173; WEB110. names of medications and abbreviations are
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs introduced.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
202 Health Care Interpreting
HCI 106 Introduction to Health Care HCI 200 Simultaneous Health Care Heating, Ventilation, and
Interpreting Interpreting: English/Spanish
This course provides an introduction to the This coaching course is designed to assist in Air Conditioning (HVA)
profession of health care interpreting and the improving linguistic fluency and developing
skills that are needed. Included are the role of proficiency for simultaneous interpreting in HVA 100 Basic Electricity for HVAC
the interpreter, modes of interpreting, code of the health care profession. Emphasis is placed
ethics, standards of practice, interpreting laws on interpreting professional/client dialogues This course is designed for students who need
and multicultural interactions. and conference settings. Through specific a basic understanding of electricity related to
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs techniques, audio tapes, videos, and placement the HVAC industry. Electrical terms, theory
scenarios, students learn and produce and circuits are used so that the student
simultaneous interpreting. develops basic electrical troubleshooting skills.
HCI 110 Health Care Interpreting: Recommended Prereq: HCI110; HCI130; (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
English/Spanish HCI150.
This course is designed to closely assist the Prereq: Program admission. HVA 110 Refrigeration Principles
student in developing basic levels of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course introduces the learner to the
proficiency in interpreting in health settings, terminology, concepts and scientific principles
with emphasis on interpreting HCI 220 Approaches to Health Care in used in the refrigeration industry and develops
professional/client dialogues. Through audio skills in pipefitting, use of hand tools and
dialogues, placement scenarios, and medical Hispanic Culture operation of test instruments used in the
texts, students learn and practice consecutive This course introduces students to the history, refrigeration trade.
interpreting and sight translation. vocabulary and practice of folk medicine in the (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Coreq: HCI106. Hispanic culture as well as cultural issues and
Prereq: Program admission; native or near- vocabulary discrepancies amongst Spanish
native fluency in Spanish and English; speaking cultures. Students develop an HVA 120 HVACR Electrical Systems
English/Spanish assessment. understanding of Curanderismo and its impact Major emphasis in this course is on electricity
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs in the medical setting as they create herb electrical components, safety devices,
catalogues and apply interpreting and cultural- schematic diagrams and symbols. Service
brokering skills to solving case scenarios. methods based on standard manufacturers'
HCI 130 Mental Health Care Interpreting: (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs manuals are studied. Laboratory exercises are
English/Spanish conducted on live equipment.
This course introduces bilingual individuals to Recommended Prereq: HVA100 and HVA110
HCI 290 Health Care Interpreting Seminar or consent of instructor.
the mental health interpreting setting.
Specifically, the course assists students in and Field Experience (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
understanding the role of the mental health This course is designed to provide training and
interpreter, along with familiarizing students familiarity in a health care interpreting setting HVA 130 Residential Comfort Systems
with mental health vocabulary. Emphasis also and combines a supervised field experience
is placed on the ethics, the cross-cultural with an on-campus seminar. Students meet for This course integrates concepts, principles and
issues, and the strong emotional three hours each week in a group seminar and knowledge of equipment available for
impacts/dynamics of mental health spend 80 hours experiencing on-the-job residential comfort systems. It describes
interpreting. training at a health care interpreting agency. several residential systems and places with
Recommended Prereq: HCI110. The history, fields, work sources, free-lancing, emphasis on diagnosing system malfunctions.
Recommended Coreq: HCI102. organizations and challenges related to the Recommended Prereq: HVA100 and HVA110;
Prereq: Program admission. field are discussed. or consent of instructor.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Prereq: Program admission; successful (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
completion of all other HCI courses.
(3 lec/5 lab) 4 sem hrs HVA 140 Basic Heating Systems
HCI 150 Anatomical Terminology:
This course describes methods and sources for
English/Spanish producing heat for residential and light
This course is designed to provide an commercial systems and develops skills in
introduction to human anatomy/physiology
and terminology related to the medical field.
Health Education (HED) testing, adjusting and replacing heating system
components.
Students develop proficiency in recognizing Recommended Prereq: HVA100 or consent of
anatomical structures and using anatomy HED 100 Personal Wellness instructor.
vocabulary in Spanish. This course is designed to deal with today's (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Coreq: HCI105. common health problems. Emphasis is placed
Prereq: Program admission. on prevention, maintenance and improvement
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs through self-responsibility in areas of: HVA 150 Basic Sheet Metal Fabrication
achieving wellness, eating and exercising and Print Reading
toward a healthy lifestyle, building healthy This course is designed to provide students
relationships understanding and preventing with experience in the safe use of sheet metal
disease, drug use and abuse and making tools and the methods used to make layouts.
healthy choices. Students complete a drawing and fabricate the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs parts they have drawn and become familiar
with HVAC blueprints.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
History
203
HVA 160 Refrigerant Transition and HVA 230 Advanced HVAC Controls HVA 299 Heating, Ventilation and Air
Certification This course introduces commercial building Conditioning Internship
This course is intended to prepare students for heating and air conditioning systems. Proper In this experience students observe, and
the certification test required by Section 608 of calibration and troubleshooting procedures participate in when possible, the activities in
the Federal Clean Air Act. Repeatable to a with pneumatic controls are emphasized. various types of heating, ventilation and air
maximum of 4 semester hours; 1 semester Recommended Prereq: All 100-level HVA conditioning positions. Two hundred forty
hour may apply to a degree or certificate. courses; consent of instructor. hours are required for three credits. Repeatable
Recommended Prereq: All 100-level HVA (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs to a maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester
courses or consent of instructor. hours from the heating, ventilation and air
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs HVA 240 Introduction to Steam Systems conditioning internship courses (HVA297,
This course is designed to introduce the HVA298, HVA299) may apply to the heating,
ventilation and air conditioning degree or
HVA 170 Universal R-410A Safety and student to low pressure steam systems. The
certificates.
Training Certification course covers the basics of boilers,
combustion, water treatment, boiler Prereq: All 100-level HVA courses; consent of
This course provides students with the operations, piping and valves, and boiler safety. instructor.
necessary training and practical knowledge to It is designed to lay the framework for the (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
safely perform service on systems containing student to become a licensed stationary
R-410A and R-407C and is intended to prepare engineer.
students for the certification exam. Repeatable (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
to a maximum of 4 semester hours; 1 semester
hour may apply to a degree or certificate.
History (HIS)
Recommended Prereq: All 100-level HVA HVA 297 Heating, Ventilation and Air
courses or consent of instructor. Conditioning Internship HIS 101 World History to 1500
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs In this experience students observe, and This course surveys the economic, social,
participate in when possible, the activities in cultural and political history of global peoples
HVA 200 Sheet Metal Estimating, various types of heating, ventilation and air and cultures from ancient times to 1500,
conditioning positions. Eighty hours are paying particular attention to the ways in
Fabrication and Installation which discrete peoples conceived of and
required for one credit. Repeatable to a
Students learn basic procedures of designing, maximum of 4 semester hours; 6 semester organized themselves and their societies, as
estimating, fabricating and installing ductwork, hours from the heating, ventilation and air well as their regional relationships and
electrical wiring and piping for residential conditioning internship courses (HVA297, interactions with global communities.
comfort systems. Emphasis is placed on HVA298, HVA299) may apply to the heating, IAI: S2 912N.
pitfalls, problems and inaccuracies that can ventilation and air conditioning degree or (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
occur during each of these procedures. certificates.
Recommended Prereq: All 100-level HVA Prereq: All 100-level HVA courses; consent of
courses; HVA210; HVA220; HVA230; HIS 102 World History Since 1500
instructor.
CMT250. (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs This course surveys the economic, social,
Prereq: Consent of instructor. cultural and political history of global peoples
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs and cultures from 1500 to the present, paying
HVA 298 Heating, Ventilation and Air particular attention to relationships and
Conditioning Internship interactions with global communities.
HVA 210 Advanced Heating and Cooling IAI: S2 913N.
Systems In this experience students observe, and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
participate in when possible, the activities in
This is the third course in the program various types of heating, ventilation and air
covering conventional methods of heating and conditioning positions. One hundred sixty HIS 111 Western Civilization to 1648
cooling. Emphasis is on major components hours are required for two credits. Repeatable
within each system, how the system functions, This examination of Western civilization
to a maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester reviews the major historical developments
the interrelationship of major parts and hours from the heating, ventilation and air
planned maintenance procedures. from the experiences of the Near Eastern
conditioning internship courses (HVA297, populations, the Greeks and the Romans,
Recommended Prereq: HVA120 or consent of HVA298, HVA299) may apply to the heating,
instructor. through the Middle Ages, and concludes with
ventilation and air conditioning degree or early modern history to 1648. The course
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs certificates. employs social and cultural history, as well as
Prereq: All 100-level HVA courses; consent of the more traditional political and economic
HVA 220 Advanced Heating and Cooling instructor. approaches.
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs IAI: H2 901.
Systems Service and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Maintenance
This course is designed to provide students
with advanced service and maintenance HIS 112 Western Civilization Since 1648
procedures. Problems are analyzed in terms of This examination of Western civilization
their effect on electrical controls and reviews the major historical developments in
mechanical systems. modern history from 1648 to the present. The
Recommended Prereq: All 100-level HVA course employs social and cultural history, as
courses; consent of instructor. well as the more traditional political and
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs economic approaches.
IAI: H2 902.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
204 History
HIS 121 American History to 1865 HIS 225 History of Africa Human Services (HSV)
This examination of American history reviews This course surveys the economic, social,
the major historical developments from the cultural and political history of the African
experiences of the indigenous peoples, the peoples and nations from ancient times to the HSV 105 Survey of Human Services
colonial regimes and nation building, through present, paying particular attention to the ways This course is designed to familiarize students
the sectional crisis, and concludes with the in which African peoples conceived of and with the field of human services. Topics
Civil War. The course employs social and organized themselves and their societies, as covered include basic communication,
cultural history, as well as the more traditional well as their regional relationships and interviewing and assessment techniques and
political and economic approaches. interactions with the global community. diversity issues. Opportunities are provided to
IAI: S2 900. IAI: S2 906N. visit selected human services
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs agencies/organizations.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
HIS 122 American History Since 1865 HIS 235 Latin American History: Pre-
This examination of American history reviews Columbian Period to the HSV 110 Group Dynamics
the major historical developments from the Present Class discussion, lecture and individual
experiences of Reconstruction and western observation are used to familiarize students
conquest, the rise of industrial capitalism and This introductory course surveys the historical with the group process. Topics include the
American ascendance as a global power, development of Latin America (Caribbean, various types of groups and the appropriate
through the Cold War, and concludes with Mexico, Central and South America) from Pre- use of group communication techniques.
contemporary American society. The course Columbian times to the present. The focus is Group projects and class exercises provide
employs social and cultural history, as well as on the different cultural and ethnic groups of opportunities for students to translate theory
the more traditional political and economic these regions and how conquest, trade and into practice.
approaches. revolution have shaped Latin American (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: S2 901. nations. Attention is also given to the history
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs of United States-Latin American relations and
the history of Latinos in the U.S. HSV 115 Crisis Intervention
IAI: S2 910N. This course is designed to familiarize students
HIS 125 American Culture: Colonial (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs with a variety of crisis situations and
Period to the Present appropriate intervention techniques.
This examination of American history reviews HIS 245 The Rise of Nazi Germany Opportunity is provided for students to
the formation of American culture from the demonstrate intervention skills in simulated
This course surveys the German political scene crisis situations.
Colonial period to the present and the from unification in 1871 through the era of
interaction of American peoples with global (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Nazism. The role of Germany in World War I
communities with special emphasis on the and the impact of the Treaty of Versailles on
topics of class, gender, race and ethnicity. The the emergence of the national Socialist HSV 120 Introduction to Substance
course also focuses on religion, environmental, German Workers' party (NSDAP - Nazis) are
philosophical, scientific and other social Abuse
examined. In addition, the background and This course provides an overview of the
experiences that have shaped American emergence of Nazi racial policies and the
peoples. historical and cultural attitudes toward alcohol
consequences of their strict enforcement are and drug use, abuse and addiction. It probes
IAI: H2 904. analyzed.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs the disease concept of addiction and explores
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs the physical, psychological and family impact
of the disease. Clinical methods of treatment,
HIS 205 History of the Middle East HIS 290 Historiography and Methodology early intervention and prevention are
This course surveys the economic, social, This course introduces students to introduced. Although designed for addictions
cultural and political history of the Middle historiography and the philosophy of history, counseling students and human services
Eastern peoples and nations from ancient as well as historical methodology including professionals, the course is also suitable for
times to the present, paying particular interdisciplinary approaches. individuals who desire to learn more about
attention to the ways in which Middle Eastern Recommended Prereq: Consent of instructor. addiction.
peoples conceived of and organized themselves (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and their societies, as well as their regional
relationships and interactions with the global
community. HIS 296 Special Topics/History HSV 125 Counseling Theories and
IAI: S2 918N. Offering topics and issues of current/special Strategies
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs interest, this course is repeatable to a This course is designed to provide students
maximum of 12 semester hours for different with the most current assessment of the
HIS 215 History of China and Japan special topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a constructs, principles and techniques of major
degree or certificate. counseling theories. Special emphasis is placed
This course surveys the economic, social, (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs on application to an addicted population.
cultural and political history of Chinese and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Japanese peoples and nations from ancient
times to the present, paying particular
attention to the ways in which the Chinese and
Japanese conceived of and organized
themselves and their societies, as well as their
regional relationships and interactions with the
global community.
IAI: S2 908N.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Industrial Technology
205
HSV 140 Assessment and Treatment of HSV 230 Human Services Seminar and HUM 102 The Global Village
the Dual-Disordered Client Field Experience I This general humanities course introduces the
This course explores the special needs of This course, designed to provide training and student to the literature, art, music, religion
clients that are diagnosed with both a familiarity in a human services setting, and film of several continents of the world. The
substance abuse disorder and a psychiatric combines a supervised field experience with an emphasis is on a worldwide understanding of
disorder and provides students with an on-campus seminar. Students meet for three the humanities.
understanding of the complexities of working hours each week in a group seminar and spend IAI: HF 904N.
with this population. For students and 250 hours experiencing on-the-job training at a (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
practitioners that wish to apply for the Mental human services agency.
Illness/Substance Abuse (MISA) registration Recommended Prereq: Completion of most HUM 201 Modern Culture and the Arts
offered by the Illinois Alcohol and Other Drug courses in the HSV degree and consent of This course provides experiences in
Abuse Professional Counseling Association instructor. contemporary art forms in literature, music
(IAODAPCA), this course has been designed (3 lec/20 lab) 5 sem hrs and graphics, and discussion of the forces
to cover the training required for the MISA influencing these arts in the 20th and 21st
credential.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs HSV 235 Human Services Seminar and centuries. An investigation of the values of a
Field Experience II culture inundated by changing technology is
also included.
HSV 210 Psychopharmacology and the This course provides a supervised field IAI: HF 903.
experience and seminar designed specifically (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Addictive Process for addictions counseling students. Students
This course studies the behavioral and spend 250 hours in on-the-job training at an
cognitive effects of psychoactive drugs - drugs addictions counseling facility and meet in a HUM 296 Special Topics/Humanities
that affect the brain and central nervous weekly seminar for group supervision. This course offers special topics/issues in
system. The psychology and physiology of Recommended Prereq: HSV220 or HSV225 humanities. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
addictive behavior; the use of drugs in treating within the last five years and consent of semester hours for different special topics; 6
psychiatric disorders; and the historical instructor. semester hours may apply to a degree or
background, pharmacology, psychological and (3 lec/20 lab) 5 sem hrs certificate.
physiological effects, medical uses and toxicity (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
of socially abused drugs are also explored.
Differences in the attitudes and behavior
HSV 240 Human Services Seminar and
patterns of special populations are emphasized. Field Experience III
Recommended Prereq: HSV120 or consent of This course continues the addictions Independent Study (IND)
instructor. counseling seminar and field experience.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Students spend an additional 250 hours IND 201 Independent Study
developing skills in on-the-job training, and
Supervised readings or independent
HSV 220 Addictions Counseling I they attend a weekly seminar for group
investigative projects in an area of special
supervision.
This course is one of two devoted to the interest. Final project is required. Repeatable to
Recommended Prereq: HSV235 and consent of
specific methods and skills used in treating a maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester
instructor.
chemically dependent persons and their hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
(3 lec/20 lab) 5 sem hrs
families. Content includes the characteristics Prereq: Consent of division dean.
of an addictions counselor, federal and state (0 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 2 sem hrs
confidentiality laws, legal and ethical issues of HSV 296 Special Topics for Public/
counseling, working with denial, structured Social Services
assessment techniques, family-focused
treatment, working with DUI offenders, and
This course offers topics and issues of Industrial
current/special interest in public/social
counseling strategies.
Recommended Prereq: HSV120 or consent of
services. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 Technology (IDT)
semester hours for different special topics; 6
instructor. semester hours may apply to a degree or
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs certificate. IDT 110 Introduction to Industrial
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs Technology
HSV 225 Addictions Counseling II This course introduces students to today’s
This course is one of two devoted to the industrial environment, with emphasis on
specific methods and skills used in treating Humanities (HUM) manufacturing and production systems. Basic
dependent persons and their families. Content workplace concepts such as safety and law,
includes selected state and federal regulations measuring techniques, and common
and standards; the significance of the family, HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities manufacturing methods are stressed. Students
spirituality and education in counseling This is a broad course which introduces gain hands-on experience with the tools and
abusers; substance abuse and psychiatric students to a view of their inherited culture equipment commonly used to perform many
conditions; and professional considerations for through the examination of literature, art, service or maintenance operations. They are
the addictions counselor. music, architecture, philosophy, drama film also introduced to automated manufacturing
Recommended Prereq: HSV120 or consent of and religion. The emphasis is twofold: on and quality control.
instructor. cultural history and on the present. Materials (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs are organized in terms of issues and ideas.
IAI: HF 900.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
206 Industrial Technology
IDT 115 Motor Controls I IDT 150 Building Mechanical Systems IDT 230 Commercial Power Distribution
This course covers the typical commercial and This course familiarizes students with typical and Lighting
industrial uses of motors and motor control commercial building plumbing, piping and This course examines commercial and light
circuits. Emphasis is placed on reading and mechanical systems. industrial electrical power distribution systems
understanding logic and wiring schematics. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs and end uses. Topics include lighting circuits,
Students spend lab time wiring control transformers, 3-phase distribution panels, and
systems, from simple logic circuits to more typical single phase loads along with associated
complicated relay and timer-based motor
IDT 160 Introduction to Computer
wiring.
controls. Numerical Control Recommended Prereq: IDT115.
Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or concurrent This course is an introduction to computer (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
enrollment or HVA100 or consent of numerical control (CNC) machine tools.
instructor. Topics include an introduction to CNC
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs programming coding, set-up, tooling, IDT 240 Programmable Controllers
operation, trouble shooting, and inspection of This course deals with the fundamentals of
IDT 120 Hydraulics piece part as per industry print standards. programmable logic controllers, programming
Students learn the basic principles and basics of PLCs, troubleshooting, maintenance
This course introduces students to the field of applications of numerically controlled and system interconnections. Repeatable to a
hydraulics. Students learn the basic laws that equipment and experience the set up and maximum of 12 semester hours (for software
govern the generation and transmission of operation of CNC machines. After completing version updates); 3 semester hours may apply
fluid power, the basic components of a this course, the student should be able to take a toward a degree or certificate.
hydraulic system, and how those components CNC program set-up sheet, necessary tooling, Recommended Prereq: IDT215 or consent of
work to form simple hydraulic circuits. Lab and complete a set-up in two to three hours. instructor.
time is spent building and troubleshooting Recommended Prereq: CAD102 and IDT132; (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
common hydraulic circuits. or consent of instructor.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IDT 260 Computer-Aided Machining
IDT 125 Machine Repair (CAM)
IDT 195 Blueprint Reading
This course gives students detailed hands-on This is a study of the computer-aided
This course is designed to provide students manufacturing methodologies used by
knowledge of belt/sheaves, bearings, gearing with experiences in reading and understanding
and shaft alignment. Aspects of maintenance industry to aid CNC programming of two axis
mechanical drawings, illustrations and machining for both lathe and mill applications.
and mechanical troubleshooting of mechanical diagrams. Students also make sketches and
power transfer systems are also covered. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
drawings necessary for the communication of hours (for different software versions); 3
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs facts and ideas. semester hours may apply to a degree or
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs certificate.
IDT 130 Manufacturing Processes Recommended Prereq: CAD102 and IDT160;
This course is a dynamic survey of IDT 215 Motor Controls II or concurrent enrollment.
manufacturing methods and materials This course is a continuation of the study into (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
employed in the Fox Valley industrial motor controls. Topics include various
community. Students learn the various sensors, semi-conductors, soft-start-stop IDT 262 Intermediate CAD/CAM
methods of product fabrication and the controllers, variable speed drives and PLCs.
manufacturing processes for sound economic This is a continuation of study in computer-
Lab time is spent wiring control circuits aided manufacturing methodologies used by
decision making in manufacturing and product utilizing the above and programming variable
design. Topics include the interrelationship industries to aid CNC programming of two
frequency drives for specific purposes. and one-half and three axis machining for both
among materials, their selection for use in Recommended Prereq: IDT115 or consent of
product design and processes, and how to lathe and mill applications. Repeatable to a
instructor. maximum of 12 semester hours (for different
convert these materials into finished (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
components. software versions); 3 semester hours may apply
IAI: IND 913 to a degree or certificate.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs IDT 218 Strength of Materials Recommended Prereq: CAD200 and IDT260;
This course is a study of the stresses and or consent of instructor.
deformations in machine parts as a result of (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
IDT 132 Machine Tool Basics
dynamic loads and forces. This course
This course introduces machine tool safety. requires extensive use of algebraic and IDT 264 Advanced CAD/CAM
Topics also include production capabilities of trigonometric skills.
various machine tools, tooling, work-holding This is an advanced study in computer-aided
Prereq: MTH112 or MTH131. manufacturing methodologies used by
devices, machine procedures, controls and use (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
of standard measuring tools. Components of industry to aid CNC programming of fourth,
the fundamentals of quality control procedures fifth and freeform tool paths for the mill
and documentation are reviewed. Students IDT 220 Pneumatics applications. Repeatable to a maximum of 8
machine parts to tolerances of +/- .005" or This course provides students with an semester hours (for different software
better as required. overview of pneumatic systems. Topics versions); 2 semester hours may apply to a
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs include cylinder sizing, load calculations, degree or certificate.
system design, maintenance and Recommended Prereq: IDT262 or consent of
troubleshooting. instructor.
IDT 134 Metrology (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
This course is a study of the use of various
measuring tools used in the metal working
trades. Variable, attribute, mechanical, optical
SPC data collection devices, surface plates, and
electrical measuring instruments are studied.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Intensive English-Basic
207
IDT 270 Materials of Industry IDT 298 Industrial Technology Internship Intensive
This course presents an introduction to the In this experience students observe, and
types and uses of industrial materials. Topics participate in when possible, the activities in English-Basic (IEB)
include the general classifications of materials: various types of industrial technology
ferrous metals, nonferrous metals, powdered positions. One hundred sixty hours are NOTE: Placement in intensive English courses is
metals, polymers, ceramics and composites. required for two credits. Repeatable to a determined by scores on required assessment tests.
Emphasis is placed on the manufacture, maximum of 8 semester hours; 6 semester
properties and applications of these materials hours from the industrial technology IEB 055 Reading/Vocabulary
in industry. Other topics include forming and internship courses (IDT297, IDT298, IDT299) This course is designed for the non-native pre-
joining, corrosion, and failure modes. may apply to a degree or certificate. beginning level student to develop basic
Recommended Prereq: CHM100; PHY111; Prereq: All 100-level IDT courses; consent of reading and vocabulary skills needed for
MTH111. instructor. academic coursework and everyday purposes.
IAI: IND 912 (under IAI review). (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs Students become independent readers through
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs activities which promote comprehension,
IDT 299 Industrial Technology Internship vocabulary usage and thoughtful discussion.
IDT 280 Quality Management for Industry In this experience students observe, and Reading passages and audio/video programs
This course presents an introduction to participate in when possible, the activities in engage students in different cultural
quality. The concepts that are covered include various types of industrial technology viewpoints, issues for analysis and exposure to
total quality management, continuous quality positions. Two hundred forty hours are authentic language for appropriate expression
improvement, process improvement, problem required for three credits. Repeatable to a of opinions in speech and writing. Repeatable
solving, strategic quality planning, customer maximum of 12 semester hours; 6 semester to a maximum of 16 semester hours.
satisfaction, benchmarking, and cost of quality. hours from the industrial technology Note: Intended for non-native adults.
Other topics include statistical process control internship courses (IDT297, IDT298, IDT299) Prereq: Program admission; placement
and quality information systems. may apply to a degree or certificate. determined by assessment.
Recommended Prereq: MTH107 or BUS207; Prereq: All 100-level IDT courses; consent of Coreq: IEB056; IEB057; IEB058; IEB059.
MTH111. instructor. (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
IAI: IND 914 (under IAI review). (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs IEB 056 Listening/Speaking
This course is designed for the non-native pre-
IDT 296 Special Topics for Industry Information and beginning level student to develop basic
Different topics are covered each time the class listening and speaking skills needed for
is scheduled. Examples of topics would be: Communication academic coursework and effective
vibration analysis; pump design, communication in everyday situations.
troubleshooting and maintenance; failure Technology (ICT) Students participate in task-based listening
analysis; industrial lighting systems; and activities which build comprehension note-
supervision and leadership in the maintenance taking skills and test-taking strategies.
ICT 103 Information and Communication Speaking exercises provide students with
field. No problem/topic can be offered more
than twice in three years. Repeatable to a Technologies authentic speaking opportunities to build
maximum of 12 semester hours for different This course is designed to help students fluency, engage in thoughtful discussions and
topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree develop the computing and research skills express opinions competently. Repeatable to a
or certificate. necessary for success in college courses. maximum of 16 semester hours.
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs Students learn how to use digital technology, Note: Intended for non-native adults.
communications tools and networks to find, Prereq: Program admission; placement
access, manage, integrate, evaluate and create determined by assessment.
IDT 297 Industrial Technology Internship information in order to function in Coreq: IEB055; IEB057; IEB058; IEB059.
In this experience students observe, and contemporary society. (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
participate in when possible, the activities in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
various types of industrial technology
positions. Eighty hours are required for one
IEB 057 Grammar
credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 This course is designed for the non-native pre-
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the Information Systems beginning level student to develop a knowledge
industrial technology internship courses and use of English sentence structure and
See Computer Information Systems (CIS), Information grammar usage for academic coursework and
(IDT297, IDT298, IDT299) may apply to a and Communication Technology (ICT), Microcomputer
degree or certificate. effective communication in everyday
Systems (MCS) and World Wide Web/Internet (WEB). situations. Students compose sentences and
Prereq: All 100-level IDT courses; consent of
instructor. progress to short paragraphs on related topics
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs using appropriate form and expression. Pair
and group work engage students in oral and
written activities using the target structures as
they express opinions and negotiate solutions.
Repeatable to a maximum of 16 semester
hours.
Note: Intended for non-native adults.
Prereq: Program admission; placement
determined by assessment.
Coreq: IEB055; IEB056; IEB058; IEB059.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
208 Intensive English-Basic
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Interpreter Training
209
IEI 069 Pronunciation II IEI 073 Writing III IDS 210 Peace Studies and Conflict
This course provides the intermediate IEI This course is designed for the advanced level Resolution I
student instruction and practice with the IEI student to develop the writing skills needed This interdisciplinary course provides an
sound, stress, and intonation patterns of the for effective communication in an academic or introduction to non-violent approaches to
English language. Vowel and consonant professional setting. Students transition from personal, national and global conflicts.
practice at the word level moves to sentence paragraph to essay development and write Students explore historical, philosophical,
activities and more spontaneous speech. narrative, comparison, cause and effect, and political, economic and psychological factors
Students learn to hear and produce the target persuasive compositions. All writings are that often lead to violence and the non-violent
language correctly, reduce accents, and use based on readings, discussions, research, and alternatives for a more equitable, just and
these skills effectively in other coursework. personal experience. Repeatable to a peaceful world.
Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester hours. maximum of 16 semester hours. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Note: Intended for non-native adults. Note: Intended for non-native adults.
Prereq: Program admission; IEI060, IEI061, Prereq: Program admission; IEI065, IEI066,
IEI062, IEI063, and IEI064, or placement IEI067, IEI068, and IEI069, or placement IDS 296 Special Topics for
determined by assessment. determined by assessment. Interdisciplinary Studies
Coreq: IEI065; IEI066; IEI067; IEI068. Coreq: IEI070; IEI071; IEI072; IEI074. This course offers specials topics in
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs interdisciplinary studies and may integrate two
or more disciplines. Repeatable to a maximum
IEI 070 Reading/Vocabulary III IEI 074 Pronunciation III of 12 semester hours for different special
This course is designed for the advanced level This course is designed for the advanced IEI topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree
IEI student to expand the skills of reading and student to address the important aspects of or certificate.
vocabulary usage needed for effective English pronunciation which commonly cause (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
communication in a professional or academic difficulties in speech/communication.
setting. Students analyze classic and Individual, pair, and group activities help
contemporary works, participate in oral and students to discriminate between sounds, Interpreter Training (ITP)
written activities, and broaden their knowledge practice correct sounds, and correct target
of the American culture. Repeatable to a sounds based on Standard American English See also Sign Language (SGN).
maximum of 16 semester hours. guidelines. Student compare their
Note: Intended for non-native adults. pronunciation of words and phrases to that of ITP 200 Introduction to Interpreting
Prereq: Program admission; IEI065, IEI066, native speakers in the same contexts. This course is designed to provide an
IEI067, IEI068, and IEI069, or placement Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester hours. introduction to the profession of interpreting.
determined by assessment. Note: Intended for non-native adults. The course details the ethical and professional
Coreq: IEI071; IEI072; IEI073; IEI074. Prereq: Program admission; IEI065, IEI066, responsibilities of the interpreter, defines the
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs IEI067, IEI068, and IEI069, or placement interpreting process, and presents terminology
determined by assessment. common to the profession.
Coreq: IEI070; IEI071; IEI072; IEI073.
IEI 071 Listening/Speaking III (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Prereq: Program admission; successful
This course is designed for the non-native completion of all SGN courses.
advanced student to develop native Coreq: ITP210; ITP211; ITP221; ITP231.
competency in listening and speaking skills for (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
academic, professional or everyday purposes. Interdisciplinary
Students engage in focused listening and ITP 210 Etymology for Interpreters
speaking activities while learning cultural Studies (IDS) This course is designed to increase sign
content about the United States. Oral and development for interpreters. Emphasis is
listening tasks promote fluency in both formal IDS 110 Introduction to Women's Studies given to the analysis of word meanings in
and informal English. Repeatable to a various contexts, correct fingerspelling, and
maximum of 16 semester hours. This interdisciplinary course places women’s
experiences at the center of interpretation and the correct selection and production of sign
Note: Intended for non-native adults. equivalents. Students are also introduced to
Prereq: Program admission; IEI065, IEI066, analysis to introduce basic concepts and
perspectives of feminism and Women’s the theory and history of transliterating as well
IEI067, IEI068, and IEI069, or placement as specific strategies to employ when voice to
determined by assessment. Studies. Focusing on historical and
contemporary women’s issues, the course sign transliterating.
Coreq: IEI070; IEI072; IEI073; IEI074. Prereq: Program admission; successful
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs examines women’s lives with an emphasis on
the ways in which gender, sexuality, class, completion of all SGN courses.
caste, race, ethnicity, age, disability, ability, Coreq: ITP200; ITP211; ITP221; ITP231.
IEI 072 Grammar III nation, region and environment interact. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course is designed for the advanced IEI (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
student to expand and develop more complex ITP 211 Transliterating I
grammar resources for effective IDS 120 Public History and Historic This course is designed to assist students in
communication in an academic or professional developing the requisite skills necessary for
setting. Students learn and use advanced Preservation
successful voice to sign transliterating. Course
English language structures appropriately in This course is designed to acquaint students
work focuses on sign productions, fluency,
oral and written form. Idiomatic and special with professional opportunities in history
speed, conceptual sign choices, clarity, mouth
language expressions specific to American related careers and covers the historic
movements, affect and the incorporation of
culture are practiced through pair, group, and preservation movement, government policies,
ASL principles. The course includes a review
class discussions and activities. Repeatable to a and the cultural and social impact of
of basic sign vocabulary and the introduction
maximum of 16 semester hours. preserving buildings and artifacts. It includes
of additional specialized sign vocabulary.
Note: Intended for non-native adults. the study of archives, records management,
Prereq: Program admission; successful
Prereq: Program admission; IEI065, IEI066, public history, historic architecture and
completion of all SGN courses.
IEI067, IEI068, and IEI069, or placement renovation.
Coreq: ITP200; ITP210; ITP221; ITP231.
determined by assessment. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Coreq: IEI070; IEI071; IEI073; IEI074.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
210 Interpreter Training
ITP 212 Transliterating II ITP 231 Sign to Voice I Library and Information
This course is designed to assist students in Sign to Voice I is designed to assist students in
developing advanced voice to sign developing the requisite skills for successful Studies (LIB)
transliterating skills with a focus on expanding sign to voice interpreting. This course focuses
technical sign vocabulary and increasing speed on improving receptive skills, developing
and conceptual accuracy. Students are also appropriate ethical/professional behavior and LIB 100 Library as Place
introduced to the process of technical utilizing public speaking techniques. The Library as Place exposes students to the
development and sign standardization. course provides extensive practice with dynamic, diverse, and global role of libraries
Prereq: Program admission; ITP200; ITP210; consecutive and simultaneous voice and library staff. The relationship between the
ITP211; ITP221; ITP231. interpreting. library and its community, the major
Coreq: ITP222; ITP223; ITP230; ITP232. Prereq: Program admission; successful challenges faced by library staff, the impact of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs completion of all SGN courses. technology on libraries, and the importance of
Coreq: ITP200; ITP210; ITP211; ITP221. library values, ethics, and professionalism are
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs explored.
ITP 221 Interpreting I (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course is designed to familiarize students
with techniques of consecutive and ITP 232 Sign to Voice II
simultaneous interpreting. It includes a Sign to Voice II is designed to assist students in LIB 105 Introduction to Technical
systematic review of basic differences in the developing advanced voicing skills. This Services
grammatical structure and rules of American course focuses on improving concentration Introduction to Technical Services presents the
sign language and spoken English. and listening, giving feedback on principles, practices, and technologies used for
Prereq: Program admission; successful performances, working as a member of a acquiring, organizing and maintaining library
completion of all SGN courses. voicing team, and preparing for formal sign to collections.
Coreq: ITP200; ITP210; ITP211; ITP231. voice interpreting presentations. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: Program admission; ITP200; ITP210;
ITP211; ITP221; ITP231.
Coreq: ITP212; ITP222; ITP223; ITP230. LIB 110 Technology in Libraries
ITP 222 Topics in Interpreting (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This hands-on course introduces students to
The goal of this course is to familiarize the types of software, equipment, and multi-
students with the role of the interpreter in a media materials used in libraries. The course
wide variety of specialized settings. The course ITP 290 The Interpreter as Practitioner reviews current technology, potential
explores the protocol for working with oral and This course is designed to teach students how applications for the library, and the operation
deaf-blind consumers, specialized sign to apply their sign skills and knowledge of the of equipment.
vocabulary for 12-step programs, and interpreting role in a variety of real-life (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
techniques for artistic interpreting. The course situations. As they are completing their field
also promotes the development of both experiences, students are asked to share
interpreting and transliterating skills through experiences from their respective sites and LIB 115 Public Services
vocabulary expansion in ASL and English. formulate responses that reflect appropriate This course surveys library public services,
Prereq: Program admission; ITP200; ITP210; professional conduct and are in accordance with a focus on the service aspects of
ITP211; ITP221; ITP231. with the Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf, circulation, interlibrary loan, reserves,
Coreq: ITP212; ITP223; ITP230; ITP232. Code of Professional Conduct. In addition, reference and research, and library Web sites.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs students explore the role and responsibilities of Emphasizing the centrality of public service to
the interpreter in three specialized areas: library work, students explore the philosophy,
traffic court, a medical office visit and a mental policies, and procedures of each service area
ITP 223 Interpreting II health interview. The protocol for working and discover how individual departmental
This course is designed to provide students with a deaf interpreter is also discussed. services intersect in the comprehensive model
with an opportunity to develop more advanced Prereq: Program admission; successful of library service.
skills in simultaneous interpreting and completion of all other ITP courses; (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
discourse analysis. demonstrated proficiency per the ITP
Prereq: Program admission; ITP200; ITP210; guidelines.
ITP211; ITP221; ITP231. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
LIB 120 Reference and Research
Coreq: ITP212; ITP222; ITP230; ITP232. Strategies
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Reference and Research Strategies provides
hands-on training in the use of print and Web-
ITP 230 Specialized Areas of Interpreting
Japanese (JPN) based tools to provide quality reference
This course is an online introduction to the services to the public. Students learn reference
nature, techniques and implications of JPN 101 Elementary Japanese I interview skills and advanced database-
interpreting in the educational, medical, This course presents an introduction to searching skills, as well as how to assess
religious, mental health and legal settings. modern Japanese including pronunciation, information for quality and match information
Students also prepare for the written and useful expressions, speech patterns, listening, to a user's need.
performance portions of the national reading, and writing.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
certification evaluation and begin field (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
experience.
Prereq: Program admission; ITP200; ITP210;
ITP211; ITP221; ITP231.
JPN 102 Elementary Japanese II
Coreq: ITP212; ITP222; ITP223; ITP232. This course is a continuation of JPN101 with
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs emphasis on increased accuracy in listening,
speaking skills, reading and writing.
Recommended Prereq: JPN101 or consent of
instructor.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Marketing
211
LIB 125 Library Collections and the LIB 250 Library Technical Assistant MGT 215 Human Resource Management
Community Practicum An organizational overview relating to
Exploring the ways that community In this capstone course, students apply the personnel in business. Emphasis is placed on
demographics, preferences, and needs theory and knowledge of their coursework to behavioral theory and practical analytical
influence the development of library the library workplace. The 75-hour supervised techniques as it relates to job design,
collections, this course addresses such topics practicum provides students with the performance evaluation techniques,
as assessing and responding to community opportunity to observe library staff at all levels management-labor relations, current
expectations; establishing collection and to participate in the tasks commonly employment law, wage and salary
development criteria; selecting relevant performed by Library Technical Assistants. administration, training programs and
materials in a variety of media; balancing Throughout the semester, students meet for everyday issues in the workplace.
digital and print formats; confronting eight, two-hour seminar sessions to share and Recommended Prereq: BUS100.
censorship and supporting intellectual evaluate their practicum experiences, integrate (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
freedom; and matching library users’ interests learned theory with observed workplace
to appropriate materials. practice, and prepare for the employment MGT 230 Labor Relations
Recommended Prereq: LTA 100. search. This course is a study of union-management
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: Consent of Instructor. relations and the transactions between the two.
(1 lec/5 lab) 2 sem hrs The course focuses on negotiations and
LIB 200 Reader's Advisory and Adult administration of labor agreements with
Programming LIB 296 Special Topics in Library and emphasis on the development and application
Information Studies of the more significant bargaining issues.
The Reader’s Advisory and Adult Recommended Prereq: MGT215.
Programming course focuses on strategies for This course explores topics and issues of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
promoting library adult book and media current or special interest in library and
collections. Students learn how to identify information studies. Repeatable to a maximum
book, music, and film genres; use specialized of 12 semester hours for different special MGT 235 Compensation Management
library resources to match materials to users’ topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree This course addresses tangible and intangible
interests; and conduct advisory interviews to or certificate. compensation to motivate employees. The
discover users’ preferences. Planning and (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hr course also covers job analysis, job description,
presenting library programs for adults are also and job evaluation on the basis of compensable
covered. factors as well as designing an equitable pay
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs structure.
Management (MGT) Recommended Prereq: MGT200.
LIB 205 Pre-Teens and Teens in the See also Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(PSY 245).
Library
Pre-Teens and Teens in the Library focuses on MGT 240 Training and Development
the developmental stages of adolescence, the MGT 200 Principles of Management This course enables students to understand
unique information needs of pre-teen and This course introduces management practices how human resources development
teenage library users, and the rewards of and theories with an emphasis on planning, professionals train individuals and develop the
working with this age group. Identifying pre- organizing, leading, controlling, and the ethical potential of individuals within the workplace.
teen and young adult resources and developing implications of management practices. A Students learn how appropriate training and
programs that encourage young people to feel comprehensive perspective on the application development programs can increase the
comfortable in a library are also emphasized. of management techniques within all types of productivity of individuals, groups and
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs organizations is presented. organization.
Recommended Prereq: BUS100. Recommended Prereq: MGT215.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
LIB 210 The School Library Media Center
This course focuses on the role of the Library
Technical Assistant (LTA) in the management MGT 205 Office Management
of school library/media center programs A study of management in the modern office Marketing (MKT)
(preK-12). Students in this class study how an with emphasis on office design, work flow, job
LTA assists in the daily management of the evaluation procedures, personnel practices, MKT 101 Fashion Merchandising
school library media center, with an emphasis automation and computer-based office
This course develops an overview of the
on technology, programming, and collection information.
fashion industry, its principles and procedures.
maintenance. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
The production, distribution and consumption
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
of fashion products are analyzed. Consumer
MGT 210 Supervisory Management characteristics and their influence on demand
LIB 240 Seminar of Current Library Issues This course reflects the duties, responsibilities for fashion goods are explored as they relate to
This seminar explores the ethical and legal and challenges of effective supervision. fashion marketing activities.
issues related to information use and Emphasis is placed on human relations skills, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
dissemination in libraries and society. communication, leadership, conflict, and
Specifically, some of issues to be discussed are employee development and motivation. MKT 200 Principles of Marketing
the library profession's stance on intellectual (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Business free market activities related to the
freedom and censorship along with
distribution of goods and services are studied
considerations of the ethical and legal theories
with an emphasis on marketing strategy, the
of information; professional ethics and law;
marketing mix, pricing, distribution channels,
copyright and intellectual property; and
promotion, product development, consumer
security and privacy issues.
behavior and global marketing.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: BUS100.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
212 Marketing
MKT 205 Retailing MKT 270 Electronic Marketing MCM 205 Basic Broadcast Announcing
This basic course provides a broad foundation This course covers traditional marketing using This course provides students with a general
of the principles, methods, policies, problems electronic methods with a focus on efficiency knowledge of announcing principles and
and functions of retailing. The development in established marketing functions within the techniques. Students are required to create,
and current structure of retailing are studied as business-to-business and business-to- read and deliver commercials, news,
well as the operation of various types of retail consumer marketplace. interviews, public service announcements and
establishments. Recommended Prereq: BUS100. special events. Emphasis is placed upon
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs developing an appropriate broadcasting style
and operating broadcast studio equipment. An
understanding of the roles of an announcer
MKT 210 Principles of Selling and the development of impromptu on-air
The fundamentals and techniques of successful Mass skills are also part of the course. Additionally,
selling include developing the sales personality,
the selling cycle and customer and community Communication (MCM) students analyze, edit and deliver broadcast
copy. Proper punctuation and language skills
relations. Emphasis is placed on creative are stressed. By the end of the term, students
selling, sales ethics, the organization, and the MCM 130 Introduction to Mass will conduct a self-evaluation of an on-air
customer. performance.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Communication Recommended Prereq: MCM140, MCM201 or
This course surveys the nature and impact of concurrent enrollment.
media on contemporary society. Areas of IAI: MC 918.
MKT 215 Principles of Advertising emphasis include: mass communication theory
This introduction to the theory and mechanics
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
and research, ethics and social responsibilities,
of marketing-related communications has historical development, communication
primary emphasis on the role of advertising in technologies, business practices, and media MCM 211 Introduction to Radio
integrated marketing communications, regulation and control. Production
environment promotional strategies, research, IAI: MC 911.
planning, media selection, program This course provides learning experiences in
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs audio production techniques and the operation
management, and evaluation. Various
advertising media are discussed as well as the of related equipment and systems. Emphasis is
creation of a total advertising message. Other MCM 140 Television Production I given to an understanding of basic radio
topics include consumer behavior, creative This course provides production experiences production protocol terminology, script
strategies, and types of media. Student prepare in multiple-camera studio production and writing, editing, producing commercial/PSA
practical marketing applications for various location video recording. Production announcements, and newscasting in a studio
industries. responsibilities, studio and control room setting.
IAI: MC 912. equipment operation, script and graphics IAI: MC 915.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs preparation, set design and lighting, and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
talent/performance techniques as well as the
U.S. system of regulation and control of MCM 215 Basic News Writing
MKT 220 Purchasing broadcasting are emphasized.
This course covers the nature and importance This course introduces students to the basic
IAI: MC 916. elements of clear, concise, accurate and
of the procurement function in modern (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
business organizations. Topics include the balanced news writing. Students learn the
principles, tools, methods and techniques techniques of news gathering, reporting, and
employed for the acquisition of materials, MCM 201 Broadcast Writing interviewing as well as important differences
supplies and equipment. This course focuses upon the specialized between straight news stories, features,
Recommended Prereq: APC125. writing involved in visual and audio opinion pieces and various other types of news
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs presentations such as commercials, public articles. Additionally, the course includes
service announcements, news and special discussion of ethical issues facing the press and
events. Students learn to compose standard laws governing journalists.
MKT 235 Industrial Sales script formats for radio and television as well IAI: MC 919.
This course presents a study of sales strategy as distinguish between broadcast and print (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
from the industrial viewpoint. Industrial sales writing styles. Students also learn about ethics
problems and techniques are analyzed, with in the news, libel laws, how to conduct an MCM 221 Basic News Editing
each student developing and offering complete effective interview and interview etiquette.
sales presentations in various fields of selling. This course introduces students to the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs principles and techniques of electronic editing,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
information management and publication
design. Editing of body copy, editing of display
MKT 260 Consumer Behavior type for clarity and impact, and editing of news
This course seeks to make a connection stories and headlines are emphasized.
between customer behavior principles and the Recommended Prereq: MCM215.
elements of marketing strategy. Customers IAI: MC 920.
both in the household and the business market (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
are examined. Consumer behavior looks at
culture demographics, psychographics, and
other factors that influence decision making.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Mathematics
213
MCM 240 Television Production II-Live MCM 296 Special Topics/Mass MCM 299 Radio/TV/Internet Internship
Studio Communication In this experience students observe and
This course provides more advanced multi- This course offers special topics in mass participate in various facets of television, video
camera studio television production communication. When offered, topics might or radio production in a professional work
experience with an emphasis toward live-on- include current events, film genre, specialized environment where these production skills are
tape/live-broadcast situations. Students film/television projects, and more in-depth used daily. The learning objectives are relative
assume production roles both in the control analyses of industry trends. Repeatable to a to the nature of the business of the site to
room and studio setting. Pre- and post- maximum of 12 semester hours for different which the student is assigned or selects.
production, scripting, graphics set design and topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree Acquired skills may include live multi-camera
lighting, system process engineering, and or certificate. video production, field camera work, graphic
videotape editing skills are also emphasized. (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs design preparation, tape duplications, non-
Recommended Prereq: MCM140 or consent of linear audio and video editing, promotions and
instructor. marketing. Two hundred forty hours are
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs MCM 297 Radio/TV/Internet Internship required for three credits. Repeatable to a
In this experience students observe and maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester
participate in various facets of television, video hours from the radio/TV/internet internship
MCM 243 Television Production III - or radio production in a professional work courses (MCM297, MCM298, MCM299) may
Electronic Film Production environment where these production skills are apply to the mass communication degree.
This course provides more advanced field used daily. The learning objectives are relative Prereq: MCM140; consent of instructor.
television production experience with an to the nature of the business of the site to (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
emphasis toward single-camera electronic field which the student is assigned or selects.
production (EFP) and electronic news Acquired skills may include: live multi-camera
video production, field camera work, graphic
gathering (ENG). Students will assume
design preparation, tape duplications, non-
Mathematics (MTH)
production roles as producers, directors,
camera operators and video editors. Pre- and linear audio and video editing, promotions and NOTE: Placement in mathematics courses is
post-production, scripting, graphics lighting, marketing. Eighty hours are required for one determined by scores on required assessment tests or
legal requirements and non-linear video credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 ACT scores. The geometry requirement may be met by
editing skills will be emphasized. semester hours; 6 semester hours from the verification of successful completion of high school
Recommended Prereq: MCM140 or consent of radio/TV/internet internship courses
(MCM297, MCM298, MCM299) may apply to geometry. To request a review of your high school
instructor. transcript to verify your ACT scores and geometry
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs the mass communication degree.
Prereq: MCM140; consent of instructor. completion, email mathplacement@waubonsee.edu.
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs
MCM 245 Mass Media Ethics and Laws MTH 050 Basic Mathematical Skills
This course examines the legal and judicial MCM 298 Radio/TV/Internet Internship This course is a review of the structure and
systems governing legislation, and significant
In this experience students observe and applications of arithmetic. Topics covered
historical/contemporary issues, which
participate in various facets of television, video include numbers and numerals, addition,
influence various industries and consumers of
or radio production in a professional work subtraction, multiplication, division, rational
mass communication. Special emphasis is
environment where these production skills are numbers, ratios, proportions and percents.
given to first amendment rights, libel, invasion
used daily. The learning objectives are relative Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
of privacy, protection of news sources, free
to the nature of the business of the site to hours.
press, and copyright legislation and court (0 or 3 lec/0 or 6 lab) 3 sem hrs
rulings. which the student is assigned or selects.
Recommended Prereq: MCM130. Acquired skills may include: live multi-camera
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs video production, field camera work, graphic MTH 060 Elementary Algebra
design preparation, tape duplications, non-
linear audio and video editing, promotions and This course in beginning algebra covers the
MCM 280 Mass Communication marketing. One hundred sixty hours are language of algebra, properties of numbers,
required for two credits. Repeatable to a equations, inequalities, polynomials, graphs,
Capstone: The Business/ functions and roots. Properties are developed
maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester
Media/and Careers of hours from the radio/TV/internet internship from a practical rather than theoretical point
TV/Internet/Radio courses (MCM297, MCM298, MCM299) may of view. Repeatable to a maximum of 16
apply to the mass communication degree. semester hours.
This course provides students with a deeper
Prereq: MCM140; consent of instructor. Prereq: C or better in MTH050 or placement
understanding of the broadcasting industries--
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs determined by assessment score.
the business and economic structures, current (0 or 4 lec/0 or 8 lab) 4 sem hrs
and developing media technologies of
acquisition and transmission, and the career
opportunities within each. Students will also MTH 070 Intermediate Algebra
focus on formats, ratings programming and This continuation of MTH060 covers the real
state/federal regulations. Digital transmission, number system, equations in one and two
video streaming and advances in media variables, linear and quadratic functions and
technologies will be examined. Hands-on their graphs, polynomials, radicals, exponential
practical information and skills will assist and logarithmic functions, and determinants.
students in the creation of resumes and Repeatable to a maximum of 16 semester
audition materials while focusing on the hours.
development of interview skills. Prereq: C or better in MTH060 or placement
Prereq: Consent of instructor. determined by assessment.
Recommended Prereq: MCM130 and three of (0 or 4 lec/0 or 8 lab) 4 sem hrs
the following MCM production courses--
MCM140 MCM240, MCM243, MCM221.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
214 Mathematics
MTH 075 Elementary Geometry MTH 111 College Algebra MTH 132 Calculus With Analytic
This elementary geometry course covers the This course is designed to provide the student Geometry II
language of geometry, similarity, congruence, with basic algebraic concepts necessary to This second course in calculus and analytic
properties of points, lines, triangles, continue in other mathematics courses. Topics geometry is a continuation of MTH131. Topics
rectangles, parallelograms, squares, trapezoids, include: real numbers, complex numbers, covered include exponential and logarithmic
other quadrilaterals, circles, volumes, surface solutions of inequalities and equations, functions, calculus of trigonometric functions,
areas, spheres, cylinders, cones and other coordinate systems, functions, polynomials, volumes and other applications of integration,
solids. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 rational functions, exponential and logarithmic formal integration techniques, indeterminate
semester hours. functions, graphing and transformations of forms, L'Hopitals rule, improper integrals,
Prereq: C or better in MTH060 or placement functions, and systems of equations. sequences and series, convergence tests,
determined by assessment. Prereq: C or better in MTH070 and MTH075; Taylor's formula, Taylor and Maclaurin series.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs or placement determined by assessment. Prereq: C or better in MTH131.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs IAI: M1 900-2, MTH 902.
MTH 101 College Mathematics (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
This course in mathematics is designed to MTH 112 Plane Trigonometry
satisfy the general education requirement at This course in trigonometry of the plane MTH 141 Scientific Programming I
the university level. The emphasis of the course concentrates on trigonometric functions and This course is designed to provide the student
is on understanding logical arguments, doing their applications. Topics covered include the an introduction to the use of computer
abstract thinking and solving verbal problems. trigonometric functions, solution of right programming in problem analysis and problem
Topics covered include logical statements and triangles, radian measure, fundamental solving by highlighting applications in
arguments, geometry in problem solving, identities, angular measure, graphs, mathematics and the Fortran language. The
estimation, approximation, judging logarithms, functions of composite angles, course emphasizes the use of Fortran grammar,
reasonableness of answers, problem solving oblique triangles, trigonometric equations, syntax, control structure, and mathematics
and statistics. inverse trigonometric functions, and complex applications such as the use of arrays, slope
Prereq: C or better in MTH070 and MTH075; numbers, including powers and roots. and arc lengths, estimation of models and data
or placement determined by assessment. Prereq: C or better in MTH070 and MTH075; types.
IAI: M1 901. or placement determined by assessment. Prereq: MTH131 or MTH211.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
MTH 103 Elementary Technical MTH 113 Technical Mathematics MTH 201 Mathematics for Elementary
Mathematics This course introduces algebra, trigonometry Teachers I
This course, intended primarily for those and problem-solving techniques as they apply
to technical/occupational programs of study This first course in mathematics for
students majoring in the technical-vocational elementary education majors follows the
areas, includes an elementary review and and careers. Topics include: algebraic concepts
and operations, geometry, functions and curriculum standards of the National Council
survey of arithmetical operations, common of Teachers of Mathematics. Topics include:
fractions, fundamentals of algebra, graphs, the trigonometric functions, linear
equations and determinants, factoring and problem-solving strategies, patterns and
mensuration formulas and geometry. sequences, set theory, numeration systems,
Prereq: C or better in MTH050 or placement fractions, quadratic equations, right triangle
trigonometry, vectors, exponents and radicals. number theory, and operations with whole
determined by assessment. numbers, integers, rational numbers, and real
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Significant emphasis is placed on the use of a
graphing calculator to master course content numbers. Emphasis is on math content and
and solve applied problems. manipulatives used to teach mathematics in
MTH 104 Business Mathematics Prereq: MTH060 or MTH103 or placement grades K-8.
Students apply mathematics to business determined by assessment. Prereq: C or better in MTH070 and MTH075;
problems through the following topics: cash (5 lec/0 lab) 5 sem hrs or placement determined by assessment.
and trade discounts commission, markup, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
simple interest, discounting commercial paper, MTH 131 Calculus With Analytic
payroll records, taxes, depreciation, financial MTH 202 Mathematics for Elementary
statements, insurance, bonds and annuities. Geometry I
Teachers II
Students may use their own electronic, hand- This first course in calculus and analytic
held calculators. geometry covers inequalities, limits and This second course in mathematics for
Prereq: C or better in MTH050 or placement continuity; definition of derivative, rate of elementary education majors follows the
determined by assessment score. change, slope, derivatives of polynomials, curriculum standards of the National Council
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs rational and trigonometric functions; chain of Teachers of Mathematics. Topics include:
rule; implicit differentiation, approximation by probability, statistics, geometry, measurement,
differentials; higher order derivatives, Rolles and linear equations. Emphasis is on math
MTH 107 Basic Statistics Theorem, Mean Value Theorem, applications content and manipulatives used to teach
This course is designed to assist the student in of derivatives, introduction to antiderivatives mathematics in grades K-8.
the understanding and use of numerical data. and definite integrals, the fundamental Prereq: C or better in MTH201.
Topics covered include descriptive methods, theorem of calculus, areas and numerical IAI: M1 903.
probability, probability distributions, statistical integration. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
inference, confidence intervals, tests of Prereq: C or better in MTH111 and MTH112;
hypotheses, and correlation and regression. or placement determined by assessment.
Prereq: C or better in MTH070 and MTH075; IAI: M1 900-1, MTH 901.
or placement determined by assessment. (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
IAI: M1 902.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Medical Assistant
215
MTH 210 Finite Mathematics Medical Assistant (MLA) MLA 210 Laboratory Procedures for the
This course is intended for students in Medical Assistant
business, economics, or social and life sciences This course introduces the student to basic
with applications from these fields. Topics MLA 150 Basic Administrative techniques for performing routine laboratory
covered include vectors, determinants, Procedures for the Medical tests done in the medical office. These include
matrices, systems of inequalities, linear Assistant phlebotomy skills and the physical, chemical
programming, simplex method, logic and and microscopic examination of urine and
Boolean algebra, sets and counting, probability A patient-centered approach is used in this
course that introduces the student to blood, as well as understanding the
theory, stochastic processes, Markov processes implications of normal and abnormal results.
and the mathematics of finance. administrative medical assisting competencies
utilized in the health care setting. Students The proper collection, handling and labeling of
Prereq: C or better in MTH111 or placement urine and blood specimens, agglutination and
determined by assessment. receive CPR and First Aid certification.
Students are taught fundamental triage skills, coagulation tests, and an introduction to
IAI: M1 906. microbiology are also covered. The student
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs techniques of patient instruction, and basic
clerical duties such as maintaining patient continues to observe all OSHA and
records, scheduling appointments and bloodborne pathogen standards.
MTH 211 Calculus for Business and procedures, processing telephone calls, and Prereq: Program admission; MLA171.
handling finances for a medical practice. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Social Science
This course presents an elementary treatment Recommended Prereq: AOS115 and AOS222;
of topics from differential and integral or concurrent enrollment. MLA 220 Pharmacology for the
(2.5 lec/1 lab) 3 sem hrs
calculus. It is intended primarily for students Medical Assistant
in the fields of business and social science. This course examines how drugs are processed
Prereq: C or better in MTH111 or placement MLA 171 Medical Assistant Clinical I and utilized in the body, and medication
determined by assessment. This course is designed to instruct the medical classification and administration. Therapeutic
IAI: M1 900-B. assistant student in the routine clinical and adverse effects of drugs are considered.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs procedures of the medical office. Students are Patient education related to drug therapy is
taught OSHA regulations and the use of emphasized. A component of mathematics
MTH 233 Calculus With Analytic Standard Precautions in the medical office. utilizing metric and apothecary systems to
Proficiency is obtained in taking vital signs, calculate the dosage of medications is included.
Geometry III collecting patient information and Prereq: Program admission; AOS222 or
This third course in calculus and analytic documentation. The student is taught body AOS224; BIO260 or concurrent enrollment.
geometry is a continuation of MTH132. Topics positions for examinations, methods of (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
include conic sections, plane curves, examination and aseptic technique, and are
parametric equations and polar coordinates, introduced to venipuncture in order to assist
vectors, vector functions, multivariate the primary health care provider in the medical
MLA 230 Medical Law and Ethics
functions, partial derivatives, differentials, setting. This course addresses medical ethics, moral
directional derivatives, gradients, double and Prereq: Program admission; ability to read at principles, state health care provider practice
triple integrals, evaluation and applications. the 10th grade level or higher and perform acts, legal responsibilities, liability, HIPAA
Prereq: C or better in MTH132. required math skills as determined by regulations and civic duties of the health care
IAI: M1 900-3, MTH 903. assessment testing; BIO260; AOS222 or professional.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs AOS224. (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
(1.5 lec/2 lab) 2.5 sem hrs
MTH 236 Introduction to Linear Algebra MLA 298 Medical Assistant Externship
This course covers basic concepts and MLA 172 Medical Assistant Clinical II This course provides students with 160 hours
techniques of matrix theory and linear algebra. This course instructs the student in of on-site experience in the role of medical
It includes systems of linear equations, performing the more advanced and invasive assistant. Students are assigned to an area
operations with matrices, inverses, procedures that are required of the medical physician's office, clinic or outpatient facility to
determinants, vector spaces, inner product assistant. The student is taught techniques of participate in both the administrative and
spaces, linear transformations, eigenvalues and specimen collection, basic 12-lead clinical areas of the practice, and observe
eigenvectors. Numerical iterative methods are electrocardiography (ECG), principles of various health care personnel perform tasks
discussed and formal proof constructions are medication administration, and the proper use and duties. The student does not receive
stressed. and application of assistive devices. This remuneration or payment for this learning
Prereq: C or better in MTH233. course emphasizes reinforcing basic patient experience. Repeatable to a maximum of 4
IAI: MTH 911. care instruction to encompass all phases of the semester hours on a space available basis; 2
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs life cycle and special patient needs. semester hours may be applied to the Medical
Prereq: Program admission; MLA210. Assistant certificate.
(1.5 lec/2 lab) 2.5 sem hrs Prereq: Program admission; C or better in
MTH 240 Differential Equations MLA courses, AOS227 and AOS235;
This course covers linear equations of the first recommendation of instructor.
order linear equations with constant (.5 lec/9.5 lab) 2 sem hrs
coefficients; the general linear equations;
variation of parameters; undetermined
coefficients; linear independence; the
Wronskian; exact equations; separation of
variables; applications; solutions of Laplace
transforms; solution by power series and
partial differential equations.
Prereq: C or better in MTH233.
IAI: MTH 912.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
216 Microcomputer Systems
Microcomputer MCS 141 Comprehensive Electronic MCS 175 Electronic Presentations for
Spreadsheet Business
Systems (MCS) This electronic spreadsheet course emphasizes This course is an introduction to designing,
See also Computer Information Systems (CIS), designing, formatting, and modifying preparing and delivering electronic business
Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and worksheet models and charts. Included are presentations using presentation graphics
integration features of charting, word software. Speaker support materials such as
World Wide Web/Internet (WEB).
processing, database and macros. Repeatable overheads, transparencies, slides, audience
to a maximum of 9 semester hours for different handouts, and slide shows are prepared.
MCS 120 Introduction to Windows spreadsheet packages; 3 semester hours may Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester hours
This introduction to a graphical interface apply to a degree or certificate. for different presentation graphics packages; 2
software package emphasizes the Windows Note: Students will not receive credit toward a semester hours may apply to a degree or
Vista environment, manipulation of taskbar, degree or certificate for both MCS141 and certificate.
file maintenance and folder manipulation. MCS140 or MCS240. Recommended Prereq: MCS120.
Repeatable to a maximum of 3 semester hours Recommended Prereq: MCS120. Recommended Coreq: AOS100.
for different environments; 1 semester hour (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
may apply to a degree or certificate.
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs MCS 150 Introduction to Database MCS 181 Outlook
Management Students learn how to manage, prioritize and
MCS 130 Beginning Word Processing This beginning course uses relational arrange e-mail messages; use the Calendar to
This course is designed to meet today's management software on microcomputer schedule meetings; use advanced Contacts'
business needs for basic computer applications systems. Students design, build and maintain features to further integrate their electronic
in word processing. It is a hands-on relational databases while learning to integrate data by scheduling and managing meetings
introduction to a popular word processing databases with other software applications. with others; use the Journal, Notes, Tasks, and
software program whose basic functions Repeatable to a maximum of 4.5 semester more. Repeatable to a maximum of 3 semester
include: creating, editing, file management, hours for different database management hours; 1 semester hour may apply to a degree
spell check, thesaurus, format, move, copy, software packages; 1.5 semester hours may or certificate.
find/replace and print. Repeatable to a apply to a degree or certificate. Recommended Prereq: MCS120.
maximum of 4 semester hours (for different Note: Students will not receive credit toward a (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
word processing software); 1 semester hour degree or certificate for both MCS150 and
may apply to a degree or certificate. MCS151. MCS 190 IC3 Exam Preparation
Recommended Prereq: Keyboarding skills; Recommended Prereq: MCS120. Students review and prepare to take the IC3
MCS120 or concurrent enrollment. (1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs Certification Exams to demonstrate computer
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
and Internet literacy. The three certification
MCS 151 Comprehensive Database exams are: Computing Fundamentals, Key
MCS 131 Intermediate Word Processing Management Applications (word processing and
Students increase their basic skills in using spreadsheets), and Living Online (Internet).
This comprehensive course focuses on Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours;
word processing software. Applications include understanding relational database
file management, headers/footers, pagination, 1 semester hour may apply to a degree or
management software on microcomputer certificate.
outlines, bullets and numbering, table of systems. Students design, build and maintain
contents, index, footnotes/endnotes, merge, Recommended Prereq: AOS100; AOS110 or
relational databases while learning to integrate CIS110; AOS210.
labels, envelopes and master document databases with other software. Also included is
features. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
an introduction to concepts of programming
semester hours (for different word processing language for database applications with
software); 1 semester hour may apply to a emphasis on the fundamentals of event-driven MCS 200 Advanced Windows
degree or certificate. programming techniques. Repeatable to a This in-depth examination of Microsoft
Recommended Prereq: AOS100 or minimum of maximum of 9 semester hours for different Windows gives students the opportunity to
30 wpm keyboarding skill and MCS130 or database management software packages; 3 increase their working knowledge of the
basic knowledge of word processing. semester hours may apply to a degree or operating system, including such areas as the
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs certificate. registry, the command line, OLE and
Note: Students will not receive credit toward a optimization of the hard disk. Repeatable to a
MCS 140 Introduction to Electronic degree or certificate for both MCS151 and maximum of 8 semester hours; 2 semester
Spreadsheet MCS150 or MCS250. hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: MCS120. Recommended Prereq: MCS120.
This introductory electronic spreadsheet (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
course emphasizes creating, modifying,
designing and manipulating spreadsheet
models and charts. Database concepts of MCS 230 Advanced Word Processing
spreadsheet software and working with Students increase their knowledge and
multiple workbooks are introduced. expertise using the advanced features of word
Repeatable to a maximum of 4.5 semester processing software. Applications include
hours for different spreadsheet packages; 1.5 macros, tables, math, sort, fonts, columns,
semester hours may apply to a degree or styles, import documents, graphics, symbols,
certificate. and an introduction to using a word processing
Note: Students will not receive credit toward a program for desktop publishing. Repeatable to
degree or certificate for both MCS140 and a maximum of 4 semester hours (for different
MCS141. word processing software); 1 semester hour
Recommended Prereq: MCS120. may apply to a degree or certificate.
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: MCS131 or consent of
instructor.
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Music
217
MCS 240 Advanced Electronic MSC 102 Foundations in Leadership MUS 102 Music in America
Spreadsheet This course provides an overview of leadership This course is an overview of America's rich
This advanced electronic spreadsheet course fundamentals including problem solving, goal and diverse musical heritage from Colonial
emphasizes designing, formatting, and setting, listening skills presentation skills, times to the present. Jazz, rock, folk and
modifying worksheet models and charts. It feedback techniques, and effective writing country, as well as music for the concert hall,
includes integration features of graphing, word skills. Students use practical, hands-on, stage and screen are explored.
processing, database and macros, and interactive exercises to explore the dimensions IAI: F1 904.
introduces spreadsheet application design, of leadership values attributes, skills, and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
solver and visual basic for applications. actions.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
MUS 105 Opera Appreciation
for different spreadsheet versions; 1.5 semester The study of selected operas from Chicago's
hours may apply to a degree or certificate. MSC 201 Innovative Tactical Leadership Lyric Opera season provides the basis of this
Note: Students will not receive credit toward a This course employs historical case studies and introductory course. Students preview and
degree or certificate for both MCS240 and interactive exercises to explore the dimensions attend operas which are representative of
MCS141. of creative and innovative tactical leadership major composers and their styles.
Recommended Prereq: MCS140. strategies and styles. Students practice aspects (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs of personal motivation and team building by
planning executing, and assessing team
MUS 110 Careers in Music
MCS 250 Advanced Database exercises, while focusing on the continued
development of leadership values and This course presents a wide-ranging survey of
Management the careers available in the field of music.
attributes through an understanding of rank,
This advanced course focuses on uniform, and customs and courtesies. Guest speakers who work in publishing,
understanding relational database Leadership case studies provide a context for recording, arts management, education and
management software on microcomputer learning the Soldier's Creed and the Warrior performance meet with the class.
systems. Students learn to integrate databases Ethos. (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
with other software products, define table (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
relationships, create advanced queries,
automate tasks with macros, and learn the MUS 120 Basic Elements of Music
concepts of programming language for MSC 202 Leadership in Changing This introductory course is designed to
database applications, with emphasis on the Environments develop the knowledge and understanding of
fundamentals of event-driven programming the basic elements of music (sound, rhythm,
This course examines the challenges of leading form, etc.) through the application of such
techniques. Repeatable to a maximum of 4.5 in complex contemporary operational
semester hours for different database elements in creative work. Students with no
environments. The cross-cultural dimensions prior background are introduced to notation,
management software packages; 1.5 semester of leadership in a constantly changing world
hours may apply to a degree or certificate. music reading, scales, chords and the piano
are highlighted and applied to practical Army keyboard. Computer-assisted instruction of
Note: Students will not receive credit toward a leadership tasks and situations. As students
degree or certificate for both MCS250 and these elements is also included.
practice communication and team building (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
MCS151. skills, case studies offer insight into the
Recommended Prereq: MCS150. importance and practice of teamwork and
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs tactics in real world scenarios. MUS 121 Theory of Music I
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs This course presents a study in the technical
aspects of music including scales, chords,
Military Science (MSC) melody, harmony, notation and the musical
See ROTC Transfer Option in the Career Connections Music (MUS) results of their interrelationships. The student
gains an understanding of compositional
section of this catalog. techniques through the analysis of music and
MUS 100 Music: The Art of Listening individual creative projects. Keyboard skills
MSC 101 Leadership and Personal This course enhances the student's and ear training are also included.
understanding and enjoyment of music. By Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
Development appropriate course placement.
listening to a variety of music such as
This course introduces students to the Recommended Prereq: MUS120.
orchestral, jazz and folk, the student gains
personal challenges and competencies that are (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
insight into the works of composers through
critical for effective leadership. Students learn
periods of musical development. Music of
how the personal development of life skills--
other world cultures is also examined. MUS 123 Theory of Music II
such as goal setting, stress management,
IAI: F1 900. This course is a continuation of MUS121
physical fitness and time management--relate
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs including the application of seventh chords,
to leadership, officership and the Army
profession. In addition, the course emphasizes modulation and compositional form.
developing a basic knowledge and MUS 101 Musics of the World Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
comprehension of Army Leadership This course provides an introduction to music appropriate course placement.
Dimensions, while gaining a larger in various parts of the world with emphasis Recommended Prereq: MUS120; MUS 121.
understanding of the ROTC program, its placed on the way in which music functions Coreq: MUS124.
purpose in the Army, and its advantages for the within each society. The music and cultures of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
college student. South America, India, Southeast Asia and
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs China are presented.
IAI: F1 903N.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
218 Music
MUS 124 Aural Skills II: Developing the MUS 162 Rock Music Ensemble MUS 167 Community Vocal Ensemble:
Musical Ear This course is a study of the various styles and Fox Valley Festival Chorus
This course is a continuation of aural skills techniques of rock music from the 1950s to the The Fox Valley Festival Chorus is an ensemble
developed in MUS121. Aural identification of present through a performance group. Open to of approximately 60 singers which performs a
intervals, scales and chord qualities are all musicians--guitar, percussion, keyboards, variety of vocal music from all periods of music
emphasized. Pitch and rhythm drills are horns, singers and any other instruments used literature. Performances are often in
included to aid in the development of notation in rock music performance. Repeatable to a conjunction with orchestras or other
skills. maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester instrumental groups. Repeatable to a
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for hours may apply to a degree or certificate. maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester
appropriate course placement. Recommended Prereq: Music background. hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: MUS121. (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
Coreq: MUS123.
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs MUS 163 Ballroom Dance Band MUS 168 Community Instrumental
This instrumental ensemble studies and Ensemble: Fox Valley
MUS 150 Vocal Techniques: An performs dance music of the ballroom in the
1930s and 1940s. Repeatable to a maximum of Concert Band
Introduction to Singing
4 semester hours; 4 semester hours may apply This performing ensemble is designed for
This course provides an introduction into the to a degree or certificate. community residents and students. Two hours
techniques of singing: breathing, phrasing and (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs per week are spent playing and rehearsing
interpretation. Music for the class is chosen concert band literature from all periods of
from many styles, including Broadway to art musical history. Repeatable to a maximum of 4
songs. MUS 164 Instrumental Ensemble semester hours; 4 semester hours may apply to
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs This course is an instrumental ensemble for a degree or certificate.
chamber music, folk, or other special Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
MUS 151 Class Instruction-Piano I combinations. Performances are led by a appropriate course placement.
faculty member, teaching assistant or under (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
This course provides beginning instruction in the supervision of a faculty member.
piano and is conducted in the electronic piano Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours;
lab. No previous background needed. Students 4 semester hours may apply to a degree or MUS 169 Community Instrumental
learn music notation, chords and certificate. Ensemble: American
harmonization. Music study includes popular, Recommended Prereq: Music background.
folk and classical music for beginners. (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
Legion Band
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs This performing ensemble is designed for
community residents and students. Two hours
MUS 165 Vocal Ensemble: Waubonsee per week are spent playing and rehearsing
MUS 154 Class Guitar I standard band literature. Rehearsals and
Singers
This course provides beginning guitar performances are with the American Legion
instruction in playing and reading chords, An ensemble of singers performs "Today's
Sounds": choral arrangements of familiar Band concert band. Repeatable to a maximum
chord symbols, picking, strumming patterns, of 4 semester hours; 4 semester hours may
reading musical notation and playing chord popular music in America today led by a
faculty member, designated teaching assistant, apply to a degree or certificate.
progressions, and a variety of guitar styles. (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs or under the supervision of a faculty member.
Performances are accompanied by a
background instrumental/ rhythm group. MUS 170 Electronic Music Ensemble
MUS 160 Jazz Ensemble Open to all students and community residents. This performance ensemble utilizes
This course focuses on the performance of jazz Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; Waubonsee's recording studio facilities and
music composed for the standard 15-17 piece 4 semester hours may apply to a degree or equipment to develop and perform original
ensemble. Music of the swing, bebop and certificate. compositions. Tape recorders, microphones,
contemporary periods is performed. (0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs signal processors and computers are the
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; "instruments" in this ensemble, and
4 semester hours may apply to a degree or MUS 166 Vocal Ensemble: Waubonsee experimentation is encouraged. Repeatable to a
certificate. maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Chorale hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
The Waubonsee Chorale is a vocal ensemble of Recommended Prereq: Music background.
approximately 20 male and female singers, led (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
MUS 161 Jazz Improvisation Combo by a faculty member, designated teaching
This course includes techniques for solo jazz assistant, or under the supervision of a faculty
improvisation in a small combo setting. Blues member. The group explores the lively art of MUS 171 Percussion Ensemble
and modal scales, and standard chord small ensemble singing through performances In this performance ensemble of 20th century
progression are studied. Repeatable to a of selected music including madrigals, percussion music, individual percussion
maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester spirituals and other traditional choral music instruments and techniques are discussed.
hours may apply to a degree or certificate. forms. Open to all students and community Traditional and contemporary percussion
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs residents. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 notation are taught to enable the student to
semester hours; 4 semester hours may apply to perform assigned parts. Mallet instruments
a degree or certificate. (marimba, vibes, etc.) as well as pitched and
(0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs nonpitched percussion instruments are used.
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours;
4 semester hours may apply to a degree or
certificate.
Recommended Prereq: Music background.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Music
219
MUS 175 All College Steel Band MUS 184 Applied: Brass MUS 193 Woodwind Techniques I
This entry-level performance ensemble on This course provides private instruction in This course is designed to teach the basic skills
steel pans performs Caribbean-based musical brass individually designed for each student's needed to play the woodwind instruments.
styles. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester need. Students concentrate on technique and Embouchure formation, breath control and
hours; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree repertory commensurate with their current tonguing are emphasized.
or certificate. ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs semester hours; 4 semester hours may apply to
a degree or certificate.
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
MUS 194 Woodwind Techniques II
MUS 176 Waubonsee Community College appropriate course placement. This course is a continuation of MUS193.
Performing Steel Band (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs Emphasis is placed on developing performance
This advanced performance ensemble on steel skills on a chosen woodwind instrument.
pans performs Caribbean-based musical styles. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
MUS 185 Applied: String appropriate course placement.Recommended
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours;
6 semester hours may apply to a degree or Instruments/Guitar Prereq: MUS193.
certificate. This course provides private instruction in (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for string individually designed for each student's
appropriate course placement. need. Students concentrate on technique and MUS 195 Brass Techniques I
Recommended Prereq: MUS175. repertory commensurate with their current This course is designed to teach the basic skills
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 needed to play the brass instruments.
semester hours; 4 semester hours may apply to Embouchure formation, breath control and
a degree or certificate.
MUS 180 Applied: Recommended Prereq: MUS154 or MUS254.
tonguing are emphasized.
Composition/Arranging (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
This course provides private instruction in
composition individually designed for each MUS 200 Music Literature:
MUS 186 Applied: Organ
student's need. Students concentrate on A Historical Survey
compositional technique and a creative project This course provides private instruction in
organ individually designed for each student's This course provides an overview of major
commensurate with their current ability. composers in music history and their
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; need. Students concentrate on technique and
repertory commensurate with their current compositions that are included in standard
4 semester hours may apply to a degree or concert repertory. Representative works are
certificate. ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 4
semester hours; 4 semester hours may apply to chosen to illustrate the principal styles, forms
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for and techniques of vocal and instrumental
appropriate course placement. a degree or certificate.
Prereq: Consent of instructor. music. Major works for symphony, opera and
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs piano are surveyed, as well as the experimental
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
trends of the 20th and 21st centuries.
MUS 181 Applied: Piano Recommended Prereq: MUS100 or MUS120 or
MUS 187 Applied: Percussion MUS121.
This course provides private instruction in
piano individually designed for each student's This course provides private instruction in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
need. Students concentrate on technique and percussion individually designed for each
repertory commensurate with their current student's need. Students concentrate on
technique and repertory commensurate with
MUS 210 Music for the Elementary
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 4
semester hours; 4 semester hours may apply to their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum Teacher
a degree or certificate. of 4 semester hours; 4 semester hours may This course prepares students who plan to
Recommended Prereq: One year of piano study apply to a degree or certificate. teach at the elementary level with the
or MUS151 or MUS251. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for knowledge, skills and aesthetic awareness to
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs appropriate course placement. deal comfortably with the art of music in the
Recommended Prereq: One semester of classroom. It provides basic skills in piano,
percussion study. guitar and other simple classroom instruments
MUS 182 Applied: Voice (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs used in accompanying children in musical
This course provides private instruction in activities. A portion of the work stresses music
voice individually designed for each student's fundamentals. No previous music coursework
need. Students concentrate on technique and MUS 191 Percussion Techniques I: or experience necessary.
repertory commensurate with their current (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 Steel Pans
semester hours; 4 semester hours may apply to This course focuses on the development of the
a degree or certificate. basic rudiments used in playing percussion
Recommended Prereq: MUS150. instruments. Carribean Steel Pans are the
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs primary instruments studied. Percussion
notation and accessories are also studied.
Students experience these instruments through
MUS 183 Applied: Woodwinds ensemble playing.
This course provides private instruction in (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
woodwinds individually designed for each
student's need. Students concentrate on
technique and repertory commensurate with MUS 192 Percussion Techniques II
their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum This course is a continuation of MUS191.
of 4 semester hours; 4 semester hours may Emphasis is placed on developing performance
apply to a degree or certificate. skills on individual percussion instruments.
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
appropriate course placement. appropriate course placement.
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: MUS191.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
220 Music
MUS 211 Introduction to the MUS 222 Aural Skills III: Developing the MUS 254 Class Guitar II
Recording/MIDI Studio Musical Ear This course provides intermediate-level guitar
This course is designed as an introduction to This course is a continuation of MUS124. The instruction, including chord formation with
the tools and techniques used in digital sound purpose of this course is to present a study of bar chords, finger picking and accomplishment
production and recording. Topics include: syncopated rhythmic patterns, intervals, and patterns, and seventh chords.
digital recording and editing techniques, triads, isolated and in context. Singing of folk Recommended Prereq: MUS154 or equivalent.
microphone techniques, basic principles of songs and selected art songs in treble and bass (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
acoustics, audio signal processing, sound clefs, as well as ear training correlated with
synthesis, and the Musical Instrument Digital sight singing, are also included. MUS 280 Applied:
Interface (MIDI) standard. Students have Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
access to the recording studio (lab) for assigned appropriate course placement.
Composition/Arranging
projects. Recommended Prereq: MUS124. This course provides private instruction in
Note: It is recommended that students have Coreq: MUS221. composition individually designed for each
some keyboard knowledge (Music Theory). (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs student's need. Students concentrate on
Recommended Prereq: Familiarity with basic compositional technique and a creative project
functions of Mac OSX and Windows XP. commensurate with their current ability.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs MUS 223 Theory of Music IV Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester hours;
This course is a continuation of MUS221 8 semester hours may apply to a degree or
covering 20th and early 21st century certificate.
MUS 212 Conducting: An Introduction techniques. The study of polychords, synthetic Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
This is an introductory course in the basic scales, new instrumental and notational appropriate course placement.
techniques for conducting instrumental and systems, twelve-tone composition, and Recommended Prereq: MUS121 or MUS122.
vocal ensembles. Score reading, score analysis influences of non-Western music are included. (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
and conducting practice experience are also Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
included. appropriate course placement.
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for Recommended Prereq: MUS221.
MUS 281 Applied: Piano
appropriate course placement. Coreq: MUS224. This course provides private instruction in
Recommended Prereq: MUS123. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs piano individually designed for each student's
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs need. Students concentrate on technique and
repertory commensurate with their current
MUS 224 Aural Skills IV: Developing the ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester
MUS 213 Advanced Recording and Musical Ear hours; 8 semester hours may apply to a degree
MIDI Applications This course is a continuation of MUS222 and or certificate.
This course provides creative applications of focuses on the study of advanced rhythmic Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
the concepts and tools acquired in MUS211, patterns, continued use of triads, and chords of appropriate course placement.
including applications in MIDI, digital the seventh and altered chords, isolated and in Recommended Prereq: One year of piano study.
recording, digital editing and mixdown. context. Sight singing of more advanced (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for materials, as well as ear training correlated
appropriate course placement. with sight singing, is included. MUS 282 Applied: Voice
Recommended Prereq: MUS211. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for This course provides private instruction in
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs appropriate course placement. voice individually designed for each student's
Recommended Prereq: MUS222. need. Students concentrate on technique and
Coreq: MUS223.
MUS 214 Introduction to Film Scoring (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
repertory commensurate with their current
This course introduces composers to the ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester
specialized craft of composing for film. hours; 8 semester hours may apply to a degree
Students learn the basic concepts and MUS 251 Class Instruction-Piano II or certificate.
procedures specific to creating music for film, This course is a continuation of MUS151 and Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
and they gain experience in composing music includes more advanced materials in music appropriate course placement.
for locally produced films. notation, chords and harmonization. A Recommended Prereq: MUS150.
Recommended Prereq: MUS 211 strongly minimum of four hours of practice per week is (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
recommended or equivalent ability to compose required.
music; rudimentary proficiency on one Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for MUS 283 Applied: Woodwinds
instrument. appropriate course placement. This course provides private instruction in
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: MUS151. woodwinds individually designed for each
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs student's need. Students concentrate on
MUS 221 Theory of Music III technique and repertory commensurate with
This course is a continuation of MUS123 and MUS 252 Class Instruction-Piano III their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum
includes observations of counterpoint, This course provides group piano instruction of 8 semester hours; 8 semester hours may
chromatic harmonies (borrowed chords, with an emphasis on developing advanced apply to a degree or certificate.
augmented sixth chords, and mediants) form harmonization techniques, including extended Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
and analysis techniques, and the application of chords, transposition and accompanying appropriate course placement.
compositional techniques. techniques. A survey of appropriate piano (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for literature is also included.
appropriate course placement. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
Recommended Prereq: MUS123. appropriate course placement.
Coreq: MUS222. Recommended Prereq: MUS251.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Nursing
221
MUS 284 Applied: Brass MUS 292 Percussion Techniques IV NUR 105 Introduction to Health Care
This course provides private instruction in This course is a continuation of MUS291 and This course is designed to provide the student
brass individually designed for each student's focuses on the individual student's ability and with a base upon which all subsequent nursing
need. Students concentrate on technique and needs to develop advanced ensemble playing courses are built. It focuses on cognitive,
repertory commensurate with their current techniques. psychomotor and communication skills that
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for are basic to client care and that can be utilized
hours; 8 semester hours may apply to a degree appropriate course placement. by the nurse or delegated to assistive
or certificate. Recommended Prereq: MUS291. personnel. Students achieve mastery of these
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs skills through classroom instruction,
laboratory demonstration, peer review and
appropriate course placement. clinical practice in a geriatric setting. Special
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
MUS 296 Special Topics/Music consideration is given to concepts of geriatric
This course offers special topics/issues in nursing. Laboratory proficiency testing is
MUS 285 Applied: String music. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 emphasized.
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in all of
Instruments/Guitar semester hours for different special topics; 6
the following: PSY100, PSY205, BIO250,
This course provides private instruction in semester hours may apply to a degree or
certificate. BIO270, BIO272, ENG101, ENG102, COM100;
string individually designed for each student's current American Heart Association Basic Life
need. Students concentrate on technique and (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
Support for Health Care Providers (CPR).
repertory commensurate with their current Coreq: NUR106.
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester (3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs
hours; 8 semester hours may apply to a degree
or certificate.
Nurse Assistant (NAS)
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for NUR 106 Introduction to Clinical
appropriate course placement. AS 101 Nurse Assistant Skills Pharmacology
Recommended Prereq: MUS154 or MUS254. Designed to prepare persons to function in the This course is designed for nursing students
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs role of nurse assistant in a variety of health beginning the study of pharmacology and
care settings. Content includes basic nursing medication administration. The course goal is
MUS 286 Applied: Organ procedures, food service, body mechanics, to focus on essential information for safe
safety measures, special treatments, administration of drugs to include a
This course provides private instruction in communication skills and care of persons with comprehensive unit on medication
organ individually designed for each student's Alzheimer's disease and related dementias. calculations. This course helps students
need. Students concentrate on technique and Clinical experiences are provided in long-term develop a logical thinking process in the
repertory commensurate with their current care facilities. This course is approved by the administration of drugs. Instructional methods
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester Illinois Department of Public Health. to facilitate the simulated application of
hours; 8 semester hours may apply to a degree Note: Due to state attendance requirements, content to nursing practice are utilized.
or certificate. students must register by the first day of class. Prereq: Program admission.
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for Included in the fees are: $50 for state Coreq: NUR105; or NUR120 (for advanced
appropriate course placement. competency exam, $15 for state criminal placement students).
Prereq: Consent of instructor. background check, and $4 for a WCC student (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs name badge. Please note that Waubonsee
processes and sponsors this application once at NUR 120 Basic Concepts of Nursing
the completion of the course. Students must
MUS 287 Applied: Percussion complete CNA testing in the Center for This course continues with basic nursing skills.
This course provides private instruction in Learning Assessment for appropriate advising Use of the nursing process including nursing
percussion individually designed for each and/or placement into the course. All students assessment, basic concepts of pharmacology,
student's need. Students concentrate on enrolled in the course are required by the therapeutic communication, and fluid and
technique and repertory commensurate with Illinois Department of Public Health to have a electrolyte balance with a focus on diabetes
their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum background check prior to clinical experiences. mellitus are emphasized. Clinical experiences
of 8 semester hours; 8 semester hours may In addition, students must provide evidence of are provided in an acute care facility.
a 2-step test for tuberculosis (TB) prior to the Note: Advanced placement in NUR120 may
apply to a degree or certificate. require concurrent enrollment in NUR106
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for first clinical day. A valid social security number
is required at the time of enrollment. based on recommendation of the program
appropriate course placement. director.
Recommended Prereq: One semester of Prereq: Reading assessment; 16 years of age or
older. Prereq: Program admission; C or better in
percussion study. NUR105; nursing math proficiency test.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs (4 lec/6 lab) 7 sem hrs
Coreq: American Heart Association Health
Care Provider course; documentation of
MUS 291 Percussion Techniques III current immunizations.
This course is a continuation of MUS192 and
Nursing (NUR) (3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs
focuses on the individual student's ability and
needs to develop ensemble playing techniques. NUR 100 How to Succeed in Nursing NUR 150 Medical-Surgical Nursing I
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for This course is designed to help students This course focuses on the use of the nursing
appropriate course placement. transition from prerequisite courses to nursing process to meet the needs of patients
Recommended Prereq: MUS192. courses. Emphasis is placed on options in experiencing stress, respiratory or
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs nursing, what to expect in nursing, study skills, gastrointestinal conditions, or surgery. Clinical
how to take nursing tests, and survival. This experiences are provided in an acute care
course should help the success of students in facility including the operating and recovery
rooms.
the nursing program. Repeatable to a
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in
maximum of 4 semester hours; only 1 semester
NUR120.
hour may apply to a degree or certificate.
Coreq: Current American Heart Association
Recommended Prereq: Completion of most
Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers
nursing prerequisite courses.
(CPR).
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs (3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
222 Nursing
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Physical Education
223
PDV 140 Challenge and Change in PHL 140 Introduction to Aesthetics PED 102 Individual Sports
Career/Life Planning This course provides an overview of the critical This course includes instruction in the skills
A personal growth course that assists students and philosophical examination of art, artistic and techniques of individual sports.
creativity and aesthetic experience. It focuses Participation is emphasized and content
in the career selection process. Topics include includes rules, strategies, fundamentals,
re-examining value systems and choice of on identifying the concepts that have
traditionally been used to identify and evaluate scoring and terminology. The sport may vary
lifestyles, decision making risk-taking and in the past has included: rock climbing,
behaviors, career resources and job-seeking works of art. It addresses such traditional and
contemporary issues as: What is art? What is sailing, archery, badminton, fencing, skating,
skills. table tennis and cross-country skiing.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs a work of art? How does art differ from craft?
Repeatable to a maximum of 2 semester hours;
How does art differ from technology? How a maximum of 4 semester hours of PED
does art differ from propaganda? activity courses may apply to a degree or
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs certificate.
Philosophy (PHL) (0 lec/1 lab) .5 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
224 Physical Education
PED 110 Soccer PED 116 Karate PED 131 Ballroom/Country Dance Combo
Structured for the experienced soccer player, Self-defense, competition, ceremonial In this lively combination of country, western
this course covers the formation, fundamentals techniques and costume dress are covered in and ballroom dance, students learn to relax
and strategies of competitive soccer, as well as this course designed for the beginning student and enjoy social dance occasions by practicing
the rules and procedures of play. Repeatable to of karate. Students also practice punching and the basic moves of the fox trot, waltz, swing
a maximum of 4 semester hours; a maximum blocking. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 and cha cha. Then get ready to step and stomp
of 4 semester hours of PED activity courses semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester through the Texas two-step, country waltz,
may apply to a degree or certificate. hours of PED activity courses may apply to a cotton-eyed Joe, country polka, barn dance,
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs degree or certificate. and some fun line dances. Techniques of
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs leading and following are emphasized. Wear
smooth-soled shoes. Couples are
PED 111 Volleyball recommended; partners cannot be guaranteed.
This course, designed for the experienced PED 118 Personal Defense Repeatable to a maximum of 2 semester hours;
player, covers formations and fundamentals of This course is designed to help students 2 semester hours may apply to a degree or
power volleyball. Repeatable to a maximum of acquire confidence and the ability to cope with certificate.
4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester unexpected attacks and emergencies. Self- (0 lec/1 lab) .5 sem hrs
hours of PED activity courses may apply to a defense techniques, including methods of
degree or certificate. preventing attacks, breaking falls and basic
Recommended Prereq: Volleyball experience. throws, are taught. Repeatable to a maximum
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs of 4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester PED 136 Physical Fitness I
hours of PED activity courses may apply to a This course is designed for the student desiring
degree or certificate. to reach and maintain optimal levels of fitness.
PED 112 Coed Volleyball (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Cardiovascular endurance and muscular
This course is designed for the beginner or strength are emphasized through work on
recreational player. Proper techniques of the weight resistance and cardiovascular
bump, set and spike are taught as are rules and PED 119 Wrestling equipment.
procedures of play. Repeatable to a maximum Basic and advanced wrestling skills are (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
of 2 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester presented. Emphasis is placed on actual
hours of PED activity courses may apply to a participation. Repeatable to a maximum of 4
degree or certificate. semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester PED 138 Co-ed Aerobic Exercise
(0 lec/1 lab) .5 sem hrs hours of PED activity courses may apply to a This course is intended to improve an
degree or certificate. individual's cardiovascular system through
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs aerobic exercise routines set to music. Intensity
PED 113 Baseball levels are elevated to a level appropriate to the
This course is designed for the experienced student's target heart rate. Repeatable to a
baseball player. Hitting, fielding and pitching PED 121 Beginning Swimming maximum of 4 semester hours; a maximum of
techniques are covered. Game strategies are Designed for the adult beginner, this course 4 semester hours of PED activity courses may
taught with students participating in actual emphasis personal safety and stroke apply to a degree or certificate.
game situations. Repeatable to a maximum of development. Students must also work toward (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester meeting their personal swimming goals.
hours of PED activity courses may apply to a (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
degree or certificate. PED 140 Physical Fitness II
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Designed for the student desiring to reach and
PED 122 Intermediate Swimming maintain optimal levels of fitness, this course
With a continued emphasis on basic strokes emphasizes the development of cardiovascular
PED 114 Basketball and safety skills, this course encourages endurance and muscular strength through
This course is designed for the experienced experienced swimmers to work toward work on weight resistance and cardiovascular
basketball player. Instruction includes the personal swimming goals. Snorkeling, equipment. Repeatable to a maximum of 4
techniques of shooting, passing, dribbling and canoeing, synchronized swimming and water semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester
rebounding which are practiced in actual game fitness activities are also introduced. hours of PED activity courses may apply to a
situations. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 Repeatable to a maximum of 3 semester hours; degree or certificate.
semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester a maximum of 4 semester hours of PED Prereq: PED136.
hours of PED activity courses may apply to a activity courses may apply to a degree or (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
degree or certificate. certificate.
Recommended Prereq: Varsity playing Recommended Prereq: PED121 or the ability to
experience. swim 50 feet in deep water. PED 141 Jogging and Calisthenics
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Designed for the student desiring to improve
or maintain cardiovascular fitness, this course
combines theory and practice to gain
PED 115 Softball PED 130 Social Dance maximum short- and long-term cardiovascular
This course is designed for the student with Emphasizing techniques of leading and benefits. Repeatable to a maximum of 4
softball experience. Techniques of fielding, following, this class is for the beginner or semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester
hitting, pitching and base running are used in individual wanting to brush up on technique. hours of PED activity courses may apply to a
actual game situations. Repeatable to a Students learn the basic steps and several degree or certificate.
maximum of 4 semester hours; a maximum of variations of the fox trot, waltz, swing, cha cha, (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
4 semester hours of PED activity courses may rhumba and merenque. Wear smooth-soled
apply to a degree or certificate. shoes. Couples recommended; partners cannot
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs be guaranteed. Repeatable to a maximum of 2
semester hours; 2 semester hours may apply to
a degree or certificate.
(0 lec/1 lab) .5 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Physical Education
225
PED 142 Weight Training PED 200 Introduction to Physical PED 233 Theory and Practice of
This course is designed for either the Education Volleyball
beginning or experienced weight trainer. The This introduction to the professional field of Theory and Practice of Volleyball includes the
course covers muscle and strength physical education emphasizes historical techniques and strategies of competitive
development and includes lifts, body building backgrounds and philosophies relating to the volleyball. Methods of instruction, rules, and
and Olympic lifts. Repeatable to a maximum fields of physical education, recreation and offensive and defensive strategies are covered.
of 4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester health. Many different areas of physical Limited laboratory participation is included for
hours of PED activity courses may apply to a education are introduced, including: instruction.
degree or certificate. kinesiology, pedagogy, biomechanics, exercise (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs physiology, motor learning, health, fitness,
coaching, psychology, sociology and athletic
training. Emphasis is placed on physical
PED 234 Cardiovascular Fitness
PED 145 Fitness Training
education as a profession. This course is designed to prepare exercise
Students learn the factors involved in specialists with the knowledge and skills
increasing and decreasing body weight. An (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
needed to teach the principles of
exercise program is designed to control body cardiovascular fitness to individuals in order
weight and/or to shape contours of the body by PED 203 Sport in Society for them to develop and maintain
using both free weights and machines. This course will examine the interaction cardiovascular fitness.
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; between sport and culture, the relevance of Prereq: BIO260; or BIO270 and BIO272.
a maximum of 4 semester hours of PED sport in modern society, and the social (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
activity courses may apply to a degree or processes which influence sport.
certificate. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: PED136. PED 235 Survey of the Sports
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Organization
PED 205 Scientific Basis of Human This course surveys sports administration and
PED 146 Yoga Activity sports business techniques as they pertain to
Designed as an introduction to Hatha Yoga, This course introduces the student to the the sport enterprise. Students attain
this course focuses on the union of mind, body different aspects of physical activity - theoretical knowledge and practical skills in
and breath through asana practice biological, mechanical, and physiological, in preparation for various sport managerial and
complemented by relaxation and meditation. addition to the psychological and sociological business careers. Also covered are decision
The techniques shown enhance muscular aspects. Also included is the development of making and planning from the sport manager’s
strength, flexibility, energy, concentration and skills required to assess physiological perspective and the impact of corporate
relaxation. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 measures. sponsorship on the sport.
semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
hours of PED activity courses may apply to a
degree or certificate. PED 211 First Aid and Emergency Care PED 236 Exercise for Special
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs This course provides consistent guidelines that Populations
enable the citizen responder to give This course is designed to prepare exercise
PED 148 Conditioning appropriate care regardless of the type of specialists to adapt physical education and
This course is designed as a conditioning emergency, and stresses the basic steps to exercise so that individuals with predisposed
program for the student desiring to reach and follow. Upon successful completion of the conditions can successfully participate in
maintain optimal fitness levels. It meets course, participants may receive the American activity and exercise programs. Predisposed
individual fitness needs while emphasizing the Red Cross Responding to Emergencies conditions include obesity, diabetes, coronary
development of muscular strength and CPR/AED and First Aid certificates. artery disease, hypoglycemia, stroke,
endurance, flexibility, and cardiovascular (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs peripheral vascular disease, osteoporosis and
endurance. Students receive pre- and progress hypertension.
fitness tests. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 PED 231 Theory and Practice of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester
hours of PED activity courses may apply to a
Basketball
degree or certificate. This course covers the techniques for PED 237 Principles of Resistance
Prereq: PED136. developing competitive basketball skills. Training
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Included are the study of basketball rules, This course is designed to prepare exercise
strategy and instruction methods for coaching specialists to adapt the principles of resistance
basketball. training to individuals in order to develop and
PED 150 Basic Prevention and Care of (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs maintain muscular strength, muscular
Athletic Injuries endurance and muscle mass.
Introduction to the responsibilities and duties PED 232 Theory and Practice of Baseball (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
of an athletic trainer including basic This course includes a study of the techniques
fundamentals and techniques in prevention
and care of injuries, injury recognition,
involved in developing competitive baseball PED 238 Fitness Assessment and
skills. Topics include rules, strategy and Exercise Programming
emergency care, supportive taping and instruction methods.
wrapping, ordering supplies, budgeting, and (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs This course is designed to prepare exercise
the general operation of a training room specialists with the knowledge and skills
facility. needed to assess health status and health
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs behaviors in order to create and update
exercise prescriptions. Emphasis is placed on
the exercise specialist obtaining as much
information as possible about a participant to
optimize the benefit-to-risk ratio.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
226 Physical Education
PED 241 Basketball Officiating PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I Political Science (PSC)
This course includes the analysis and This introduction to the principles and
interpretation of the rules of basketball, and phenomena of mechanics, thermal physics and
basketball officiating principles and wave motion is the first part of a two-semester PSC 100 Introduction to American
techniques. Successful completion prepares course in general physics without calculus. Government
the student to take the Illinois High School Prereq: C or better in MTH070 or placement This course provides an introduction to the
Association officiating license examination. determined by assessment. structure and operation of American national
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs IAI: P1 900L. political institutions and the American
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs political process, including such topics as the
PED 297 Exercise Science Internship I principles of democracy U.S. and Illinois
This course provides students with 80 hours of PHY 112 Introduction to Physics II Constitutions; the election process; and
on-site exposure to a fitness center and This introduction to the principles and executive, legislative and judicial processes.
includes observation of personnel and phenomena of optics, electricity and IAI: S5 900.
participation in various activities surrounding magnetism, relativity, and atomic and nuclear (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
fitness assessment and exercise prescription. physics is the second part of a two-semester
In addition, students spend eight hours in course in general physics without calculus. PSC 220 Comparative Government
seminar discussing internship experiences. Prereq: PHY111. This course compares the political systems of
Repeatable to a maximum of 3 semester hours; (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs selected Western and non-Western countries.
1.5 semester hours may apply to the exercise Common governmental problems, the causes
science certificate. of political instability and revolution and
Prereq: Consent of instructor. PHY 115 Technical Physics I
This introduction to the principles of techniques of political analysis are explained.
(.5 lec/5 lab) 1.5 sem hrs IAI: S5 905.
mechanics, thermal physics and wave motion
is intended primarily for students in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
PED 298 Exercise Science Internship II engineering technology.
This course provides students with 160 hours Prereq: C or better in MTH113 or MTH070. PSC 240 State and Local Government
of on-site experience in the role of a health and (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs Examining the powers, structures, functions
wellness instructor at a fitness center and and contemporary problems of state and local
includes observation and performance of governments, this course emphasizes Illinois
the tasks and duties of a fitness center PHY 116 Technical Physics II
This introduction to the principles of optics, politics and governmental affairs, as well as
instructor. In addition, students spend eight local governments in the Chicago metropolitan
hours in seminar discussing internship electricity and magnetism, is intended
primarily for students in engineering area.
experiences. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 IAI: S5 902.
semester hours; 2 semester hours may apply to technology.
Prereq: PHY115. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
a degree or certificate.
Prereq: Consent of instructor. (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
(.5 lec/9.5 lab) 2 sem hrs PSC 260 Introduction to International
PHY 221 General Physics I Relations
This introduction to the principles and International Relations introduces students to
Physics (PHY) phenomena of mechanics and thermal physics the basic theories, concepts, knowledge and
is the first part of a two-semester course in people of international relations. The course
general physics that uses calculus and is provides some consideration of the
PHY 103 Concepts of Physics ordinarily required for students pursuing determinanats of international relations as well
This brief survey of the principles of physics degrees in engineering, physics, chemistry and as an analysis of contemporary problems in
concentrates on the analysis of physical mathematics. world politics, examining causes of conflict
phenomena encountered in everyday Prereq: MTH131. and potential solutions.
experiences. It also gives some limited IAI: P2 900L. IAI: S5 904N.
attention to the more abstract realms of (4 lec/3 lab) 5 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
quantum physics and relativity. A compact,
mostly qualitative and conceptual introduction PSC 280 Introduction to Political
to physics, this course is intended for students
PHY 222 General Physics II
who will not take one of the two-semester This introduction to the principles and Philosophy
physics courses. phenomena of waves, optics, and electricity This course offers a survey of the major
Note: Students enrolling in PHY103 are not and magnetismis the second part of a two- political philosophers and concepts in the
required to enroll in PHY104 (lab). However, semester course in general physics that uses history of political thought, focusing on
those students needing a four semester-hour calculus and is ordinarily required for students classical and modern theorists and
lab science for transfer purposes may wish to pursuing degrees in engineering, physics, emphasizing such concepts as justice, equality,
concurrently enroll in PHY103 and PHY104. chemistry and mathematics. power, liberty and rights.
IAI: P1 901. Prereq: MTH132 and PHY221. IAI: PLS 913.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (4 lec/3 lab) 5 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Reading
227
Psychology (PSY) PSY 220 Child Psychology PSY 250 Theories of Personality
This course introduces the student to the This course explores how human behavior can
See also Educational Psychology (EDU 210). theories and current research on the physical, be understood through the scientific study of
cognitive, socio-emotional and personality individual differences. Topics include: research
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology development of the child from the point of methods, assessment techniques, theoretical
conception through adolescence. approaches in personality, and current topics
This course provides a survey of the study of
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of and research in personality.
human and animal behavior, emphasizing the
instructor. Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of
scientific methods of contemporary
IAI: S6 903. instructor.
psychological investigation. Topics include an
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs IAI: PSY 907.
introduction to the biological basis of behavior,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
sensation and perception, learning, memory,
cognition, motivation, emotion, life-span PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology
development of behavior, personality, This course provides an introduction to the PSY 296 Special Topics in Psychology
abnormal behavior, social behavior and development of adolescents, emphasizing the This course offers special topics in psychology.
individual differences. physical and physiological changes and the Offerings might include current issues in
IAI: S6 900. social and cognitive development that occur psychology or in-depth studies on noteworthy
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs during adolescence. Topics include changing psychology topics. Repeatable to a maximum
relationships with family and peers, identity of 12 semester hours for different special
PSY 200 Research and Methodology in and value development, sexuality, school topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree
experiences and career goals, and adolescent or certificate.
Psychology problems and delinquency. (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
This course provides comprehensive coverage Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of
of the basic principles of research methodology instructor.
in psychology. The following topics are IAI: S6 904.
covered: basic statistical analysis, research (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Reading (RDG)
design, ethical behavior in designing and NOTE: Placement in reading courses is determined by
collecting data, and interpreting and reporting
PSY 235 Social Psychology scores on required assessment tests.
psychological research. Students have the
opportunity to collect, interpret and report This course provides an examination of the
their own psychological research. theory and research relating to the social RDG 071 Fundamental Phonics
Recommended Prereq: PSY100. factors that influence individual and group Fundamental Phonics teaches basic phonics
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs behavior. Attitudes, social perception, social skills. Oral, written and computer activities
cognition, the establishment of norms, help students develop the phonics skills
conformity, leadership, group dynamics and necessary to spell and decode words, which
PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology research methods are examined, with an leads to more efficient reading and
This course provides an introduction to emphasis on their effects on the individual. comprehension. Repeatable to a maximum of 2
current theory and research on the Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of semester hours.
physiological, cognitive, personality and social instructor. (.5 lec/0 lab) .5 sem hrs
development of individuals from conception IAI: S8 900.
through childhood, adolescence, young (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
adulthood, middle adulthood and older RDG 072 Vocabulary Review
adulthood. Normal development is A review of the fundamentals of vocabulary
emphasized; however, special human PSY 240 Abnormal Psychology
building, this individualized course is designed
circumstances are also explored. This course presents the body of scientific to present vocabulary systematically in
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of knowledge in the field of abnormal psychology graduated levels of difficulty. Topics covered
instructor. with emphasis on the theoretical explanations, include idioms, vocabulary building skills,
IAI: S6 902. experimental data, assessment procedures, informed language dictionary skills, verb
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs treatment modalities and the prevention of versatility and contextual clues. The course is
abnormal behavior. designed to aid students who have deficiencies
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of in vocabulary. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging instructor. semester hours.
This course provides an integration of the IAI: PSY 905. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
theory and research regarding the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
developmental processes across the adult
lifespan. Topics focus on the changes that RDG 073 Effective Reading
occur from early adulthood through the last PSY 245 Industrial/Organizational
Effective Reading is an individualized course of
stages of life including: career choice and Psychology study. It includes instruction custom designed
development; mate selection and marriage; This course introduces students to the to increase the learner's proficiency in the
conventional and non-conventional families psychological methods and theories that apply areas of vocabulary development,
theories of adult personality development; to organizational problems. Emphasis is on comprehension and efficiency. The course
mid- and late-life transitions; aging; and dying, promoting human welfare for individuals in consists of three elements: assessment,
death and bereavement. organizational settings. activities which help the learner develop the
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of competency, and a continuing assessment plan
instructor. instructor. to determine when the competency has been
IAI: S6 905. IAI: PSY 906. attained satisfactorily. Repeatable to a
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs maximum of 12 semester hours.
Prereq: Placement determined by assessment
score.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
228 Reading
RDG 074 Essentials of Reading REL 120 Advanced Real Estate Sign Language (SGN)
Essentials of Reading is an individualized Principles/2000
course of study. It includes instruction custom See also Interpreter Training (ITP).
A required course in the broker sequence, this
designed to increase the learner's proficiency course is a continuation of REL110-Real Estate
in the areas of vocabulary development, Transactions designed to prepare students to SGN 100 Orientation to Deafness
comprehension and efficiency. The course take the real estate broker exam. This course is designed to introduce students
consists of three elements: assessment, Note: 100 percent attendance is required. to the Deaf Community. Topics include the
activities which will help the learner develop Recommended Prereq: REL110. structure and function of hearing, cochlear
the competency, and a continuing assessment (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs implants, language development, history of
plan to determine when the competency has
deaf education programs, legislation and
been attained satisfactorily. Repeatable to a
REL 125 Contracts and Conveyancing communication barriers.
maximum of 12 semester hours. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: Placement determined by assessment A required course in the broker sequence, this
score. course covers real estate law, title records and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs transfer, instruments of conveyance, contracts, SGN 101 American Sign Language I
land use, financing, leases and taxes. This course is an introduction to American
RDG 075 Developmental Reading Note: 100 percent attendance is required. Sign Language (ASL). The course explores ASL
Recommended Prereq: REL110. sign vocabulary and grammatical structures
This course is designed to strengthen (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs and also serves as a basic introduction to Deaf
vocabulary development, reading
culture.
comprehension and reading efficiency. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester REL 130 Real Estate Finance
hours; 3 semester hours may apply to the An elective course in the broker sequence, this
general studies degree or certificate. course covers methods and sources of real SGN 102 American Sign Language II
Prereq: Placement determined by assessment estate financing, examination of instruments This course is designed to provide students
score. used in financing, terminology, foreclosures with skills necessary to communicate in
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and financial procedures. American Sign Language (ASL) at an advanced
Note: 100 percent attendance is required. level. Grammatical structures and cultural
RDG 076 Reading Improvement Recommended Prereq: REL110. principles are emphasized. Students build both
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs receptive and expressive skills.
This course is designed to strengthen
Recommended Prereq: SGN101.
vocabulary development, reading (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
comprehension and strategies for reading REL 135 Real Estate Appraisal
efficiency. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 An elective course in the broker sequence, this
semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to course covers the functions and purposes of SGN 104 Signs in Everyday Use
the general studies degree or certificate. real estate appraisal. It is designed to examine This course is designed to assist students in
Prereq: Placement determined by assessment the nature of real property value and the expanding their conversational skills in
score. various methods of estimating value with American Sign Language. The course
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs emphasis upon residential market value. introduces several unique numbering systems
Note: 100 percent attendance is required. and non-manual modifiers as well as advanced
RDG 110 College Reading Recommended Prereq: REL110. fingerspelling and mime techniques.
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs Prereq: SGN101 and SGN105; or concurrent
This course provides instruction in developing
enrollment.
and/or enhancing comprehension, vocabulary, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
reading rate strategies and concepts necessary REL 140 Property Management
for interacting with advanced reading An elective course in the broker sequence, this
materials. course covers the basic principles of property SGN 105 Linguistics of ASL I
Prereq: Placement determined by assessment management including the duties of a property This course is designed to introduce students
score. manager, financial considerations, budgeting, to advanced vocabulary and linguistics of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs maintenance, leases, insurance, types of American Sign Language (ASL). The course
property and reporting. addresses the development of conversational
Note: 100 percent attendance is required. fluency in American Sign Language. Students
Recommended Prereq: REL110.
Real Estate (REL) (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
are introduced to a series of vernacular signs,
which can be used in a variety of contexts.
Emphasis is placed on both expressive and
REL 110 Real Estate Transactions REL 150 Brokerage Administration receptive competence.
This is an introduction to the field of real Recommended Prereq: SGN101 or concurrent
A required course in the broker sequence, this enrollment.
estate with an emphasis on the principles and course covers the Real Estate License Act of
concepts of real estate. This course is a (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2000 as it relates to brokers. This course
prerequisite to all other real estate courses and includes real estate brokerage, escrow and
meets the course eligibility requirement set agency issues.
forth by the Illinois Department of Financial Note: 100 percent attendance is required.
and Professional Regulation for the Illinois Recommended Prereq: REL110.
Real Estate Salesperson Examination. (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
Note: Per state requirements, students must
attend a minimum of 45 class hours in Real
Estate Transactions to be eligible to sit for the
state salesperson licensure exam; 100 percent
attendance is required.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Sociology
229
SGN 106 Linguistics of ASL II SSC 297 Social Studies Internship SOC 130 Sociology of Family
This course addresses the conversational In this experience students observe, and This course studies the social context and the
fluency in American Sign Language (ASL). participate in when possible, the activities in dynamics of family patterns. The impact of
Focus is on the development of fluency with various types of positions related to demographics and culture on the changing role
more advanced sign vocabulary and more anthropology, criminal justice, sociology, of the family in society is emphasized, and the
complex ASL linguistics. Students are political science, psychology or history. Eighty areas of economy, social class, aging, and crises
introduced to a series of thematically related hours are required for one credit. Repeatable are examined in the social context of family.
signs which can be used in a variety of to a maximum of 4 semester hours; 6 semester Family dynamics are explored, including
contexts. Emphasis is placed on both hours from the social science internship socialization, gender roles, bonding and
courses (SSC297, SSC298, SSC299) may apply
expressive and receptive competence. to any social science or criminal justice degree marriage, divorce and remarriage, and
Recommended Prereq: SGN101, SGN104, or certificate. parenting and childhood.
SGN105; SGN102 or concurrent enrollment. Prereq: Consent of instructor. IAI: S7 902.
Recommended Coreq: SGN108, if interested in (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
the ITP program.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
SSC 298 Social Studies Internship SOC 210 Social Problems
In this experience students observe, and This course offers an introductory survey of
SGN 108 Conceptually Accurate Signed participate in when possible, the activities in the major social problems that are exhibited
English various types of positions related to within contemporary American society. The
This course provides students with the anthropology, criminal justice, sociology focus is on the behavior, causes, prevention
opportunity to communicate using English political science, psychology or history. One and/or treatment of such social problems as
syntax with ASL signs and grammatical hundred and sixty hours are required for two poverty, crime, drug abuse and addiction,
features. Students receive expanded sign credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 marital conflicts and child rearing, mental
vocabulary, extensive practice with semester hours; 6 semester hours from the illness, racism and sexism.
social science internship courses (SSC297, IAI: S7 901.
comparative translations, and an introduction SSC298, SSC299) may apply to any social
to simultaneous voice to sign transliterating. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
science or criminal justice degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: SGN101; SGN104; Prereq: Consent of instructor.
SGN105; SGN102 and SGN106 or concurrent (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs SOC 215 Introduction to Social Work
enrollment. This course offers an introduction to generalist
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs social work within the context of social welfare
SSC 299 Social Studies Internship
service and social welfare policies, including
In this experience students observe and
SGN 110 Introduction to American Deaf participate in when possible, the activities in
their historical origins, conceptual framework
Culture and contemporary issues. In addition to
various types of positions related to
anthropology, criminal justice, sociology providing an overview of practice methods,
This course introduces students to American research considerations, policy issues, and
Deaf Culture. The course includes a political science, psychology or history. Two
hundred forty hours are required for three social work values and ethics, the course
description of the specific cultural values, emphasizes the role of social work with diverse
norms and traditions as well as criteria for credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the and at-risk populations that face a variety of
membership. It explores the experiences of societal challenges. These groups include
social science internship courses (SSC297,
deaf individuals throughout the life span. SSC298, or SSC299) may apply to any social women, racial and ethnic minorities, the poor,
Recommended Prereq: SGN100. science or criminal justice degree or certificate. the elderly, the disabled, gays and lesbians, and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: Consent of instructor. individuals with addictive diseases.
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
230 Spanish
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Theatre
231
SUR 150 Health Problems and Surgical SUR 202 Perioperative Externship I THE 110 The Art of Oral Interpretation
Procedures I This course provides perioperative nursing This course examines literature from the
An introduction to surgical procedures, students with 160 hours of hands-on clinical perspective of oral performance. Literary
incisions, wound closure, operative pathology experience in the surgical setting for the selections include the short story, poetry,
and common complications as applied to following surgical procedures: general (upper drama and nonfiction. Emphasis is placed on
general and specialty surgery is provided to the GI), urologic, orthopaedic, cardiac, neurologic the development of the human voice and the
surgical technology or perioperative nursing and ophthalmic. use of bodily movement as instruments to be
student. A review of anatomy, physiology, Prereq: Program admission; SUR150 and used by the interpreter of literature. Social and
pathology, and surgical interventions for SUR151, or one year RN experience; SUR210. cultural contexts of the work of literature are a
procedures in the following areas: general, Coreq: SUR200. primary part of a pre-performance analysis.
obstetrical and gynecologic, thoracic, (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs IAI: TA 916.
peripheral vascular, otologic, head and neck, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and plastic and reconstructive. SUR 210 Perioperative Nursing Practice
Prereq: Program admission; SUR100; SUR110; This course provides the registered nurse with THE 130 Diversity in American Theatre
SUR120. an overview of perioperative nursing practice, This course is an examination of American
Coreq: SUR151. including concepts and principles of surgical dramas and dramatists that reflect the racial,
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs nursing practice and client care utilizing immigrant and minority experience in the U.S.
nursing process and critical thinking skills. The study includes an analysis of themes,
SUR 151 Surgical Tech Externship I Topics include: roles/responsibilities of the conflicts and racial/ethnic/minority
This course provides students with 240 hours surgical team, legal/ethical issues, surgical characterizations in a historical, social and
of hands-on clinical experience in the surgical environment, sterilization techniques, OSHA cultural context. The course demonstrates
setting for the following surgical procedures: regulations, Standard Precautions, client how theatre as an art form reflects and
general (lower GI) obstetrical and gynecologic, assessment, nursing documentation and comments on society.
thoracic, peripheral vascular, otologic, head surgical pharmacology. IAI: F1 909D.
and neck, and plastic and reconstructive. Prereq: Program admission. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: Program admission; SUR100; SUR110; Coreq: SUR120.
SUR120. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
THE 201 Fundamentals of Acting I
Coreq: SUR150. This course is an introductory course for the
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs SUR 220 Seminar in Surgical Technology beginning actor that includes acting, theories,
This course serves as the capstone experience stage movement, character development,
SUR 200 Health Problems and Surgical for the surgical technology student's entry into improvisation, memory and scene work.
Procedures II the workplace as a technical professional. Emphasis is given to the development of
Current issues in healthcare and clinical observation, sense and emotion memory, focus
An introduction to surgical procedures, practice, career opportunities and career- and concentration.
incisions, wound closure, operative pathology seeking strategies are discussed. Topics also IAI: TA 914.
and common complications as applied to include professionalism, recognition as a (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
general and specialty surgery is provided to the member of the healthcare/surgical team, and
surgical technology or perioperative nursing certification.
student. Includes a review of anatomy, Prereq: Program admission; SUR150; SUR151.
THE 202 Fundamentals of Acting II
physiology, pathology and surgical Coreq: SUR200; SUR201. This continuation of THE201 is designed for
interventions for procedures in the following (.5 lec/0 lab) .5 sem hrs the serious acting student who wishes to
areas: general, urologic, orthopaedic, cardiac, pursue acting for performance or for theatre
neurologic and ophthalmic. education. Analysis of play text includes
Prereq: Program admission; SUR150 and intention, scoring and subtext, and tempo.
SUR151 (Surgical Technology); SUR120 and Sustainability (SUS) Incorporated in the scene work are techniques
SUR210 (Perioperative Nursing); SUR150 and for developing contemporary and classical
SUR151 if less than one year RN experience characters for the stage.
(Perioperative Nursing). SUS 101 Creating Your Sustainable Prereq: THE201.
Coreq: SUR201 and SUR220 (Surgical Future (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Technology); SUR202 (Perioperative Nursing). In this course, students think sustainably about
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs the climate crisis, fuel, renewable energy, THE 205 Creative Dramatics in Learning
agriculture, conserving water, poverty and
wealth. Students calculate carbon footprints This course focuses on the need for creativity
SUR 201 Surgical Tech Externship II in the learning process. The course emphasizes
and explore solutions for the future.
This course provides students with 240 hours (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs the need for developing in the imagination in
of hands-on clinical experience in the surgical all types of learning contexts. The link between
setting for the following surgical procedures: participatory learning and creative dramatics
general (upper GI) urologic, orthopaedic, as an effective learning methodology drives the
cardiac, neurologic, and ophthalmic. Theatre (THE) course content.
Prereq: Program admission; SUR150; SUR151. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Coreq: SUR200; SUR220.
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs THE 100 Theatre Appreciation
This course envelops all elements of theatre as THE 210 Theatre Practicum
an art form: the play, playwright, acting, This experiential course offers the student the
directing, and the production elements of opportunity to explore all aspects of theatre
lighting, set design, costumes, make up, props, production both onstage and offstage. This
sound and theatre management. A contextual course also includes participation in a touring
approach to the study of plays and playwrights children's theatre company. The Children's
highlights the reflective nature of arts and Theatre component incorporates playwriting
society. and acting techniques for youth audiences.
IAI: F1 907. (1.5 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
232 Theatre
THE 220 Musical Theatre Practicum TMS 125 Massage Techniques II TMS 150 Business Practices for
This is a performance-oriented course This course introduces the massage therapy Massage Therapists
designed for the performing arts student who student to intermediate level therapeutic This course provides an introduction to the
exhibits interest and talent in both acting and techniques. Joint movements, body major aspects of building and maintaining a
voice. Acting/voice workshops, basic mobilizations, muscle energy techniques, successful massage therapy practice. Topics
movement and choreography, rehearsal, and sports massage, stretching and exercise are covered include starting a new practice,
performance make up the course content. incorporated in theory and hands-on classes. establishing a bookkeeping system,
Audition techniques are introduced and Contemporary massage and bodywork topics maintaining client records, and delivering a
include monologue and vocal selection, include myofascial techniques, trigger point business plan.
movement, and audition interview skills. therapy, reflexology and others. Prereq: Program admission; TMS110.
Incorporated in the context of the course is a Prereq: Program admission; BIO262*; (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
brief history of the musical theatre genre. TMS110*; TMS120 (*concurrent enrollment
(1.5 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs allowed for accelerated certificate or degree
program). TMS 210 Ethical, Legal and Professional
Coreq: TMS140. Issues in Therapeutic Massage
THE 296 Special Topics/Theatre (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course offers specials topics/issues in This course provides students with an in-depth
theatre. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 knowledge of legal, ethical, and professional
semester hours for different special topics; 6 TMS 130 Massage Techniques III issues involved in therapeutic massage. Topics
semester hours may apply to a degree or This course covers the principles of holistic include licensure and certification, professional
certificate. practice addressing body, mind and spirit. An ethics and standards, scope of practice,
(0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs introduction of aromatherapy, hydrotherapy, professional boundaries, ethical decision
herbs, nutrition, stress reduction, meditation making, professional communication,
and the history of Asian bodywork approaches treatment documentation and insurance
is presented. This course also includes massage billing.
Therapeutic for special populations; types of physical Prereq: Program admission (degree); certificate
in therapeutic massage; minimum of 500
Massage (TMS) injuries; muscles involved in common injuries;
and physical assessment of posture, tissues and documented contact hours of training in
range of motion. All of this information is used therapeutic massage.
TMS 100 Introduction to Therapeutic to plan massage sessions, plan client self-care (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Massage and give appropriate referrals in a holistic
manner. Chair massage is also included in this TMS 220 Outcome Based Massage I
This course provides students with an course, in order to work with special
introduction to massage therapy techniques This course presents the application of
populations. therapeutic massage techniques in relation to
and principles. Emphasis is placed on Swedish Prereq: Program admission; TMS125; TMS140.
massage techniques primarily relating to the pathology. Assessment of posture, movement
Coreq: BIO264; TMS145. patterns, referral pains, range of motion, and
back, arms and legs. Topics covered include (2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs
appropriate draping techniques, benefits, soft tissue of the upper body are covered as
contraindications, basic strokes, and well as therapeutic massage for acute or
elementary anatomy and physiology. Successful TMS 140 Massage Clinical I chronic musculoskeletal pain or problems in
completion with a grade of C or better is This course is a supervised clinical experience the upper back, chest, head, neck, shoulders
required prior to admission to the therapeutic designed to provide training and practical and upper extremities. In addition, the student
massage program. experience in therapeutic massage. Students explores knowledge of personal holistic well-
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs must spend 30 hours at on- or off-campus being and learns to apply this knowledge when
locations experiencing real-life application of working with clients.
massage techniques. In addition, students Prereq: Program admission (degree).
TMS 110 Professional Foundations of spend sixteen hours in seminar discussing Coreq: TMS240.
Therapeutic Massage clinical situations, client plans and S.O.A.P. (2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs
This course exposes the student to major charting, as well as learning the indications and
concepts, terminology, and the legal and contraindications of massage with regard to TMS 225 Outcome Based Massage II
ethical issues involved in therapeutic massage. common medications. This course builds on the knowledge learned in
Topics include history, contemporary Prereq: Program admission; BIO262*; TMS220. The application of therapeutic
development, professional ethics, scope of TMS110*; TMS120 (*concurrent enrollment massage techniques in relation to pathology is
practice, and contemporary issues in the allowed for accelerated certificate or degree expanded. Assessment of posture, movement
profession. program). patterns, referral pains, range of motion, and
Prereq: Program admission; AOS222; BIO260 Coreq: TMS125. soft tissue of the lower body are covered as
(certificate) or BIO270 (degree); TMS100. (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs well as therapeutic massage for acute or
Coreq: BIO262; TMS120; BIO272 (degree). chronic musculoskeletal pain or problems in
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
TMS 146 Massage Clinical II the lower extremities, hips, lower back and
This course is a supervised clinical experience abdomen. Massage for other specific chronic
TMS 120 Massage Techniques I designed to provide training and practical conditions such as cancer/hospice,
Basic theory and techniques of massage experience in therapeutic massage. Students fibromyalgia, lymphedema, GI problems,
therapy are reintroduced and expanded in this must spend 30 hours at on- or off-campus diabetes and headaches are also instructed. In
beginning course. Course content includes locations experiencing real-life application of addition, the student expands knowledge of
benefits, indications, contraindications, massage techniques. In addition, students personal holistic well-being and learns to apply
hygiene, sanitation, draping, body mechanics, spend 16 hours in seminar discussing clinical this knowledge when working with clients.
client interviews, equipment and supplies. situations. Prereq: Program admission (degree); TMS220;
Massage techniques combine to culminate in a Prereq: Program admission; TMS125; TMS140. TMS240.
full body massage. Coreq: BIO264; TMS130. Coreq: TMS245.
Prereq: Program admission; AOS222; BIO260 (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs (2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs
(certificate) or BIO270 (degree); TMS100.
Coreq: BIO262; TMS110; BIO272 (degree).
(2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
Welding
233
TMS 240 Massage Clinical III TMS 297 Therapeutic Massage TOU 205 Introduction to Meeting and
This course is a supervised clinical experience Internship Convention Planning
designed to provide training and practical This course provides students with 80 hours of This course provides insight into the meetings
experience in therapeutic massage. Students on-site exposure to the therapeutic massage and convention industry. It will give the
work with clients with acute or chronic field in a medical facility. Students observe student a working knowledge of the planning
musculoskeletal pain or problems in the upper personnel and participate in various activities process as it applies to meetings, conventions,
back, chest, head, neck, shoulder and upper surrounding therapeutic massage care under and trade shows. In addition, the students will
extremities. Students must spend 45 hours at the direct supervision of an experienced, be exposed to attributes and professional
on- or off-campus locations experiencing real- licensed health care professional. In addition, standards for the meeting industry.
life application of massage techniques. In students spend eight hours in seminar (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
addition, students spend eight hours in discussing internship experiences. Repeatable
seminar discussing clinical situations. to a maximum of 3 semester hours; only 1.5
Prereq: Program admission (degree). semester hours may apply to the therapeutic
Coreq: TMS220. massage degree.
Prereq: Program admission (degree); TMS220;
Translation (TRA)
(.5 lec/3 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
TMS240.
(.5 lec/5 lab) 1.5 sem hrs TRA 100 Introduction to Translation
TMS 245 Massage Clinical IV This course is designed to provide an
This course is a supervised clinical experience introduction to translation. Students learn
designed to provide training and practical
experience in therapeutic massage. Students Tourism, Travel and about the translation process, ethics, reference
materials and software needs.
work with clients who have acute or chronic
musculoskeletal pain or problems with the low Event Planning (TOU) (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
back, abdomen and lower extremities.
Students also work with clients who have TOU 100 Introduction to Travel and TRA 110 Translation Laboratory:
chronic problems such as cancer, fibromyalgia, English/Spanish
lymphadema, GI problems, diabetes and Tourism
headaches. Students must spend 45 hours at This course offers students a broad overview of This laboratory course is designed to enhance
on- or off-campus locations experiencing real- the field of travel and tourism. Specific career through practice the student's ability to
life application of assessment and massage options and organizations in the industry and produce accurate translations by applying the
techniques. In addition, students spend eight current trends in travel and tourism are translation process. Students work with non-
hours in seminar discussing clinical situations. emphasized. technical documents and develop glossaries.
Prereq: Program admission (degree); TMS220; (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: Program admission; TRA 100 or
TMS240. concurrent enrollment; native or near-native
Coreq: TMS225. fluency in English and Spanish;
(.5 lec/3 lab) 1.5 sem hrs TOU 103 Global Destinations and English/Spanish assessment.
Business in Tourism I (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
TMS 250 Prenatal Massage Study of the physical geography; the major
This course exposes the student to prenatal cities, airports and attractions; and the social TRA 130 Medical Translation Laboratory:
massage. Topics covered include the and economic impact of travel destinations in English/Spanish
anatomical and physiological changes during North America, Central and South America,
Bermuda and the Caribbean. This laboratory course is designed to enhance
pregnancy, labor and postpartum. Therapeutic
massage techniques for each stage of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs the student's ability to produce accurate
pregnancy, and indications and translations of general medical information
contraindications for prenatal massage are and hospital and patient documentation.
covered. TOU 104 Global Destinations and Prereq: Program admission; TRA100; native or
Prereq: Program admission (degree) and Business in Tourism II near-native fluency in English and Spanish;
BIO264, BIO272, TMS130, TMS145, TMS150; English/Spanish assessment.
Study of the physical geography; the major (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
or a certificate in therapeutic massage and a cities, airports and attractions; and the social
minimum of 500 documented training hours in and economic impact of travel destinations in
therapeutic massage. Europe, the Middle East, Asia, Africa and the TRA 200 Advanced Translation
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs Pacific. Laboratory: English/Spanish
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This advanced translation laboratory presents
TMS 253 Reiki I a forum for students to enhance their
This course exposes the student to Level I TOU 160 Tourism Technology translation skills in their chosen field of
Reiki, in which the students learn to transmit Applications specialization.
healing energy through the hands. Topics Prereq: Program admission; TRA100; native or
include the history of Reiki, chakra system and This course introduces students to the many near-native fluency in English and Spanish;
energetic bodies. ways that technology has changed and English/Spanish assessment.
Prereq: Program admission; TMS110 and advanced the travel and tourism industry. It is (.5 lec/3.5 lab) 2 sem hrs
TMS120, or a minimum of 200 documented imperative for any student wishing to enter the
contact hours of training in therapeutic tourism industry to be familiar with and
massage. conversant in the technology that is propelling
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs the profession forward. This course exposes Welding (WLD)
students to the many ways to utilize
technology for enhanced travel. Changes in
TMS 254 Reiki II airline ticketing are explored. Finally, WLD 100 Survey of Welding
This course builds on knowledge learned in technology has revolutionized the meetings This survey course covers the principles and
Reiki I. Topics include distance healing, power segment of tourism, which is also examined in practical application of the major manual and
of intention, and energy blockages. this course. semi-automatic welding and cutting processes.
Prereq: Program admission; TMS253. Recommended Prereq: TOU100. The emphasis of this course is on the proper
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs selection and use of each welding process.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
234 Welding
WLD 101 Blueprint Reading for Welders WLD 155 Industrial Safety WLD 296 Special Topics/Welding
This course emphasizes the development of A practical approach to industrial safety from This special topics course in welding is
print reading for welders with a focus on the the level of the first line supervisor is designed to develop specific course goals and
interpretation of drawings, welding symbols discussed. OSHA guidelines, the Workmen's objectives based on emerging trends in the
and dimensioning standards. Several practical Compensation Act and the Toxic Disclosures welding industry. Topics may include robotic
problems and exercises are included. Act are introduced. and plastic welding or welding certification.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
hours; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree
or certificate.
WLD 115 Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting WLD 200 Fabrication and Weld Design (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
The theory and practice of oxy-acetylene This course emphasizes skill development in
welding (OAW) and cutting equipment are metal fabrication. Layout and welding of steel
featured in this course. Fusion welded and plate and other structures by prints and plans WLD 297 Internship for Welding
torch brazed jointsare produced in various are practiced. Technology
positions on low carbon steel. Recommended Prereq: WLD101. The internship in Welding Technology enables
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs a student to work as an intern in a local facility
involved in welding/fabrication. In this
WLD 120 Shielded Metal Arc Welding I WLD 220 Shielded Metal Arc Welding II experience students participate and gain
The theory and practice of SMAW (Shielded The theory and practice of SMAW (Shielded valuable knowledge and experience in various
Metal Arc Welding- stick) are featured in this Metal Arc Welding - stick) on V-grooves are facets of welding technology. Acquired skills
course. Process techniques using various types featured in this course. V-grooves with and may include but are not limited to: welding
of mild steel electrodes in the four positions without backing in all four positions are with various processes, weld
are practiced. practiced. inspection/testing, print reading, fabrication,
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: WLD120 or consent of weld design, weld safety, weld metallurgy,
instructor. manufacturing, layout/fitting, pipe welding
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs and robotic arc welding. Eighty hours are
WLD 122 Welding Inspection and Testing required for one credit. A maximum of 3
This course introduces the principles and semester hours can be taken per semester.
applications of destructive and non-destructive
WLD 221 Shielded Metal Arc Welding - Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours;
testing and inspection of welds. Pipe I 6 semester hours from the welding internship
Recommended Prereq: WLD120 or consent of The theory and practice of SMAW (Shielded courses (WLD297, WLD298, WLD299) may
instructor. Metal Arc Welding - stick) on pipe are featured apply to the welding technology degree.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs in this course. Process techniques using Prereq: Consent of instructor.
various types of mild steel electrodes in the 1G (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs
and 2G positions on pipe are practiced.
WLD 125 Gas Metal Arc and Flux Cored Recommended Prereq: WLD220 or consent of
Arc Welding instructor. WLD 298 Internship for Welding
The theory and practice of GMAW (Gas Metal (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Technology
Arc Welding-MIG) and FCAW (Flux Cored The internship in Welding Technology enables
Arc Welding) are featured in this course. WLD 222 Shielded Metal Arc Welding - a student to work as an intern in a local facility
Process techniques using mild steel and involved in welding/fabrication. In this
aluminum in the four positions are practiced. Pipe II experience students participate and gain
Welds are made using short circuit, spray and The theory and practice of SMAW (Shielded valuable knowledge and experience in various
pulsed type transfers and aluminum is Metal Arc Welding - stick) on pipe are featured facets of welding technology. Acquired skills
introduced. in this course. Process techniques using may include but are not limited to: welding
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs various types of mild steel electrodes in the 5G with various processes, weld
and 6G positions on pipe are practiced. inspection/testing, print reading, fabrication,
Recommended Prereq: WLD221. weld design, weld safety, weld metallurgy,
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs manufacturing, layout/fitting, pipe welding
WLD 130 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding and robotic arc welding. One hundred sixty
The theory and practice of GTAW (Gas WLD 231 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding - hours are required for two credits. A
Tungsten Arc Welding-TIG) are featured in maximum of 3 semester hours can be taken
this course. Process techniques using various Pipe I per semester. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
types of mild steel, stainless steel and The theory and practice of GTAW (Gas semester hours; 6 semester hours from the
aluminum in the four positions are practiced. Tungsten Arc Welding - TIG) are featured in welding internship courses (WLD297,
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs this course. Process techniques for mild steel WLD298, WLD299) may apply to the welding
pipe in 1G and 2G are practiced. technology degree.
Recommended Prereq: WLD130 or consent of Prereq: Consent of instructor.
WLD 150 Metallurgy and Heat Treatment instructor. (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
This study in the types and industrial uses of (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
ferrous and nonferrous alloys is designed to
study a material's tensile strength, harden
ability, impact strength and Rockwell hardness. WLD 232 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding -
Non-destructive testing such as zyglo, eddy Pipe II
current, spot check, magna flux and ultrasonic The theory and practice of GTAW (Gas
is introduced. Heat treatment ovens and Tungsten Arc Welding - TIG) are featured in
process are also covered. Emphasis is placed on this course. Process techniques for mild steel
the manufacture, properties and applications pipe in 5G and 6G are practiced.
of these materials in industry today. Powder Recommended Prereq: WLD231.
metallurgy is also covered. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: IND 912.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2009/2010
Course Descriptions
World Wide Web
235
WLD 299 Internship for Welding WEB 140 JavaScript Programming WEB 230 Web Authoring With
Technology This course is designed to introduce the Dreamweaver
The internship in Welding Technology enables student to JavaScript. Concepts and This course introduces how to develop
a student to work as an intern in a local facility techniques include integrating HTML with exciting, integrated, and interactive Web sites
involved in welding/fabrication. In this JavaScript, creating pop-up windows, adding using Dreamweaver. Also emphasized is the
experience students participate and gain scrolling messages, enhancing image and form enhancement of Web pages using the following
valuable knowledge and experience in various objects, working with cookies, among others. features: Flash text, Flash objects, optimized
facets of welding technology. Acquired skills Students are also exposed to AJAX graphics, digital movies, integration of
may include but are not limited to: welding applications. Fireworks graphics. Design techniques are
with various processes, weld Recommended Prereq: WEB110; CIS115. discussed, analyzed and implemented. Browser
inspection/testing, print reading, fabrication, (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs and server considerations are covered.
weld design, weld safety, weld metallurgy, Repeatable to a maximum of 9 semester hours;
manufacturing, layout/fitting, pipe welding 3 semester hours may apply to a degree or
and robotic arc welding. Two hundred forty
WEB 150 Comprehensive XML
This course provides a detailed study of XML certificate.
hours are required for three credits. A Recommended Prereq: WEB110 or consent of
maximum of 3 semester hours can be taken and its role in the area of the World Wide Web.
It includes a discussion of DTDs, DMLs and instructor; WEB111.
per semester. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the schemas. Attention is also given to the
welding internship courses (WLD297, emerging area of Web Services.
WLD298, WLD299) may apply to the welding Recommended Prereq: WEB110. WEB 231 Web Authoring/Animation
technology degree. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs With Flash
Prereq: Consent of instructor.
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs This course introduces how to use, expand and
WEB 205 Emerging Internet and Web control the graphic content of Web sites with
Technologies Flash. Animated graphics, Flash movies and
This course is designed to expose students to interactivity are utilized in Web sites. In
World Wide Web/ new developments in the World Wide Web addition, design techniques are discussed,
analyzed and implemented. Browser and
Internet (WEB) and the Internet. Topics include Web 2.0, RIA,
Ajax, RSS, Ruby, Flex and other new server considerations are also covered.
See also Computer Information Systems (CIS), technologies. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 Repeatable to a maximum of 9 semester hours;
semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to 3 semester hours may apply to a degree or
Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and certificate.
Microcomputer Systems (MCS). a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: WEB110. Recommended Prereq: WEB110 or consent of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs instructor; WEB111.
WEB 110 Web Development With (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
HTML/XHTML WEB 210 Internet Technologies
This course is an introduction to the World WEB 235 Flash ActionScript
Building on an understanding of the
Wide Web and its authoring environment, organization and structure of the Internet, Students are taught how to create input driven
Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) and students preparing for careers in information interactive Flash sites using ActionScript.
Extensible Hypertext Markup Language systems/technologies study: client-server Students learn to control timelines,
(XHTML). Web design techniques are technologies, Web demographics, Internet MovieClips, Sprites, and manage XML data.
discussed, analyzed and implemented, along protocols, Web tool origins and technologies, Flex will also be discussed. Repeatable to a
with methods to enhance Web pages using the and security. Web-related careers are also maximum of 12 semester hours; 3 semester
following features: forms, frames, image maps, emphasized. hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
multimedia, cascading style sheets, sound and (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs Recommended Prereq:WEB231 or consent of
video. In addition, server considerations and instructor.
bandwidth are discussed. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs WEB 220 PHP Programming
This course is designed to introduce students
WEB 111 Web Site Design to the PHP language and issues associated with
writing applications on a Linux Web server.
This course builds advanced knowledge of the Topics to be covered include CGI
World Wide Web, its authoring environment, programming and integrating database
and HTML/XHTML, and introduces graphic management software with applications on the
software. This course also enhances knowledge Linux platform. Repeatable to a maximum of 9
of cascading style sheets, multimedia, semester hours for different software versions;
animation, sound and video. Fireworks, 3 semester hours may apply to a degree or
Photoshop and Illustrator are utilized to create certificate.
and prepare graphics for the Web. In addition, Recommended Prereq: WEB110; CIS115.
design techniques are discussed, analyzed and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
implemented. Repeatable to a maximum of 9
semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to
a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: WEB110 or consent
of instructor.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
236
WAU B O N S E E
how to take the first step
Admissions and
Registration
2009/2010
Admissions and
Registration 237
Procedures for Admission Admission of Part-Time and/or
Waubonsee Community College has an open-door policy and
welcomes all who can benefit from the courses and programs
Non-Degree-Seeking Students
Students enrolling in fewer than 12 credit hours per semester
offered. Eligible students include high school graduates or the
and/or not seeking a degree or certificate should complete the
equivalent (GED), others 18 years of age and older, non-graduates
New Student Information Form before registering for their first
aged 17 who have severed their connection with the high school
semester of classes. The form can be found at the back of this
system, and students younger than 18 years of age who meet
catalog or online at www.waubonsee.edu.
established criteria.
Prior to enrolling in English or mathematics courses, students in
To be placed in some programs or curricula, students may need
this category are required to obtain proper course placement
to meet additional requirements as specified by that program
based on ACT scores, placement testing results or previous
and/or the Illinois Public Community College Act.
coursework. Visit www.waubonsee.edu/placement. Math review
workshops are available through the Learning Enhancement
Admission of Full-Time and/or Center. Self-study materials may be purchased in the college
bookstore or by visiting the ACT Web site at www.compass-
Degree-Seeking Students test.com.
Students in the following categories need to submit a New
New part-time and/or non-degree-seeking students may register
Student Information Form, obtain proper course placement, and
for courses in person or by mail or fax. See registration
attend a Registration and Planning (RAP) session:
instructions in the current schedule of courses or online at
• full time (enrolled in 12 credit hours or more in one semester); www.waubonsee.edu/register.
• applying for financial aid;
• seeking a degree or certificate.
Admission of Transfer Students
See the New Student Information Form at the back of this catalog
Reverse transfer students are transferring from another college
or online at www.waubonsee.edu.
or university to Waubonsee. These students follow the
While not usually required prior to registering, students may find procedures described earlier for new full-time and/or degree-
it valuable to submit official transcripts from their previously seeking students. Reverse transfer students should also complete
attended high school, GED program, or college(s) to Registration a Transcript Evaluation Request Form as soon as Waubonsee
and Records for course placement purposes. Waubonsee cannot receives their official transcripts. A transcript evaluation should
request these; students must personally complete this request for be done at the Counseling Center before course placement or
each school from which they order transcripts. RAP are completed. Transfer grades are not included in
computing the grade point average at Waubonsee. Transcripts
Students may be placed into courses based on their ACT scores, from non-regionally accredited institutions are individually
placement test results or prior coursework. Visit evaluated. Results will be mailed to the student in approximately
www.waubonsee.edu/placement for more specific criteria and four weeks.
details.
Waubonsee’s placement testing measures current skill levels in Admission of Noncredit Students
reading, writing and mathematics. Math review workshops are Students interested in community education or workforce
available through the Learning Enhancement Center. Self-study development should complete the Noncredit Registration Form,
materials may be purchased in the college bookstore or by found in each semester’s noncredit schedule or online at
visiting the ACT Web site at www.compass-test.com. www.waubonsee.edu/register.
Once course placement has been obtained, all new full-time
and/or degree-seeking students participate in a Registration and
Planning (RAP) session. At a RAP session, students are assisted Reclassification of Student Status
in planning and registering for their first semester of courses. A non-degree-seeking student who decides to pursue a degree or
certificate or a part-time student who wishes to enroll in 12 or
RAP can be scheduled through Admissions (see directory) or more semester hours must follow the procedures described
online at www.waubonsee.edu/rap. earlier for new full-time and/or degree-seeking students.
www.waubonsee.edu
Admissions and
238 Registration
Criteria for Admission to High school students younger than 16 years of age may be
admitted to a credit course with the prior approval of
Honors Program the Dean for Enrollment Management and Student Life. Students
Note: Documentation must be provided as proof that criteria must submit written authorization from their designated high
have been met. school official noting the course(s) to be taken and if the
course(s) will be used to meet high school requirements. See the
High School Student Authorization form online at
ENTERING STUDENTS:
www.waubonsee.edu. Transcripts and letters of recommendation
• Must have a high school diploma or its equivalent are also required, and in some cases, students will be asked to
• Be in the top 10 percent of their high school graduating class; complete placement testing.
OR
• Have an ACT score of 27 or higher or an SAT score of 1150 or Students who are pursuing high school level curriculum through
higher; OR home schooling or other means are eligible to enroll based on
• Have 12 hours of college transfer-level courses from another similar requirements as students enrolled in accredited high
accredited college with a GPA of 3.75 or higher in that course schools.
work; OR College-level courses are considered to be an enhancement to
• Complete more than 12 hours of college transfer-level courses the high school curriculum. High school students are required
from another accredited college with a GPA between 3.5 to meet the same standards as any other college student and
(required for graduation from the program) and 3.749 and are awarded the same college credit for courses successfully
a. present one letter of recommendation from a college completed. These credits will appear on the student’s permanent
instructor and college transcript regardless of the grade earned.
b. obtain Honors Committee approval for entrance into the
program; and For questions regarding enrollment of high school students,
• May enroll for only two honors courses in the first semester of contact Registration and Records (see directory).
honors program participation.
2009/2010
Admissions and
Registration 239
1. Submit an Application for Status as International Student When jointly admitted, students work with counselors at
(I-20/F-1 status). Application packets are available from the both Waubonsee and the four-year school to plan courses for
Graduate/Credentials Analyst or Registration and Records. maximum transferability. Students can enter Aurora University
Applications and all supporting documents must be received or NIU after completing the Waubonsee degree without going
by the following deadlines: July 1 for fall semester, Nov. 1 for through any further admissions processes.
spring semester and April 1 for summer semester.
To be eligible for joint admissions under these agreements,
2. If the student’s native language is NOT English, he/she students must meet all applicable admissions requirements
must take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) for both Waubonsee and Aurora University or NIU. Students
and attain a minimum score of 500 (paper-based) or 173 agree in writing to the exchange of admissions and advising
(computer-based) or 61 (Internet-based) on the examination. information between Waubonsee and the four-year school.
For information on the test, write TOEFL Services, The program is open to any eligible student at Waubonsee.
Educational Testing Services, P.O. Box 6151, Princeton, NJ For further information and application materials, contact
08541-6151, USA or visit the TOEFL Web site at Counseling at Waubonsee (see directory), Aurora University at
www.toefl.org. (630) 844-6535, or Northern Illinois University
at (815) 753-0681.
3. Complete the Educational Background forms and submit
transcripts from high school and college or the equivalent.
If the transcripts are NOT from a United States high school Auditing a Course
or college, they must be submitted for evaluation at the
Students who wish to audit a course without receiving credit can
applicants expense by an approved credential evaluator.
contact Registration and Records. Audit registration is not
Contact: Educational Credential Evaluators, P.O. Box 514070,
available for skill or performance courses. Students registering for
Milwaukee, WI 53202-3470 or at the ECE Web site at:
a course for credit have first priority. Auditing students
www.ece.org.
(including senior citizens) pay full tuition and fees.
4. Present the Immigration and Naturalization Service Affidavit See “Tuition and Fees” for details. Students registered for credit
of Support form (I-134). This form must be completed by a may not change to audit status after the midterm of a course.
resident of the United States. The statement is necessary in Once the course has started, auditing students cannot change
recognition of the fact that the college does not provide food, to credit status.
housing, health or transportation services.
The Graduate/Credentials Analyst will notify the applicant of Withdrawal From a Course
admission approval or denial after the deadlines listed above. Students are responsible for officially withdrawing from courses
If accepted, the necessary U.S. Immigration and Customs they are no longer attending. A student that withdraws from a
Enforcement (ICE) form (I-20) will be forwarded to the student credit course after the end of refunds will receive a withdrawal
with instructions for submission and enrollment at the college. grade (not used in calculating GPA or semester hours attempted).
If approved for international student status, a person must Financial aid rules may vary. See Waubonsee’s “Financial Aid
observe the following: Handbook” for details or contact the Financial Aid Office before
withdrawing.
• enroll each semester in a minimum of 12 semester hours;
• pay international tuition rates (see Tuition and Fees); The last day to withdraw from a course depends on the course
• follow the standard academic and disciplinary policies of length. See “Important Dates,” listed in each semester schedule or
the college. online at www.waubonsee.edu.
www.waubonsee.edu
240
WAU B O N S E E
an educational value
2009/2010
Tuition and Fees 241
Tuition and Fees Tuition
This section spells out the tuition and fees Waubonsee charges Tuition for college credit courses is charged per semester hour
for credit courses. By registering for a credit course, students and is determined by residency.
agree to pay the required tuition and fees for that course. Tuition
is charged per semester hour and varies depending upon *Estimated Tuition per Semester Hour
residency. Tuition rates and fees are subject to change, and In-district student.............................................................$85.00
students should anticipate increases in tuition and fees as they Illinois out-of-district student .........................................$262.56
continue their education at Waubonsee. Out-of-state student .....................................................$289.59
International student......................................................$289.59
Fees
District Students Waubonsee charges the following fees:
To qualify as district students, individuals must reside within
the district for at least 30 days immediately prior to the date Fee Schedule
established by Waubonsee for classes to begin. Student fee .........................................................$5/credit hour
Set-up fee for payment plan option
Special cases regarding legal residency of students are considered
(per semester/nonrefundable) .....................................$25.00
individually. Students may be required to furnish legal evidence
Re-enrollment fee (after first day of class) .......................$50.00
proving residency in the district. Contact Registration and
Insufficient funds charge .................................................$25.00
Records for more information (see directory).
Delinquent account fee....................................................$25.00
Students employed by a business in the district for at least 35 Transcript Fee
hours per week may be granted in-district tuition. These cases Written request.............................................$10.00/each
are considered individually and students may be required to Online request................................................$5.00/each
furnish legal evidence of employment. In these cases, students Free unofficial transcripts are available through self-service.
who are granted in-district fees are not considered district
residents.
Student Fees
The student fee is assessed at a rate of $5 per credit hour.
Out-of-District Students Student fee monies are used to support a variety of educational,
Students who reside in Illinois for at least 30 days prior to the scholarship, social, recreational, club and entertainment
date established by the district for classes to begin, but outside of programs.
Community College District 516, are considered out-of-district
students. Students may be required to furnish legal evidence
proving residence. Laboratory Fees
Certain courses require extra costs for supplies, equipment or
Out-of-district students who want to attain an occupational services. A lab fee is charged to partially cover this extra expense.
degree or certificate offered only at Waubonsee and not at their Examples are laboratory breakage, welding supplies, ceramic
own district community college should refer to “Cooperative materials, towel services, etc. These fees are subject to change.
Agreements and Tuition Chargeback.”
NOTE: All costs and fees are subject to change by the college.
Students should anticipate increases in tuition and fees as they
Out-of-State Students continue their education at Waubonsee.
Students whose legal residence is outside of Illinois are
considered out-of-state students.
Tuition for Senior Citizens
Students 65 years of age or older who are residents of the district
are eligible for a tuition refund for credit courses in which they
✆ See directory inside back cover. were enrolled through the midterm date. Refunds are processed
and mailed to the student at the end of the term. Courses
specifically designed for senior citizens, audits or repeated
courses do not qualify for tuition refunds.
www.waubonsee.edu
242 Tuition and Fees
2009/2010
Tuition and Fees 243
What If I Don’t Pay? Textbooks
Students are expected to buy their own textbooks and supplies as
Waubonsee cancels registration if students do not select a
specified for each course. These may be purchased at one of the
payment option at the time of registration. Payment is required
college bookstores or online at www.waubonsee.edu/bookstore.
even during college holidays and breaks.
Students withdrawn for non-payment after the first day of class
must appeal to re-enroll in that course. A $50 re-enrollment fee
plus a minimum of one-half of the tuition is due when re-
registering. Submit a completed enrollment appeal form
(available online) to Registration and Records in person or by fax
at (630) 466-4964.
Students must officially withdraw from each course they do not
plan to attend. Enrollment will not be cancelled if any payment
has been received for the semester.
Unpaid fees will prevent registration for additional courses or
receipt of grades, and are subject to the collection procedures of
the college and a $25 delinquent fee.
Refunds
Tuition refunds are issued based upon the official date of
withdrawal. Withdrawals made online are effective when the
transaction is complete. Withdrawals submitted in writing are
effective according to the postmark date of the letter or the fax
date and time. Full refund of tuition and fees is granted if the
college cancels a course.
The academic calendar for each semester lists the last day for
refunds for 16-week courses. Also see “Important Dates,” listed in
each semester schedule, for additional refund dates. An appeal
process is available for extenuating medical circumstances.
Appeal forms are available at www.waubonsee.edu.
The college reserves the right to make the final decision on all
refunds. Contact the Bursar Office about refund policies.
www.waubonsee.edu
244
WAU B O N S E E
the help available
Financial Aid
2009/2010
Financial Aid 245
Financial Aid the student is enrolled after the refund period.
• Withdrawals after the refund period count as hours
Four basic types of financial aid are available to Waubonsee
attempted.
students: grants, scholarships, loans and employment. For
• Students who enroll in telecourses must be aware that the
complete information about financial assistance, contact
class(es) must be completed by the end of the semester of
the Financial Aid Office (see directory) and obtain a copy
enrollment and count as hours attempted for that semester.
of the “Financial Aid Handbook,” or go online at
c. Audits, courses numbered below 050, proficiency tests and
www.waubonsee.edu/financialaid.
noncredit courses are not included in the total number of
credit hours attempted.
Eligibility Requirements d. Repeated courses are always included in attempted hours. A
repeated class for which the student earns credit is only
General eligibility requirements for state and federal financial aid
counted once in completed hours unless the class is
programs include the following criteria. Other requirements may
designated as one that can be repeated. This information is
apply for certain programs. Students must be sure they meet all
part of the course description in each semester’s credit course
requirements before applying:
schedule.
• be a citizen or eligible noncitizen;
• have a valid social security number;
2. GRADE POINT AVERAGE REQUIREMENT
A student must maintain a 2.0 cumulative grade point average.
• have a high school diploma, a GED or pass an
Federal regulations require the college to take into account a
independently-administered test approved by the U.S.
student’s academic performance throughout the course of study,
Department of Education;
regardless of whether or not the student previously received
• not be in default on any student loan; financial aid. Grades for repeated courses for which the student
• not owe a refund on any grant or loan, and not have earns credit are arranged.
borrowed in excess of the loan limits under Title IV
programs at any institution; * Veterans receiving the Illinois Veterans Grant, the Illinois
National Guard Grant or the Illinois MIA/POW Scholarship are
• agree to use any student financial aid solely for educational
only subject to meeting the GPA requirement.
purposes;
• agree to not engage in the unlawful manufacture, 3. MAXIMUM TIMEFRAME REQUIREMENT
distribution, dispensation, possession or use of a controlled Student eligibility for financial aid at Waubonsee is limited to
substance during the period covered by the Pell Grant; 150 percent of standard program length or 96 credit hours
• if required, register with the Selective Service; attempted, regardless of whether or not the student previously
• Complete a Waubonsee Community College New Student received financial aid. These 96 hours include transfer hours
Information Form and select an eligible program. A accepted from other institutions.
certificate program must be at least 16 credit hours to
quality; 4. EVALUATION AND ACADEMIC
• make satisfactory academic progress toward a degree or PROGRESS STATUS
certificate as defined in the Standards of Academic Progress; A student is evaluated for academic progress following the
• be aware that financial aid does not cover audited courses. completion of each academic term, and his/her status will be
one of the following:
PASS - The student is in the first term of enrollment and has not
Standards of Academic Progress received grades, has not enrolled for credit courses, or is meeting
In accordance with the United States Department of Education all academic progress standards.
and State of Illinois regulations, Waubonsee Community College
has established minimum Standards of Academic Progress WARNING - If a student fails to meet the required completion
guidelines for the receipt of financial aid. These standards apply rate, G.P.A., and/or timeframe requirement as outlined in this
to all students receiving federal and state funding, including policy, the student is placed on FINANCIAL AID WARNING for
veterans* and students receiving student loans or federal the subsequent academic term. A student is able to receive
work-study. financial assistance while on warning.
SUSPENSION - If a student fails to meet the Standards of
1. COMPLETION RATE REQUIREMENT Academic Progress at the end of the warning term, the student
A student must achieve a 67 percent completion rate for all will be placed on FINANCIAL AID SUSPENSION and will
course work attempted at Waubonsee. This applies whether or become ineligible for all federal and state programs. If in
not the student previously received financial aid. subsequent semesters, the student is able to meet the completion
rate or GPA requirement, it is the student’s responsibility to
a. “Credit hours completed” is defined as completion of a course
notify the Financial Aid Office and request that aid eligibility be
by the end of a given semester in which a student is enrolled
reinstated.
and receiving a grade of A, B, C, and/or D.
b. “Credit hours attempted” includes all credit classes in which
www.waubonsee.edu
246 Financial Aid
Disbursement of
Financial Aid Funds
Financial aid and scholarship funds will be reflected on the
student’s account only after the student has returned a signed
award letter and Title IV Authorization to the Financial Aid
Office. A bookstore credit will be processed for state MAP grants
if financial aid funds are sufficient to cover all charges on a
student’s account. All aid funds are subject to recalculation if a
student changes enrollment or drops courses.
2009/2010
247
WAU B O N S E E
what you need to know
Academic
Information
and Regulations
www.waubonsee.edu
Academic Information
248 and Regulations
2009/2010
Academic Information
and Regulations 249
3. Acceptance of Credits Earned by College Level Computer Science. Students scoring a 4 or above on the
Examination Program (CLEP) Computer Science AB Exam receive 3 semester hours of credit
for CIS 115-Introduction to Programming.
Waubonsee Community College is a national CLEP Test
Center. The CLEP examinations assess knowledge generally English. Students scoring a 4 or 5 on the English Exam
taught in the first two years of college. Check with the Center receive 6 semester hours of credit for ENG 101-First-Year
for Learning Assessment to learn about registration and Composition I and ENG 102-First-Year Composition II.
testing availability.
Foreign Languages and Literature. Students scoring a 3
Waubonsee accepts credit for each of the following 27 CLEP on the French, German or Spanish Foreign Language Exams
examinations: receive credit for FRE 101 and/or FRE 102; GER 101 and/or
English Composition, English Composition with Essay, GER 102; SPN 101 and/or SPN 102. Scores of 4 or 5 can
Introductory Business Law, Humanities, College receive credit for FRE 201 and/or FRE 202; GER 201 and/or
Mathematics, Natural Sciences, Social Sciences and History, 202; SPN 201 and/or SPN 202.
American Government, History of the United States I,
History of the United States II, Calculus, College Algebra,
History. Students scoring a 3, 4 or 5 on the American
History Exam receive 6 semester hours of credit for HIS 121-
French Language, German Language, Spanish Language,
American History to 1865 and HIS 122-American History
Biology, Chemistry, Human Growth and Development,
Since 1865. Students scoring a 3, 4 or 5 on the European
Principles of Management, Financial Accounting, Principles
History Exam receive 6 semester hours of credit for
of Macroeconomics, Principles of Microeconomics,
HIS 111-Western Civilization to 1648 and HIS 112-
Introductory Psychology, Introductory Business Law,
Western Civilization Since 1648.
Introductory Sociology, Principles of Marketing, Pre-
Calculus, Western Civilization I: Ancient Near East to 1648, Mathematical Sciences. Students scoring a 5 on the
Western Civilization II: 1648 to the present. Calculus AB Exam, or a 4 or 5 on the Calculus BC Exam
receive 8 semester hours of credit for MTH 131-Calculus with
CLEP examinations are computer-based and administered
Analytic Geometry I and MTH 132-Calculus with Analytic
throughout the year on an individual appointment basis.
Geometry II. Students scoring a 3 or 4 on the Calculus AB
After students have completed the CLEP examinations, a
Exam, or a 3 on the Calculus BC Exam receive 4 semester
score report is sent to the institution of their choice. It is the
hours of credit for MTH 131.
student’s responsibility to contact Registration and Records to
request that credit be recorded. Waubonsee grants a Music. Credit is determined after departmental review.
maximum of 30 credits for successful performance
on CLEP examinations. A recording fee of $5 per credit hour Physics. Students scoring a 3, 4 or 5 on the Physics B Exam
is assessed. Refer to the Center for Learning Assessment Web receive 8 semester hours of credit for PHY 111 and PHY 112,
site for additional information. Introduction to Physics I and II. Students scoring a 3, 4 or 5
on the Physics C Exam receive 10 semester hours of credit for
4. Advanced Placement Program (APP) PHY 221 and PHY 222, General Physics.
Credit and/or advanced placement may be granted to students Political Science. Students scoring a 3 or above on
who have participated in the Advanced Placement Program the American Government and Politics Exam receive 3
in their high schools. Participants applying for Waubonsee semester hours of credit for PSC 100-Introduction to
Community College admission should arrange to have their American Government. Students scoring a 3 or above on
Advanced Placement examination records sent to Registration the Comparative Government and Politics Exam receive
and Records. 3 semester hours of credit for PSC 220-Comparative
Art. Students scoring a 4 or 5 on the Art History Exam Government.
receive 6 semester hours of credit for ART 101-Art History- A recording fee of $5 per credit hour is assessed.
Prehistoric to Medieval; and ART 102-Art History-Late
Medieval, Renaissance and Baroque. Advanced Placement Program participants whose AP scores
do not qualify for credit may wish to avail themselves of
Biological Sciences. Students scoring a 4 or 5 on the Waubonsee’s proficiency program for earning college credit.
Biology Exam receive 4 semester hours of credit for BIO 120-
Principles of Biology I. Students scoring a 3 receive 3 hours 5. Acceptance of Credit by Proficiency Examination
of credit for BIO 100-Introduction to Biology. Proficiency examinations may be taken in certain courses or
Chemistry. Students scoring a 4 or 5 on the Chemistry programs upon petition by the student. These examinations
Exam receive 8 semester hours of credit for CHM 121- may be taken only with the approval of the appropriate Dean
General Chemistry, and CHM 122-Chemistry and Qualitative of each instructional division. They are open to students
Analysis. Students scoring a 3 receive 4 hours of credit who meet the requirements through previous course work,
for CHM 121. experience, or a combination of both. Contact the appropriate
Dean for further information (see directory).
www.waubonsee.edu
Academic Information
250 and Regulations
2009/2010
Academic Information
and Regulations 251
INCOMPLETE GRADES GRADE APPEAL PROCESS
A grade of I signifies incomplete course work and is assigned at In situations where the student is not satisfied with the outcome
the discretion of the instructor when illness or other unusual of the grade process, and in accordance with students’ rights for
circumstances prevent a student from completing course due process, the student may appeal a final grade in a course. The
requirements by the end of the term. A grade of I may not be student must initiate the appeal process within one calendar year
assigned as a final grade unless a signed, completed Agreement of the date the final grade was officially due to Registration and
for Incomplete Course Work is submitted to the appropriate Records. Guidelines and procedures are outlined in the Student
Dean’s office by the instructor no later than the Friday prior to Handbook or available from the office of the Assistant Vice
the deadline to submit grades. The intent of the agreement is to: President of Student Development (see directory).
• establish course components required to be completed by GRADE FORGIVENESS PROCEDURE
the student;
This procedure provides the student with a second chance. A
• establish a timeframe for completion of required course
student may apply for forgiveness of grades of D or F earned in
components—must be no later than the end of the next full
courses taken previously at Waubonsee. To be eligible to apply
16-week semester;
for grade forgiveness, a student must meet the following
• establish a grade for the student in the event that required
two conditions:
course components are not completed.
• The student cannot have attended Waubonsee Community
In the event that a faculty member is unable to meet the terms
College or any other post-secondary school for a consecutive
of the Agreement, the grade agreed to in the Agreement will be
period of at least 18 calendar months between the dates of
assigned by the appropriate Dean. This definition does not allow
enrollment at Waubonsee, and
for regular letter grades (A, B, C, D, F or W) to be changed to
• The student must have completed a minimum of 15
an I grade after final grades are assigned. Special exceptions may
semester hours with a grade point average of 2.0 or better at
be presented to the Executive Vice President of Educational
Waubonsee Community College since the re-enrollment
Affairs/Chief Learning Officer for consideration.
after the 18-month out-of- school period.
GRADES IN REPEATED COURSES Courses approved for grade forgiveness are listed with a special
If a regular semester credit course is repeated, only the higher notation (G) on the student transcript and are not included in
grade is used to calculate the grade point average. the calculation of the student’s GPA. The “Request for Grade
Forgiveness” form is available at www.waubonsee.edu.
However, certain courses are designed to be repeatable.
Examples include applied music, physical education and
developmental courses. All grades in these repeatable courses Graduation Academic Honors
are used to calculate the grade point average.
All students graduating from Waubonsee who have achieved
For these courses that are designed to be repeatable, it is an accumulated 3.5 grade point average in all semester hours
necessary to complete a “Repeatable Course Grade Change attempted at Waubonsee are designated for graduation honors.
Request” form if you wish to have only the higher grade(s) Those students who earn a 4.0 cumulative grade point average
calculated in your GPA. Request forms are available online at are recognized with presidential honors.
www.waubonsee.edu.
www.waubonsee.edu
Academic Information
252 and Regulations
2009/2010
Academic Information
and Regulations 253
PRIVACY OF RECORDS/TRANSCRIPTS
All information provided to Waubonsee Community College is
kept confidential in accordance with the Family Educational
Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (Public Law 93-380). Refer to
Waubonsee’s “Student Handbook” for more details.
All students have the right to inspect and review their personal
records at a time and place under conditions designated by
Registration and Records. Any release of Waubonsee academic
information from student records must have the written consent
of the student. Contact Registration and Records.
All students desiring their academic transcript to be sent to
another institution or to a prospective employer should submit a
request to Registration and Records. Transcripts requested in
person, by mail or by fax will be $10 each while transcripts
requested online will be $5 each.
Current and former students of Waubonsee have access to
their official records maintained here. Contact Registration and
Records (see directory).
www.waubonsee.edu
254
WAU B O N S E E
the tools for success
Resources and
Services
2009/2010
Resources and
Services 255
Resources and Services Access Center for Students with
Many resources and services are available to students at
Waubonsee. They include everything from academic advising
Disabilities
The Access Center for Students with Disabilities makes
to intercollegiate athletics, from child care to a state-of-the-art
educational opportunities more accessible by coordinating
computing center. This alphabetically organized section
support services to students who are disabled. The Access Center
describes these many resources and services. Students should
assists students toward further independence and greater
also have a copy of the current “Student Handbook” (published
self-determination.
annually) that serves as a handy reference for each academic year.
Accommodations and services available include:
• counseling;
Academic Counseling and Advising • assistance with admissions and registration;
Waubonsee’s academic advising program provides opportunities • interpreting (sign language);
for students, instructors and counselors to review academic • readers;
progress. Assessment testing, RAP (Registration and Planning), • writer services;
and a variety of academic support services are available. See also • advocacy.
the section on Counseling.
Waubonsee Community College has provided accommodations
Phases of the academic advising process include the following: to students with disabilities since 1972.
EARLY ALERT Admission to the program is open to all students who qualify
based on school records, diagnostic testing information and an
Waubonsee’s Early Alert has been developed with the goal of
optional personal interview. For more information, contact the
increasing student success. Under this program, instructors are
Access Center for Students with Disabilities (see directory).
asked to identify students who exhibit academic difficulties that
may prevent them from completing a course successfully. Areas
of difficulty can include attendance, English proficiency,
academic preparation/prerequisites, class participation, test/quiz
Adult Education Special Programs
This comprehensive program offers opportunities for low-
scores, completion of class assignments, clinical/lab assignments
income adult education students to obtain self-sufficiency
and appropriate classroom behavior.
through education and training. These programs are designed
Early Alert may include student populations such as athletes, to offer personalized assistance to the potential college student
Student Support Services participants, financial aid recipients, who plans to pursue a certificate or associate degree in a
Access Center students, first-year students and students enrolled vocational area. Among the Special Programs are the Youth
in developmental courses. Services Program (YSP) and the Vocational Skills Program.
Students identified with academic difficulties are encouraged to The YSP offers career exploration and job search/placement in
make an appointment with a counselor to address the areas of the area of health care to students between the ages of 16 and 21.
concern. Strategies for success are shared with the instructor. Among the many benefits available to eligible students are free
tuition and fees, books, individual case management and other
PROBATION support services. Students lacking a high school diploma are
At the end of each semester, students with a cumulative grade strongly encouraged to attend GED classes to work toward GED
point average (GPA) below 2.0 are placed on academic probation. attainment prior to enrolling in a certificate program. One-year
These students receive a letter notifying them that they must follow-up is given to students once they have completed their
make an appointment to meet with a counselor. course of study or obtained employment.
This program review is required before students are allowed to
The Vocational Skills Program offers free computer classes to
register for the next semester.
currently enrolled ESL and GED students. Classes offered
include Basic Computer Literacy, Introduction to Keyboarding,
PROGRAM REVIEW
Introduction to Microsoft Word and Introduction to Microsoft
Upon successful completion of 24-38 cumulative semester hours, Excel.
students receive a letter of notification and are required to review
their progress with a counselor. The program review helps For more information or to register, contact the Adult Education
students remain focused on their chosen academic goals. Special Programs office (see directory).
Program reviews are mandatory and required before students
are permitted to register for the next semester.
www.waubonsee.edu
Resources and
256 Services
2009/2010
Resources and
Services 257
Center for Learning Assessment Conduct, Grievances, and
The Center for Learning Assessment (CLA) is committed to
facilitating student learning at Waubonsee Community College
Grade Concerns
Waubonsee Community College has procedures to assist
by offering a wide range of testing services to students, members
students in resolving college-related grievances. Specifically,
of the community and area businesses.
the procedures address student grade concerns, general student
The Center for Learning Assessment assists Waubonsee students grievances and student conduct.
throughout every phase of their college career. Assistance begins
This is a good faith approach to resolving grievances with the
with placement testing for new full-time students, continues with goal of resolving grievances in the most expeditious manner.
telecourse and online testing, and includes program admission
testing. The CLA also assists faculty by providing a place for Waubonsee Community College is committed to prohibiting any
students to take make-up exams. forms of discrimination. See the section “Federal Compliances.”
Community members can take advantage of the testing Nothing in these procedures limits a student’s right to submit a
administered through several programs, including English as a complaint against the college to the Department of Education
Second Language (ESL), General Educational Development Office for Civil Rights. These procedures are not intended to
(GED), College Level Examination Proficiency (CLEP), Campbell supersede other existing college policies and procedures.
Interest and Skills Survey (CISS) and certification tests given Procedures for student grievances, grade concerns and student
throughout the year. conduct are detailed in the “Student Handbook.”
Testing centers, which are located at the Sugar Grove and Aurora For more information about these procedures, please contact the
Campuses, are open Monday-Saturday. For additional Assistant Vice President of Student Development (see directory).
information, contact the CLA office (see directory).
Counseling Center
Child Care Waubonsee Community College provides a wide range of
Quality, affordable child care is available at both the Sugar Grove academic and career counseling. Counselors assist students with
and Aurora campuses. issues such as career and educational goals, choosing programs of
study, lifestyle transitions related to education, and other
The Child Care Centers provide a safe and nurturing personal issues that may interfere with academic progress.
environment and are designed to foster social, emotional, and
intellectual development. Developmentally appropriate practices See also the section on “Academic Advising Program.”
inspired by the recommendations of the National Association for Counselors are available at all three Waubonsee campuses. Walk-
Education of Young Children (NAEYC) guide the curriculum. in and appointment times are available. Call for office hours or
Emphasis is placed on creativity, choice, independence, appointments (see directory).
cooperation and learning through play.
www.waubonsee.edu
Resources and
258 Services
2009/2010
Resources and
Services 259
Preschool-Magnet Place Student Clubs/Organizations
The Children’s Magnet Place is a laboratory preschool located at Each organization must have a faculty/staff advisor and a
the Sugar Grove Campus. Children aged 3 through kindergarten minimum of 10 student members to apply to the Student Senate
are accepted for two- or three-day, morning or afternoon sessions for a charter. A charter may be issued to any group that fulfills the
that feature developmentally appropriate learning activities. The club charter guidelines and has a purpose that conforms with the
program has been influenced by the internationally renowned philosophy of the college. Charters have been issued to many
preschool curriculum from Reggio-Emilia, Italy. Please call the social, cultural, career and honors groups. Contact the Student
Children’s Magnet Place for more information or to enroll a Activities office for more information (see directory).
child in this exciting preschool (see directory).
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
Student Government provides the opportunity for a student-
Returning Adult College Students planned and operated system of creative projects. Also, it
Waubonsee provides an adult student recruiter who can assist provides one channel of communication through which the
adult (non-traditional) students in all aspects of the registration administration, faculty and students may plan and discuss
process and address issues that concern the adult student academic topics together. All student government activities
population of Waubonsee. and elections are governed by an approved constitution.
In addition, O.A.S.I.S. (Organization of Adult Students for
STUDENT SENATE
Interaction and Support) functions as an informational resource
group for adult students at Waubonsee. This group addresses the The senate is composed of 12 students elected from the student
issues and concerns of adult students and provides support in an body. The senate president and part of the senate are elected in
informal and relaxed group setting. Contact Admissions for more the spring, and the remaining student senators are elected in the
information (see directory). fall. In addition to budgeting and appropriating a portion of the
student activity funds, the senate charters student clubs and
plans and implements projects to meet students’ needs. The
S.T.A.R. Program (Student/Athletes senate holds monthly meetings. All meetings are open and
students are invited to attend. Student input is always
Taking Academic Responsibility) encouraged.
The Waubonsee Community College S.T.A.R. (Student/Athletes
Taking Academic Responsibility) Program was created in 1991 Any registered student may vote in a student government
to further the academic progress of student/athletes while they election. Election requirements, petitions and details are available
participate in athletics. The program includes weekly study from the Student Activities Manager (see directory).
sessions; personal, career and academic counseling; academic
monitoring; and nominations for various scholarships and
STUDENT TRUSTEE
academic recognition. A student member is elected during the spring to serve on
the Waubonsee Community College Board of Trustees. This
student attends all board meetings to represent the interests
Student Activities of Waubonsee students. The current student trustee can be
Student activities are a vital part of an education program. contacted through the Student Activities office (see directory).
Involvement in extracurricular activities allows students to meet
people with similar interests, learn more about their areas of INTRAMURALS
interest and have a good time. For more information contact the Waubonsee Community College maintains a program of
Student Activities office (see directory) and refer to the current intramural athletics for those not wishing to compete in an
edition of the “Student Handbook,” published annually. intercollegiate sport. The offering of intramural activities is based
upon student interest and participation. Contact the Athletics
office for the most current information (see directory).
Student Newspaper
The student newspaper, “Insight,” has grown rapidly since its first
issue in 1967. Students may use their talents for expression in one
of the many facets of the preparation of the paper. The paper is
published by the college and is distributed free to the student
body, staff and faculty. Contact the office of the Dean for
Communications and Library Services for more information
(see directory).
www.waubonsee.edu
Resources and
260 Services
Todd Library
Library services are provided at the Todd Library at the Sugar
Grove Campus, and at extension sites at the Aurora and Copley ✆ See directory inside back cover.
campuses. The Todd Library houses a 50,000 book collection,
more than 500 periodical titles, and many electronic reference
databases chosen to support the college curriculum and provide
research materials for students and residents of the Waubonsee
Community College district. Other services available at the Sugar
Grove library facility include:
• conference room;
• copiers;
• distance learning classroom tapes;
• interlibrary loan;
• Internet access;
• instructional multimedia;
• microform reader/printers;
• reference assistance;
• reserve materials;
• telecourses;
• video viewing area.
All registered students may check out materials from the library,
and residents of the college district who are high school age or
older are eligible for most circulation privileges.
2009/2010
History and
New Directions 261
History and New Directions Waubonsee established another major extension center in
January 1997 on the Rush-Copley Medical Center campus,
Waubonsee Community College, a two-year public institution of adjacent to Route 34 in far east Aurora. College credit courses,
higher learning, came into existence in August 1966 when the community education programs, and training seminars for
electorate of 12 school districts in most of Kane and portions of business and industry are held in the two-story building’s eight
Kendall, DeKalb, LaSalle and Will counties voted to establish classrooms.
Community College District 516. Today, the district encompasses
In late 2004, the college announced its plans for a fourth
approximately 600 square miles and has an assessed valuation of
permanent campus to be located in Plano. The Waubonsee
nearly $10.5 billion.
Community College Plano Campus will be built on a nine-acre
From the beginning, the college’s philosophy has been that site adjacent to the Lakewood Springs development, north of
education is the cornerstone of a literate, democratic society; Highway 34 and west of Eldamain Road near Lake Plano.
learning is a lifelong process; and the pursuit of knowledge must
The new Plano Campus is just one of the many projects
be supported by institutional policies demonstrating accessibility,
undertaken as part of the 2020 College Master Plan. During the
service, quality, innovation and value.
2002-2003 academic year, the board of trustees adopted this plan,
With the objective of meeting the lifelong learning needs of the which outlines educational facilities necessary to meet the needs
community, the college truly began taking shape in early 1967, as of students now and into the future. All four building projects
the college’s first president assumed his duties and subsequently planned for the Sugar Grove Campus have been completed; the
began assembling a staff, developing a multilevel curriculum and Campus Operations facility opened in August 2005, the new
locating classroom space. However, the college still needed a Science Building opened during the fall 2006 semester, the
name, and for that, the school called upon its community. Academic and Professional Center held classes for the first time
in fall 2007, and the Student Center opened in spring 2009.
A district-wide naming contest was held in March of 1967. From Ground has been broken for both the new Plano Campus and a
among the 600 entries, the name suggested by both Susan Miller, new downtown Aurora Campus.
of Aurora, and Patricia Ann Dillon, of Batavia, stood out, and the
Fox Valley’s community college officially became Waubonsee While Waubonsee is continually working to improve its
Community College. Waubonsee, meaning “early dawn” or “early campuses, the college also recognizes the need for other
day,” was a Pottawatomie Native American chief who lived in the convenient course locations, and so, classes are held at nearly 40
Fox River Valley during the 1800s. other extension sites throughout the district as well. For those
students who prefer to learn from home, Waubonsee offers a
Waubonsee Community College had a permanent name but had variety of distance learning options. Waubonsee has always been
yet to locate to a permanent campus and so, when the college a leader in distance learning, from being a founding member of
opened its doors for classes on Sept. 11, 1967, the doors were the Illinois Virtual Campus (IVC) to providing courses to
those of a variety of community facilities. The school’s initial students statewide through Illinois Community Colleges Online
enrollment of 1,603 students — 403 full time and 1,200 part time (ILCCO). Currently, the college offers nearly 200 online courses
— has grown steadily since that time, with the college currently and is one of a handful of higher education institutions in Illinois
serving over 11,000 students each semester. to offer fully-accredited associate degrees to students in a
Just a few months later, in December 1967, a successful bond distance learning format.
referendum allowed the college to begin planning its first As the educational needs of its district change, so too will
permanent campus. The campus, situated on a 243-acre tract of Waubonsee Community College. What will always remain the
land north of Sugar Grove on Route 47, still serves as the college’s same, however, is Waubonsee’s commitment to student success
main campus. In addition to classroom space, facilities there also through quality teaching and learning experiences.
include conference rooms, specialized laboratories, Student
Center, café and coffee shop, library, bookstore, child care center,
observatory, kiln shelter, 375-seat auditorium, multipurpose
event space, gymnasium, 120-workstation computer center,
fitness center and two-mile nature trail.
A second Waubonsee campus opened in 1986 in downtown
Aurora. Located at the corner of Galena Boulevard and Stolp
Avenue, the three-story facility is the headquarters for several
college departments and programs, including Workforce
Development, Adult Education, GED, English as a Second
Language and the Adult Literacy Project, as well as the Illinois
Small Business Development Center.
www.waubonsee.edu
262 Federal Compliances
Title IX
Waubonsee Community College adheres to the provisions
outlined in Title IX of the 1972 Federal Education Amendment
Act prohibiting sex discrimination and sexual harassment in all
activities of the college. The Title IX coordinator is Michele
Morey, Director of Human Resources (see directory).
2009/2010
263
WAU B O N S E E
your mentors
Staff
www.waubonsee.edu
264 Staff
2009/2010
Staff 267
Laufenberg, Todd, Assistant Professor McDonald, Andrew, Instructor
English (C & LS) Auto Body Repair (T, M & PS)
BA, University of Illinois; ASE, Master Collision Repair/Refinish Technician
MA, Northern Illinois University
McDonald, Jeanne, Assistant Professor
Leatherbury, Teri, Executive Assistant to the President English (C & LS)
BA, University of Wisconsin-LaCrosse; BA, MA, Lincoln Christian College and
MALS, North Central College Seminary;
MA, Western Illinois University;
Lemmerhirt, Frederick R., Assistant Professor PhD, Illinois State University
Physics/ Mathematics (T, M & PS)
BS, Iowa State University; Mendoza, Lilia, Instructor
MS, University of Wisconsin Foreign Language (H, FA, & L)
BA, MA, Northern Illinois University
Leninger, Edward, Chief Information Officer
BA, University of Illinois at Chicago; Modaff, Lawrence, Assistant Professor
MBA, Northern Illinois University Communications (C & LS)
BS, Illinois State University;
Lindeen, Ellen, Assistant Professor MA, Northern Illinois University
English (C & LS)
BS, University of Wisconsin-Madison; Monokoski, S. Gibson, Professor
MA, Northwestern University Music/Instrumental (H, FA & L)
BM, MM, Northern Illinois University
Livingston, Kimberly Rainsford, Assistant Professor
English (C, & LS) Moore, Catherine, Instructor
BA, Western Illinois University; Interpreter Training/Sign Language (H, FA & L)
MA, Western Michigan University BA, MA, Northern Illinois University
Long, Suzette, Dean Morey, Michele, Director
Business and Information Systems Human Resources
AA, College of DuPage; BS, University of Illinois;
BA, MBA, DePaul University Certificate of Human Resources Management;
MBA, Benedictine University
Lovingood, Deborah, Executive Vice President
and Chief Learning Officer Nakaji, Denise, Assistant Professor
Educational Affairs Therapeutic Massage (H & LS)
BA, University of South Carolina; BFA, MSEd, Northern Illinois University;
MAT, The Citadel; NCTMB
MS, Murray State University;
EdD, Vanderbilt University
Noblitt, Jeffrey, Director of Marketing and Communications
BA, Loyola University Chicago;
Luxion, Clifford, Assistant Professor MS, Roosevelt University
Small Business Management/Real Estate (B & IS)
AA, AS, Waubonsee Community College;
Norris, Lesa, Dean
Workforce Development
BA, Governors State University;
BA, University of Iowa;
MS, Roosevelt University
MS, Benedictine University
Marston, Faith, Dean
Enrollment Management and Student Life
O’Gorman, Michael J., Professor
English (C & LS)
BS, MS, Illinois State University
AA, Elgin Community College;
Marzano, William, Assistant Vice President BA, Truman State University;
Community Development MA, University of Illinois at Chicago
AAS, Morton College;
BA, Northern Illinois University;
Olson, Paul C., Professor
Sociology/Anthropology (SS & E)
MA, University of Illinois;
BA, Oakland University;
EdD, Illinois State University
MA, University of Michigan
Mattern, Joshua, Assistant Professor
English (LE)
Perez, Cynthia, Assistant Professor
Health Care Interpreting (H, FA & L)
BA, North Central College;
AA, College of DuPage
MA, Northern Illinois University
www.waubonsee.edu
268 Staff
2009/2010
Staff 269
Tonioni, Renee, Dean Wingate, Constance, Assistant Professor
Distance Learning and Instructional Technology Nurse Assistant (H & LS)
AA, Illinois Valley Community College; AAS, Waubonsee Community College;
BA, Illinois State University; BSN, Aurora University;
MA, Governors State University MAT, Rockford College
Toussaint, Jess, Dean Wold, Jill, Assistant Vice President
Health and Life Sciences Instruction
BS, Benedictine University; BA, MA, Northern Illinois University
MS, University of Illinois at Chicago
EdD, Benedictine University
Wu, John, Director
Emergency Preparedness and Safety
Trunkhill, William, Assistant Professor BS, State University of New York;
Mathematics (T, M & PS) MBA, Regis University;
BS, University of Wisconsin-Whitewater; NIMS Certified
MS, Northern Illinois University
President Emeritus
Virumbrales, Nancy F., Assistant Professor
Foreign Language (H, FA & L) Swalec, John J., President Emeritus
BA, Ohio State University; BS, MS, PhD, Illinois State University
MA, University of Wisconsin
Professors Emeritus
Voorhees, David, Assistant Professor
Earth Science/Geology (T, M & PS) Duckwiler-Lippold, Carol, Professor Emerita
BA, University of Rochester; Administrative Office Systems (B & IS)
MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute AA, Spoon River College;
BS, MS, Western Illinois University
Vrettos, Andreas M., Associate Professor
Electronics Technology (T, M, & PS) Gruben, John, Professor Emeritus
BS, University of Thessaloniki, Greece; Manufacturing Technology (T, M & PS)
MS, PhD, University of Kentucky AA, Rock Valley College;
BS, MS, Northern Illinois University
Wampach, Jeanette E., Professor
Nursing (H & LS) Hauser, Raymond E., Professor Emeritus
BS, University of Illinois; History (SS, E &IS)
MS, EdD, Northern Illinois University; BS, Western Illinois University;
OCN MA, CAS, PhD, Northern Illinois University
www.waubonsee.edu
270 Staff
2009/2010
Staff 271
Community Development Fitness Center
Assistant Vice President: Dr. William Marzano Manager: Lisbeth Anderson
Baretto, David | Educational Specialist, Dunham Academy Hines, Michelle | Lead Fitness Specialist
Gates, Heather | Manager, Dunham Academy Kilburg, Irene | Fitness Center Technical Assistant
Simon, Sandy | Secretary
Fund Development
Community Education Director: Katharine Richards
Dean: Douglas Grier Scott, Paula | Secretary
Cox, Jamie | Community Education Program Developer Vacant | Fund Development Associate
Darwish, Aziza | Community Education Program Developer
Hubbard, Jessica | Community Education Specialist
Grants
Manager: James Fletcher
Martin, Loretta | Secretary
Brubacher, Rita | Grants Analyst
Copley Campus
Dean: Elizabeth Bell Health and Life Sciences
Manager: Diana Foley Dean: Jess Toussaint
Sakowicz, Becky | Secretary Crafton, Kebra | Secretary
Kitching, Desiree | Health Care Programs Secretary
Counseling Lepic, Amanda | Academic Specialist
Dean: Kelli Sinclair Ragsdale, Katherine | Biology Lab Coordinator
Bender, Paula | Graduate/Credentials Analyst
Diederich, Kelly | Receptionist Human Resources
Jacobucci, Karen | Counseling Support Technician Director: Michele Morey
Kocunik, Sarah | Articulation/Transcript Analyst Depke, Danielle | Human Resources System Specialist
West, Phyllis | Secretary Diehl, Nichole | Employment Manager
Krajecki, Judith | Human Resources Office Support Technician
Distance Learning and Instructional Technology Kripp, Kathleen | Employee Relations & Benefits Manager
Dean: Renee Tonioni Latham, Kristine | Benefits Coordinator
Barrett, Spring | Secretary Nass, April | Secretary
Contractor, Sonya | Secretary Schmidt, Gail | Employment Specialist
Fortney, Stephanie | Distance Learning Specialist
Harmon, Susan | Manager, Distance Learning Humanities, Fine Arts and Languages
Klavinski, Christopher | Educational Television & Video Dean: Cynthia Fisher
Production Manager Baier, Susan | Secretary
Lara, James | Video Production Specialist Boyd, Sandra | Academic Specialist
Orseske, Catherine | Secretary Sheehan, Mark | Photography Lab Coordinator
Rennels, Michael | Public Access Programming Manager Information Technology
Vacant | Public Access Video Production Specialist Chief Information Officer: Ed Leninger
Educational Affairs Anthenat, Joseph | PC Technical Specialist
Executive Vice President and Chief Learning Officer: Antrobus, Nathan | Technical Resource Specialist
Dr. Deborah Lovingood Chen, Joyce | Programmer/Assistant Database Analyst
Pattermann, Deborah | Secretary Fowler, Zachary | Network System Technology Specialist
Goodson, Christine | Technology Assistance Center Specialist
Enrollment Management and Student Life Hively, Ryan | Information Technology Specialist
Dean: Faith Marston Howe, Tony | Voice System Senior Technical Assistant
Peck, Julie | Secretary Kjaer, Timothy | Computing Support Manager
Benacquista, Lorraine | Imaging Clerk Lindell, Anders | Web Portal Analyst
Emergency, Preparedness and Public Safety Marczewski, Christopher | Network Engineer
Director: John Wu Mutschler, Vern | Systems Technology Manager
Bernstein, Patricia | Public Safety Officer Nelson, Alek | Computer Services Specialist
Christoffel, Amber | Public Safety Officer Overton, Jackie | Programmer/Analyst
Wicks, Bradford | Public Safety Officer Piazza, Nick | Webmaster
Vacant| Public Safety Chief Pike, James | Telecommunications Technology Manager
Ponzo, John | Media Services Technician
Financial Aid Rozell, Calette | Client Workstation Technology Specialist
Director: Dr. Charles Boudreau Rquibi, Hassan | Academic Support Coordinator
Ciccione, Christine | Financial Aid Advisor Sargent, Karen | Programmer/Analyst
Friedrich, Leslie | Financial Aid Advisor Shields, Christopher | Network Support Services Manager
Larson, Lorrie | Financial Aid Data Entry Clerk Shotts, Kerri | Database Analyst
Wise, Christopher | Financial Aid Advisor Spizzirri, Valerie | Secretary
Finance and Operations Stefek, William | Telecommunications Technology Coordinator
Vice President: David Quillen Trivedi, Tarun | Security Engineer
Harmon, Emery | Construction Manager Tuntland, Merle | Media Services Manager
Hummel, Teresa | Secretary
www.waubonsee.edu
272 Staff
2009/2010
273
WAU B O N S E E
your learning environment
Facilities and
Extension
Locations
www.waubonsee.edu
Facilities and
274 Extension Locations
2009/2010
Facilities and
Extension Locations 275
www.waubonsee.edu
Facilities and
276 Extension Locations
2009/2010
Facilities and
Extension Locations 277
Aurora Campus
All students taking
classes at the Aurora Campus
may be issued special parking
permits
to receive a discount at Stolp
Island Place. Check at the
Registration desk
for a permit.
Parking Garages:
1. Stolp Island Place
Metered Lots:
(10-hour maximum)
2. South River
3. Water Street (2 hr max.)
4. North Broadway
5. New York Street (2 hr max.)
Copley Campus
FREE parking is available to
Copley Campus users as indicated.
www.waubonsee.edu
278 Index
2009/2010
Index 279
English as a Second Language (ESL).......13
Evaluation, credit by.................................250
Exercise Science ........................................123
Dean’s list....................................................250 Extension locations ..................................273 Health and Wellness Specialist
Definitions.........................................166, 282 (AAS) .....................................................123
Degrees and certificates/ Health Care Coding....................................76
career education..............................65, 69 Health Care Interpreting (HCI) ....119, 201
Degrees and certificates/ Health Careers ..................................121-138
distance learning ...................................14 Facilities ......................................................273 Health Education (HED) .........................202
Degrees and certificates/ Facility Service Technology ....................111 Heating, Ventilation and
general studies........................................60 Faculty listing.............................................263 Air Conditioning (HVA) ...........139, 202
Degrees/online......................................14, 20 Fast Track .....................................................15 Help Desk Specialist, Level I Support
Degrees/transfer education ......................18 Federal compliances.................................262 (Certificate) ..........................................102
Developmental Education.........................14 Fees ..............................................................240 Henning Academic Computing
Digital Network Technology Film Studies (FLM)...................................197 Center ....................................................258
(Certificate).............................................98 Finance and Banking (FIN).....................197 High school articulated credit ...............164
Digital Photography .................................154 Financial aid...............................................244 High school course requirements............20
Directory Fine Arts, Associate in.........................27, 29 High School Dual Credit ...........................16
of information .............inside back cover Fire Science (FSC)............................112, 198 High school student admission..............238
Disabilities, students with .......................255 Fitness Center ..............................................13 High school student programs.................16
Disability Studies (DIS) ...........................189 Fitness Leadership transfer guidelines ..49 High school summer school .....................16
Distance learning .......................................14 Foreign language courses ........................199 History (HIS).......................................54, 203
District #516 map .....................................275 Foundation .................................................258 History, college..........................................261
District students........................................241 Franklin University online degree ...........20 Holidays ..........................................................8
Drafting.........................................................95 French (FRE)..............................................199 Honors, graduation ..................................251
Driver Safety Program ...............................17 Full-time student .......................10, 237, 250 Honors program .......................................238
Dual Credit...................................................16 Human Resources Management..............86
Human Services (HSV)...................141, 204
Humanities (HUM) ..................................205
General Educational Development
Early Childhood Education (GED).......................................................13
(ECE) ......................................50, 106, 189 General education requirements,
Early Alert ..................................................255 purpose....................................................21 IAI General Education courses..............170
Earth Science (ESC) .................................191 General Science transfer guidelines........45 Illinois Articulation Initiative (IAI).........19
Economics (ECN)...............................38, 191 General Studies ...........................................60 Illinois Small Business Development
Education (EDU)..............31-33, 50-53, 191 Geographic Information Systems..........114 Center ......................................................17
Educational options....................................11 Geography (GEO).....................................199 Illinois Virtual Campus..............................14
Educator, Paraprofessional......................152 Geology (GLG)..........................................200 Incomplete grades ....................................251
Electrical Maintenance (Certificate).....110 German (GER) ..........................................200 Independent Study (IND) .......................205
Electronic Music Technology Getting started at Waubonsee..................10 Industrial Maintenance ...................143-145
(Certificate) ..........................................151 Government, student...............................259 Industrial Technology (IDT)..........143, 205
Electronic Publishing (Certificate)........118 Glossary ......................................................282 Infant and Toddler Care (Certificate)...108
Electronics Technology (ELT) .......109, 192 Grading .......................................................250 Information and Communication
Elementary Education................................51 Graduation .................................................251 Technology (ICT)................................207
Emergency Medical Technician Graduation academic honors.................251 Information Systems ................................207
(EMT) ...........................................121, 193 Graphic Art transfer guidelines ...............46 Insight (student newspaper)...................259
Emergency Preparedness Management Graphic Design (GRD)....................116, 200 Instrumental music performance..........258
(EPM).....................................................194 Grievance, student....................................257 Intensive English—Basic (IEB)...............207
Engine Performance (Certificate)............82 Guarantee, occupational ...........................64 Intensive English Institute (IEI).......13, 208
Engineering (EGR) ...................................194 Guarantee, transfer.....................................19 Intercollegiate athletics ...........................258
Engineering Science (AES) associate Interdisciplinary Studies (IDS) ..............209
degree ......................................................25 International student (I-20) ....................238
English (ENG) .....................................41, 195 Internet and Computing Core
English, Intensive Institute...............13, 208 Certification ...........................................77
Internet/World Wide Web .............101, 235
Internship Program ...........................15, 163
Interpreter Training (ITP)..............146, 209
Interpreting, Health Care...............119, 201
Intramurals ................................................259
www.waubonsee.edu
280 Index
2009/2010
Index 281
Sports ..........................................................258
Staff..............................................................263
Standards of Academic Progress ...........245
S.T.A.R. Program ......................................259 VALEES ......................................................164
Student Academic Plan..............................36 Veterans’ programs, financial aid ..........246
Student clubs/organizations...................259 Vision...............................................................2
Student fee .................................................241 Vocal music performance .......................258
Student government.................................259 Vocational Skills Program.........................12
Student newspaper (Insight) ..................259
Student Right to Know Act.....................262
Student Support Services........................260
Student trustee ..........................................259 Waubonsee Community College
Study abroad ................................................16 Foundation ...........................................258
Sugar Grove campus ................................274 Waubonsee on the Web...........................274
Summer school, high school.....................16 Web Authoring and Design ....................102
Surgical Technology (SUR) ............134, 230 Web Design and Publishing
(Certificate) ..........................................118
Web Page Design (Certificate) ...............102
Web Server Programming ......................102
Teaching, Associate of Arts in ...........31-32 Web Site Design and Development
Telecommunication Technician (AAS) .....................................................101
(Certificate) ..........................................110 Weekend College ........................................16
Telecourses...................................................15 Welding (WLD)................................159, 233
Testing.........................................................257 Withdrawal ................................................239
Textbooks ...................................................243 Word Processing (Certificate)..................77
Theatre (THE) ....................................42, 231 Work experience, credit for....................248
Therapeutic Massage (TMS) .........137, 232 Workforce Development ...........................17
3-D Modeling (Certificate) .......................95 World Wide Web/Internet
Title IX ........................................................262 (WEB) ...........................................101, 235
Todd Library..............................................260 World Wide Youth in Science and
Total Fitness Center....................................13 Engineering Competition ....................16
Tourism, Travel and Event Planning Writing workshop services .....................258
(TOU) ....................................................233
Transcripts (Records) ..............................253
Transfer advising ......................................260
Transfer Degree curriculum, Youth programs...........................................14
purpose of ...............................................19 Youth Services Program (YSP).................12
Transfer degree program guidelines .......34
Transfer degrees program.........................18
Transfer education......................................12
Transfer program guarantee.....................19
Transfer students
(reverse transfer)...........................10, 237
Translation (TRA)............................157, 233
Trustee, student ........................................259
Trustees...........................................................4
Trips and Tours ...........................................14
Tuition and fees.........................................240
Tutoring ......................................................260
Two-way interactive
television courses ..................................15
www.waubonsee.edu
282 Glossary
2009/2010
Directory of Information
Campuses
Sugar Grove Campus Route 47 at Waubonsee Drive | Sugar Grove, IL 60554-9454 | (630) 466-7900
Aurora Campus 5 E. Galena Blvd. | Aurora, IL 60506-4178 | (630) 801-7900
Copley Campus 2060 Ogden Ave. | Aurora, IL 60504-7222 | (630) 585-7900
Adult Education Division Aurora 201 4119 GED Testing Program Aurora 111 4185
part of the 2020 College Master Plan. For
Adult Education Learning Center Aurora 310 4128 Graduate/Credentials Analyst STC 275 2371
more information visit www.waubonsee. Adult Education Special Programs Aurora 203 4176 Health and Life Sciences Division SCI 214 2350
edu/2020vision. Adult Literacy Project Aurora 210 4106 Health Care Programs WGL 234 2322
Athletics ERK 1st floor 2527 Honors Program SCI 122 2945
Bookstore DKN 1st floor 2908 Humanities, Fine Arts and BDE 136 2921
Aurora 174 4174 Languages Division
Bursar STC 2nd floor 2920, 5705 Instruction A 123 2378
Business and Information APC 242 2263 Learning Enhancement Center COL 144 5706
Systems Division and Division Aurora 326 4227
Career and Technical Education A 117 2963 Library COL 2nd floor 2400
Career Services Center STC 103 2368 Aurora 303 4125
Magnet Place Preschool A 130 2275
Center for Learning Assessment STC 230/Aurora 110 5700/4182
Marketing & Communications VON 209 2411
Child Care A 150 2560
Aurora 024 4100 or 4148 President’s Office DKN 2nd floor 2903
Children’s Programs Auditorium 108 2360 Public Safety DKN 1st floor 2552
Communications and BDE 136 2852 Aurora 1st floor 4142
Library Services Registration & Records STC 249 2370
Community Education Auditorium 108 2360 Small Business Development Center Aurora 130, 132 4143
Computing Center HCC/Aurora 303 5723/4124 Social Science and Education Division APC 244 5734
Counseling Center STC 262 2361 Student Activities STC 126 2317
Aurora 102 4183
Copley by appt. 2800 Student Development STC 134 2941
Dean for Enrollment Management STC 241 5730 Student Newspaper (Insight) VON 230 2555
and Student Life
Student Support Services STC 262 5767
Distance Learning COL 145 2402
Technology/Math and Physical Sciences AKL 228 2319
Educational Affairs COL 132 2352 Division
English as a Second Language (ESL) Aurora 202 4105 Tutoring COL 157 2576
Financial Aid STC 234 5774 Workforce Development Aurora 136 4152
Aurora by appt.
Campus Closed
Official campus hours are hours the campuses are open to the public year-round.
www.waubonsee.edu The college is closed and services are not available on:
Saturday, July 4, 2009 Monday, September 7, 2009
Wednesday, November 25 - Sunday, November 29, 2009 4:30 p.m. Wednesday, December 23, 2009 - Sunday, January 3, 2010
Illinois Community College District 516 Sunday, April 4, 2010 Monday, May 31, 2010 and Sunday, July 4, 2010
Circulation: The Waubonsee Community College Catalog is published annually by the Marketing and Communications department. For additional
Disclaimer: Information contained in the 2009-2010 edition of the catalog was, to the best knowledge of the Waubonsee Community College staff, considered correct and
copies of this or other publications, call us. We welcome comments and suggestions. This catalog is provided to you compliments of the college. complete when submitted to the publisher. Waubonsee Community College reserves the right to change all or part of this catalog without prior notice. This catalog should not
be considered a contract between Waubonsee Community College and any student.
2009 2010
COLLEGE CATALOG & CAREER INFORMATION
WAU B O N S E E
your future
www.waubonsee.edu
College 2009
Catalog 2010
www.wa u b o n s e e.e d u